Home

321 Studios Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Trunk 2.0 User's Manual

1. To Hub a 9 Pin D Sub Female 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 167 of 378 Install shielded voice interface T LAN cable You must use Shielded Category 5 cable to connect to the E LAN T LAN ports on the NTCW84KA cable To conduct a ground loop test turn to page 349 and follow the test procedure For DCHIP cards Connect a shielded Category 5 LAN cable from the T LAN hub to the RJ45 coupler on the NTCW84KA T LAN connector For non DCHIP cards Connect a shielded Category 5 LAN cable from the T LAN hub to the RJ45 coupler on the NTMF94EA T LAN connector Note When connecting the ITG card to the T LAN the link status LED on the ITG card faceplate associated with the voice interface will light green when the connection is made and the link status LED on the hub port will also light green when connected to the ITG card Install shielded management interface E LAN cable For DCHIP cards Connect a shielded Category 5 LAN cable from the E LAN hub to the RJ45 coupler on the NTCW84KA E LAN connector For non DCHIP cards Connect a shielded Category 5 LAN cable from the E LAN hub to the RJ45 coupler on the NTMF94EA E LAN connector Note There are no E LAN network status LEDs for the management interface on the ITG Trunk card When connected to the ITG card management interface the port status LED indicator on the E LAN hub lights gree
2. 553 9481 The ISL connection to the Meridian 1 functions as it does in a normal ISDN network The ISL controls the call processing for calls over analog ITG IDSN Signaling Link ISL TIE trunks These ISL TIE trunks can be on any of the ITG ISL Trunk cards The ITG ISL D channel only controls ITG ISL Trunk cards in the same ITG node MAT administration relates the cards with trunks to the DCHIP ITG Trunk card The ITG ISL Trunk card uses ISDN messages for call control and communicates with the Meridian 1 through the PC Card using the RS 422 link On the Meridian 1 the MSDL provides the ISL DCH interface The DCHIP ITG Trunk card software performs the tandeming of DCH call control to the H 323 protocol ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 32 of 378 Description Each DCHIP ITG Trunk card can be associated with up to 382 trunks The trunks reside on 24 port ITG ISL Trunk cards This creates a functional grouping of trunk cards with the DCHIP ITG Trunk card providing the DCH connectivity If more than 382 trunks are required additional DCHIP ITG Trunk card groups are configured each with a maximum of 382 related trunks See Figure 3 Figure 3 Leader DCHIP and trunks in an ITG node ITG NODE DCHIP Follower Trunk group E 553 9482 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 33 of 378 Card combinations The Leader and DCHIP or Follow
3. Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 370 of 378 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access Menu 21 Filter Set Configuration Filter Filter Set Comments Set Comments 1 NetBEUI WAN 7 2 NetBEUI LAN 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12 Enter Filter Set Number to Configure 0 Edit Comments Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel Menu 21 1 Filter Rules Summary A Type Filter Rules Mmn IP Pr 17 SA 0 0 0 0 SP 137 DA 0 0 0 0 IP Pr 17 SA 0 0 0 0 SP 138 DA 0 0 0 0 IP Pr 17 SA 0 0 0 0 SP 139 DA 0 0 0 0 IP Pr 6 SA 0 0 0 0 SP 137 DA 0 0 0 0 IP Pr 6 SA 0 0 0 0 SP 138 DA 0 0 0 0 IP Pr 6 SA 0 0 0 0 SP 139 DA 0 0 0 0 HoH oH oH oH oH Zee eee UU OU OU OU YU Oo Us QN 724242424 Enter Filter Rule Number 1 6 to Configure Menu 23 System Password Old Password New Password 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access Page 371 of 378 Retype to confirm Enter here to CONFIRM or ESC to CANCEL Menu 24 System Maintenance System Status Terminal Baud Rate Log and Trace Diagnostic Backup Configuration Restore Configuration Software Update Command Interpreter
4. 0 000 351 Install NTCWS84JA filter and NT8D81AA cable 352 Appendix B Environmental and electrical regulatory data 353 Environmental specifications 00 0002 eee eee eee 353 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Contents Page 15 of 378 Mechanical conditions 0 0 0 cece eee ee eee ee 354 Electrical regulatory standards 0 0 0 0 ee ee eee ee 355 Safety cocco E a a Cet Van Reds See ee ae hs 355 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC 0 355 Appendix C Subnet mask conversion from CIDR to dotted decimal format 357 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access 359 Security features of the RM356 modem router 359 Install the RM356 modem router 000 000 0008 360 Configure the MAT ITG PC to communicate with a remote Meridian 1 site via modem router 361 Configure the RM356 modem router by the manager menu 361 RM356 modem router manager menu application notes on Meridian 1 E LAN installation 366 IndeX 2 Occ E Ra Rd E ee Reta Qc S ann 375 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 16 of 378 Contents 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 17 of 378 About this guide This document is a global document Contact your system supplier or your Nortel Networks representa
5. 0 000 Configure card properties 0 0 00 eee eee eee Configure DSP profiles for the ITG Trunk node Configure SNMP Traps Routing and IPs tab Configure Accounting server 0 0 0 0 eese Set Security for MAT SNMP access 000005 Exit node property configuration session 02005 Create the ITG Trunk node dialing plan using MAT Retrieve the ITG Trunk node dialing plan using MAT Transmit ITG trunk card configuration data from MAT to the ITG trunk cards 00 0 0 eee Before you can transmit configuration data Setting the Leader 0 IP address 00008 Transmit the node properties card properties and dialing plan to Leader O 1 2 eee eee Verify installation and configuration 02 eee Observe ITG ISL trunk status in MAT 0 Transmit Card Properties and Dialing Plan to Leader 1 and Follower cards 1 0 0 0 eee eee eee eee Set date and time for the ITG ISL Trunk node Change the default ITG shell password to maintain access security Change default ESN5 prefix for non ESNS IP telephony gateways 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Contents Page 11 of 378 Check c rd Software isse cR ER EDU HI DENN C Transmit new software to ITG Trunk cards s Upgrade the DCHIP PC Card 0 00 00 00008 Configur
6. 0 0c cece eee eee MAT PC description 0 0 eee eee 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Contents Page 9 of 378 MAT PC hardware and software requirements 151 Hard drive requirements 0 0 00 ce eee eee eee 152 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 153 Before you begin ssseeeeeeeee he 153 Installation Procedure Summary 0 0 0 0 0 0b eee ee 154 Create the ITG Trunk Installation Summary Sheet 156 Install and cable ITG trunk cards 0 0 0 0 cee eee ee 158 Card installation procedure 0 00 00 eese 158 Install NTCW84JA Large System I O Panel 50 Pin filter adapter 161 Remove existing I O panel filter adapter 162 Install NTMF94EA and NTCW84KA cables 0 164 Install the NTCW84KA cable for DCHIP cards 164 Install the NTMF94EA cable for non DCHIP cards 166 Install shielded voice interface T LAN cable 167 Install shielded management interface E LAN cable 167 D channel cabling for the NT0961AA 24 Port ITG Trunk card 168 Large systems required cables and filters 20 168 Set NT6D80 MSDL switches 0 0 0 cece eee 168 Install filter and NTND26 cable for MSDL and DCHIP cards in same Large System equipment row 169 Install filter and NTND26 cable for MSDL and DCHIP cards in different Large
7. Sample Site Sample System 0 Leader 24 ports Unknown 1608 Sample Site Sample System TN 16 0 8 Management IP 192 168 10 2 Administrator December 31 69 PM New Note For more information about maintenance commands see Maintenance on page 295 DSP maintenance window Note If the ITG card is not responding no DSP icons appear in the tree on the left hand side of the ITG Card Properties window Click on the required DSP icon in the tree on the left hand side of the ITG Card Properties window The DSP Maintenance window appears which contains the state of the DSP and the Self Test command Click on the Self Test button to perform a self test on the DSP The command is sent to the ITG card through SNMP 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 253 of 378 Note If the DSP self test fails try to reset the card If it fails again replace the card D channel maintenance If the ITG card has D channel hardware the tree on the left hand side of the window contains the D channel Click on the D channel and the D channel Maintenance window appears This window allows you to perform D channel maintenance operations The commands are sent to the card through SNMP Note The menu items are not context sensitive For example you can try to enable an enabled D channel ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 254 of 378
8. HHH H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 179834 PINI INFO Pleas nter selection MT Session End assword pass z T Session Begin z T Session End assword pass Z T Session Begin z T Session End assword pass z T Session Begin z T Session End assword pass z T Session Begin z T Session End assword pass z T Session Begin Z T Session End assword pass Q ucduu uunuzst nunuuc u uunxuu uununyoun MT Session Begin SMT Session End April 2000 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access Page 373 of 378 Menu 24 3 2 System Maintenance Syslog and Accounting Syslog Active No Syslog IP Address Log Facility Local 1 Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel Press Space Bar to Toggle Menu 24 4 System Maintenance Diagnostic MODEM System 1 Drop MODEM 21 Reboot System 2 Reset MODEM 22 Command Mode 3 Manual Call 4 Redirect to MODEM TCP IP 11 Internet Setup Test 12 Ping Host Enter Menu Selection Number Manual Call Remote Node N A Host IP Address N A Menu 24 7 System Maintenance Upload Firmware Load RAS Code Load ROM File Enter Menu Selection Number 1 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 374 of 378 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access 553 3001
9. Note The server used for MAT is used as a file server only and must not be used to access MAT as a client PC ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 150 of 378 ITG MAT PC management configuration Figure 21 Remote access with no access to the customer s LAN WAN Remote support PC dose not need MAT PC Anywhere remote control terminal ITG MAT PC PC Anywhere 32 mee ITG MAT PC Host remote control terminal PC Anywhere 32 Host remote control terminal i ITG Voice Tess rei M1 Core M1 Core WAN Router WAN Router T I Enterprise LAN C LAN WAN Enterprise LAN C LAN 553 9309 A single network drive location is chosen during the MAT client PC installation process For multi system configurations where large data store requirements exceed the capacity of a single drive or where data integrity is highly valued a Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks RAID storage solution would be recommended Tape or other backup would be highly recommended When you install MAT client applications it is important for the network drive to be mapped the same from each PC if a MAT user is expected to be able to login to the network with their network login ID at any MAT client PC 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG MAT PC management configuration Page 151 of 378 A PC security device is r
10. Note 2 The bolded rows contain the default payload packet size for each codec in the MAT Note 3 T LAN data rate is the effective Ethernet bandwidth consumption Note 4 T LAN kbit s for voice traffic 2 Ethernet frame bits 8 frame duration in ms Note 5 WAN kbit s for voice traffic IP packet bytes 8 frame duration in ms Note 6 24 ports per card for all codecs Note 7 Overhead RTP UDP header IP header of packets over the voice payload multiframe is 40 bytes overhead of Ethernet frame over IP packet is 26 bytes Note 8 An Interframe gap is not included in the above bandwidth calculation because of the low probability of occurring in this type of application 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 81 of 378 T LAN traffic calculations The following are calculation procedures for T LAN 1 Calculate Voice on IP Traffic CCS user of calls set Average Holding Time in seconds 100 Total voice CCS Tv CCS user No of VoIP users The number of VoIP users telephone sets is the potential population in the system that can generate receive traffic through the ITG node This number may be estimated for a new Meridian 1 customer If the installation is for an existing Meridian 1 customer the VoIP traffic should be based on measured route traffic from traffic report TFC002 which provides CCS for each route A customer must provide the input about how much private network voice traffic is
11. Table 66 ITG mechanical specifications Specification Minimum Maximum Operating 5 200 Hz 0 1 g Two hours per axis Non operating 5 100 Hz 0 5 g 30 min per axis 100 200 Hz 1 5 g 30 min per axis Shock Handling Free fall onto each See IEC 68 2 31 Packs unpackaged face and corner Test Ec Bounce 1 2 g 30 min surface See IEC 68 2 31 Test Eb Handling Free fall onto corner See NSTA Proj 1A Packs packaged 3 edges all surfaces Earthquake NEBS GR 63 CORE Zone 4 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix B Environmental and electrical regulatory data Page 355 of 378 Electrical regulatory standards The following three tables list the safety and electromagnetic compatibility regulatory standards for the ITG card listed by geographic area Specifications for the ITG card meet or exceed the standards listed in these regulations Safety Table 67 provides a list of safety regulations met by the ITG card with the type of regulation and the country or area covered by each regulation Table 67 Safety regulations Regulation identifier Regulatory agency UL 1459 Safety United States CALA CSA 22 2 225 Safety Canada EN 41003 Safety International Telecom BAKOM SR 784 103 12 4 1 1 EMC Safety Switzerland AS3260 TS001 TS004 TSO06 Safety Network Australia JATE Safety Network Japan Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Table 68 lists the electromagnetic emissions regulations met by the ITG card
12. 00 eee eee eee 107 Other intranet resource considerations 04 107 QoS Evaluation Process Overview 0 00 e cence eee 108 DEt QOS isse ce ERR sh ey a etn eA RUE eR RA t 108 Measure intranet QoS 0 eee eens 114 Measure end to end network delay 02 00 eee eee 114 Measure end to end packet loss sese 115 Adjust ping measurements 0 0 02 e eee eee eee 116 Network delay and packet loss evaluation example 116 Other measurement considerations 005 118 Obtain QoS measurement tools 0 0 eee ees 118 Decision does the intranet meet expected ITG QoS 118 Fine tune Network QoS 2 0 20 0 0 c cee eens 119 Components of delay 0 2 0 0 119 Reduce link delay 25 ote kn ew Rs 122 Reduce hop count 02 cece eee e 124 Adjust jitter buffer size cee eee eee 124 Reduce packet errors es 2 eee teens 124 Routing3ssues8 seem ee eS WE Es erie oo 125 Network modeling s sel lr Re RES E AS bee SRR AES 125 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Contents Implement QoS in IP networks eeleseeee eere Tratfic MIR oe ev EO ed ed eet ete TCP traffic behavior c osobetI 00s patanen saeed GREG Rura ITG support for TOS field and IP QoS 004 Que e managetnent neo grege ROUX alee E RSEN Use of Frame Relay and ATM services
13. ITG Trunk 2 0 24 Port Software Upgrade on 8Mb ATA Flash Rom PC Card ITG Trunk 2 0 8 Port Software Upgrade on 8Mb ATA Flash ROM PC Card ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL NTWEO4AC A0794156 NTWE04AD A0794157 NTAK19FB A0403450 NTAG81CA A0655007 NTAG81BA NTCW84JA A0783483 NT8D81AA A0359946 P0906569 NTWEO0O7AA A0794155 NT0963AA A0786148 NT0962AA A0786147 Description Installation and Operation Page 26 of 378 Description Ordering rules and guidelines Ordering rules for ITG ISL Trunk node initial configuration Initial configuration of an ITG ISL Trunk node requires either e one NTZC44AA ITG ISDN Large Systems package or one NTZC44BA ITG ISDN Small Systems package as appropriate for your system These packages include all Meridian 1 components needed for a single card node except for the cables that provide interface to the MSDL and SDI DCH cards DCH interface cables are included e NTND26AA Large Systems e NTAKI9FB and NTWEOAAD Small Systems The following packages are required for ITG ISL Trunk e ISDN Base ISDN package 145 e ISDN Signaling Link ISL package 147 MAT 6 6 or OTM 1 1 is required and must be ordered separately The MAT Alarm Notification application is not included with MAT 6 6 and must be ordered separately For MSDL and DCHIP cards that reside in the same Large System UEM equipment row order e NTND26MSDLDCH cable in sufficient length to reach from the
14. ITG gt swDownload 47 82 32 246 anonymous guest Isoftware vxWorks mms Update the address table on the ITG card with the address table file on the indicated host account and path The ITG host starts an FTP session with the given parameters and downloads the file to the flash file system ITG gt DPTableGet ngals042 anonymous guest dialPlan dialingPlan txt Update the config ini file on the ITG card with the config ini file on the indicated host account and path The configFileGet task on the ITG host starts an FTP session with the given parameters and downloads the file to the flash file system ITG gt ConfigFileGet ngals042 anonymous guest configDir config ini Update the bootptab file on the ITG card with the bootptab file on the indicated host account and path The bootpFileGet task on the ITG host starts an FTP session with the given parameters and downloads the file to the flash file system ITG gt bootpFileGet ngals042 anonymous guest IbootpDir bootptab ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 312 of 378 Maintenance Table 51 File transfer commands Part 2 of 3 Command Description SNMPConfFileGet Update the SNMP configuration file on the ITG card with the hostname username SNMP configuration file on the indicated host account and password directo
15. Table 44 ITG Trunk 2 0 alarms Part 5 of 6 ITG0404 Cannot open address translation file File does not exist or is corrupted ITG0406 Start up memory allocation failure Card reboot initiated Indicates insufficient memory installed ITG0407 Cannot get response from Leader card ITG0408 Bad address translation file Reverting to previous version if any ITG0409 Bad configuration file ooo to previous version if any ITG0410 Remote leader not responding May have incorrect IP address or can be a network error ITG0411 Failed to start UDP server for intercard messaging Cannot open a socket ITG0412 Failed to start UDP client for intercard messaging Cannot open a socket ITG0413 Failed to register with Leader card Defaulting to fallback mode Leader Backup Leader can be unplugged or there can be a network error ITG0414 No response from Leader card ITG0415 Task spawn failed Attempting a reboot ITG0416 Failed to start QoS Network Probing Timer ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 302 of 378 Maintenance Table 44 ITG Trunk 2 0 alarms Part 6 of 6 ITG0417 Failed to send fallback update to Followers ITG0418 H 323 stack failed to initialize ITG0430 Software image not compatible with Target processor Software upgrade aborted ITG0450 D channel loss of signal Associated channels busied out ITG0451 D channel hardware failure Associated
16. The frame duration payload is calculated by using the equation 30 8 14400 16 6 ms where 14 400 bit s is the modem data rate Bandwidth output is calculated by the equation 108 8 1000 16 6 52 0 kbit s Bandwidth output to WAN is 70 8 1000 16 6 33 7 kbit s Payload and bandwidth output for other packet sizes or modem data rates will have to go through similar calculations Fax traffic is always one way Fax pages sent and fax pages received generate data traffic to the T LAN For WAN calculation only the larger traffic parcel of the two needs to be considered ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 86 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Configuration of Meridian 1 routes and network translation The objective is to maximize ITG traffic and minimize fallback routing All ITG trunks should be busy before fallback routing occurs except during network failure conditions Setting LD 86 Route List Blocks in Meridian 1 Other important objectives associated with an ITG network translations and route list blocks are 1 make the ITG the first choice least cost entry in the route list block 2 use TOD scheduling to block voice traffic to the ITG route during peak traffic periods on the IP data network when degraded quality of service causes all destination ITG nodes to be in fallback The proper time to implement either setting is explained below 1 Make the ITG the first choice least c
17. e a hardware interrupt When the software does not send an activity test message heartbeat message to the Card Services of the PC Card Device Driver during a period greater than n seconds Card Services consider it a breakdown detection Card Services tries to reset the PC Card Card Services are responsible for making sure of the conformance of the reset timing Card Services also check and wait for the card to reach the READY state Socket Services are responsible for card insertion and removal There is a single interruption shared for insertion and removal events and a single interruption for device specific interruptions Socket Services identify which socket originates the interruption and sends the interruption to the Card Services interruption handler Card Services then wait and re initialize the PC Card if the card is plugged in again and is in the READY state Do not insert or remove the PC Card when the ITG card is plugged in DCHIP card failure This occurs when the DCHIP ITG card goes out of service The DCHIP ITG card failure case is similar to the DCH link failure case However all call reference information is gone As a result when the DCHIP comes back up it sends a REStart message to the other side to re initialize all the trunks All the established calls are cancelled Power loss Since the ITG card is based on Flash EPROM technology all configuration data is preserved for 10 years There is no requirem
18. with the country s standard that lists each regulation Table 68 Electromagnetic Emissions Regulation identifier Regulatory agency FCC part 15 Class A United States Radiated Emissions CSA C108 8 Canada Radiated Emissions EN50081 1 European Community Generic Emission Standard ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 356 of 378 Appendix B Environmental and electrical regulatory data Table 68 Electromagnetic Emissions Regulation identifier Regulatory agency EN55022 CISPR 22 CLASS A Radiated Emissions Basic Std BAKOM SR 784 103 12 4 1 1 EMC Safety Switzerland SS 447 20 22 Sweden EMC standard AS NZS 3548 EMC Australia New Zealand NFC 98020 France EMC standard Table 69 lists the electro magnetic immunity regulations met by the ITG card with the country s standard that lists each regulation Table 69 Electro magnetic immunity Regulation identifier Regulatory agency CISPR 22 Sec 20 Class A I O conducted noise IEC 801 2 level 4 ESD Basic Standard IEC 801 3 level 2 Radiated Immunity Basic Standard IEC 801 4 level 3 Fast transient Burst Immunity Basic standard IEC 801 5 level 4 preliminary Surge Immunity Basic Standard IEC 801 6 preliminary Conducted Disturbances Basic Standard BAKOM SR 784 103 12 4 1 1 EMC Safety Switzerland SS 447 20 22 Sweden EMC standard AS NZS 3528 EMC Australia New Zealand NFC 98020 France EMC stand
19. Add new data Customer number associated with this function as defined in LD 15 Route List Data Block Route List Index to be accessed where xxx is 0 127 for BARS 0 255 for NARS 0 999 for FNP Entry number for NARS BARS Route List where xx is 0 63 for BARS NARS Route number that references an ITG trunk route Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 189 of 378 Table 37 LD 86 Configure route list block with Step Back on Congestion on ISDN Part 2 of 2 e pem 000 Time of Day Schedule If required turn off ITG route during peak traffic periods on the IP data network Facility Restriction Level Set FRL appropriately to control access to the ITG ISL Trunk route Do not use a Digit Manipulation table in the RLB entry for the ITG ISL Trunk route For ESN translations that are not used for non call associated signalling digit manipulation can be defined on the ITG ISL Trunk node dialing plan in the Digits dialed tab Step Back on Congestion Re route all Enter RRA at the SBOC prompt to enable Fallback to alternate circuit switched trunk route Table 38 LD 87 Configure the Coordinated Dialing Plan CDP pem NN Add new data Coordinated Dialing Plan Customer number Distant Steering Code Trunk Steering Code Route List Entry created in Overlay 86 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 190 of 378 Install and configure I
20. Add to add a temporary node Then use the menu Configure Synchronize Retrieve to retrieve the card properties or dialing plan from the selected card Double click on the temporary node to view the card properties and open the dialing plan for the temporary node to view the dialing plan entries Compare the data with the properties and dialing plan for the currently stored node in MAT Retrieve ITG configuration information from the ITG node You can use this optional procedure when you e add an ITG node on MAT by retrieving an existing node e know that the ITG node configuration on the ITG card is different from the MAT ITG database e g during maintenance and fault isolation procedures e have multiple MAT PCs with multiple instances of the database administration 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 267 of 378 Use the MAT ITG menu Configuration Synchronize Retrieve command to retrieve the ITG configuration information from the ITG node 1 Launch MAT and double click the ITG ISDN IP Trunks icon from the Services folder The IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk window opens 2 Select Leader 0 or any card from the node 3 Select menu Configuration Synchronize Retrieve The ITG Retrieve Options window appears 4 Check the boxes for the ITG configuration data that you need to retrieve Note 1 Select Node Properties Card Properties and Dialing Plan if the MAT ITG data is
21. Digits Dialed tab ITG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties x General Digits dialed Select the dial plan type and enter the digits dialed by the user to reach this remote node If required enter the digits to delete and or add Use the Add Change and Delete buttons to manage the list Dial Plan LOC Location Code Dial plan digits Number of leading digits to delete Leading digits to insert Add Change Delete Dial Plan Digits Digitto delete Digits toinset Cancel Apply Help ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 258 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications The following comments apply to the TTG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties Digits dialed window The standard copy cut and paste functions are available through keyboard shortcuts or a menu There is a maximum of 20 digits in a string The NXX and LOC digit strings must be leftwise distinct within its user dialing plan type NXX or LOC across all remote nodes in this node dialing plan The SPN and NPA must be distinct across all remote nodes in this node dialing plan For example 011 and 0112 are not leftwise distinct 011 and 012 are leftwise distinct The maximum number of strings is limited only by hard disk space Scroll bars appear if necessary The Type of Number TON and Numbering Plan Identification NPI fields in the Information Element IE of the ISDN message direct
22. Enable an indicated ITG card on page 273 e Enable an indicated ITG port on page 273 e Display ITG card ID information on page 274 Note 1 This command displays the PEC Product Engineering Code for the card The ITG PEC is NTO961AA Note 2 The ITG card information displays the same ITG card serial number that is displayed from the ITG shell using the serialNumShow e Display ITG card status on page 274 e Display ITG card port status on page 274 A summary list of ITG Meridian 1 system commands is shown in Table 42 on page 271 Table 42 shows a summary of the Meridian 1 system administration commands available in overlay 32 Table 42 Overlay 32 ITG maintenance commands Command Function DISCIsc Disable the indicated card where loop s shelf c card DISIIsc Disable the indicated card when idle where loop s shelf C card Note you should use the DISI command to disable the ITG card instead of the DISC command The disablement of the ITG card is indicated by the NPRO11 message ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 272 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications Table 42 Overlay 32 ITG maintenance commands Command Function DISUIscu Disable the indicated unit where loop s shelf C Card u unit ENLC Isc Enable the described card where loop s shelf C card ENLUIscu Enable the described unit wh
23. Getting Started section of the RM356 Main Menu Menu 1 General Setup is displayed ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 362 of 378 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access 4 11 12 Type in the system name 19 characters no spaces location and contact person s name for the Meridian 1 site Use the up and down arrow keys to move the cursor to the prompt Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel at the bottom of the menu Press Enter to confirm and save data to ROM Enter menu selection number 2 under the Getting Started section Menu 2 Modem is displayed Type in modem name Set Active Yes Use arrow keys to navigate and space bar to toggle values Set DirectionzIncoming Type in the modem router s telephone number for reference Press Enter to confirm and save data to ROM Enter menu selection number 3 Ethernet Setup under the Getting started section Menu 3 Ethernet Setup sub menu is displayed Enter menu selection 2 TCP IP and DHCP Setup Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup is displayed Use the space bar to toggle DHCP None Under TCP IP Setup type in the IP address and the IP subnet mask for the modem router s Ethernet interface on the E LAN Toggle RIP Directionz None Press Enter to confirm and save data to ROM then press Esc to return from the sub menu to the main menu Enter menu selection
24. Installation and Operation Page 320 of 378 Maintenance Upgrade software using MAT The new ITG software application can be downloaded from the MAT PC to the ITG card Use the following procedure to upgrade software 1 10 11 Get the latest Meridian 1 recommended ITG 2 0 software version from Nortel Networks Select the location on the MAT PC hard drive where itis to be loaded Record the MAT PC hard drive location for use later in this procedure For more detailed instructions on how to access the latest software version turn to Check card software on page 225 Open MAT and launch the ITG ISDN IP Trunks application Check the current software version of the ITG cards to be upgraded To check the software version double click on a card and click the Configuration tab where S W version displays the current software version as read from the ITG card Select the cards from the main card list view that are to be upgraded Upgrade all the cards in the node together unless installing a spare card that has older software Disable all ITG cards to be upgraded Use the Meridian 1 LD 32 DISI command from the MAT Maintenance Windows the MAT System Passthru terminal Orfrom a Meridian 1 system management terminal directly connected to a TTY port on the Meridian 1 In the MAT IP Telephony Gateway Main window select View Refresh and check that the card status is showing Disabled Select menu Configuration
25. MAT system Sample System Customer 0 Node Number Card role Leader Card density 24 ports SAW version Unknown Card TN 1608 System Hostname Sample Site Sample System System Location TN 16 0 8 Management IP 192 168 10 2 System Contact Administrator Last downloaded December 31 69 PM Card Properties synch status New ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 226 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 6 The website URL to check the latest recommended ITG software release is http www nortelnetworks com itg The browser prompts you to enter a user name and password The default user name is usa The default password is usa The software delivery main window appears 7 Click Download Software Compare the ITG card Properties software version to the version listed in the Release column a If versions match software upgrade is not required Turn to Configure MAT Alarm Management to receive SNMP traps from ITG ISL Trunk cards on page 231 b If versions are different go to step 6 8 Fill in the Name Phone number and Company fields Click the Download Current Release button The ITG Software Download Request Form window appears 9 Download software packages and associated release notes a For24 port cards download the Software Package for Release ITG 2 24 xx b For8 port cards download the Software Package for Release ITG 2 8 xx 10 When your browse
26. Synchronize Transmit An ITG Transmit Options dialog box is displayed In the Transmit Options group box select the radio button Transmit to selected cards In the Software Download group box check Card software Click on the Browse button to locate the ITG card software downloaded earlier to the MAT hard drive Select the software file and click Open to save the selection The path and file name of the ITG card software appear in the edit box next to the Browse button 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 12 13 14 15 16 Maintenance Page 321 of 378 Click on the Start Transmit button to begin the ITG card software upgrade process The software is transmitted to each card in turn and burned into the flash ROM on the ITG card Monitor the status in the Transmit Control window Confirm that the card software is transmitted correctly to all cards Note any error messages examine and correct any problems Repeat card software transmission until itis completed correctly on each ITG card The cards continue to run the old software until they are rebooted Reboot each ITG card that received transmitted software so that the new software can take effect Start the rebooting with Leader 0 then Leader 1 and lastly the Follower cards After all ITG cards have been reset and have correctly rebooted they respond to the MAT ITG status refresh that is disabled active disabled backup disabled Th
27. There are three DSP profiles Each profile contains two or more codecs All ITG Trunk cards in the same node share the same DSP profile CAUTION The default DSP profile is Profile 1 which is appropriate for most applications If you are not an expert in Voice over IP do not modify the default DSP profile See ITG Trunk DSP profile settings on page 135 3 Click the Profile Options tab see Figure 31 This tab displays the default General and FAX options values according to the selected DSP profile ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 200 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Figure 30 DSP Profile General tab New ITG Node x General Configuration ose Profile SNMP Traps Routing and IPs Accounting Server Security Define the list of cards for this node To create the list enter the values and click Add Select a card in the list for change or delete m Card properties Card role Card TN Management IP 4 5 x 7 Card Density apos E Management MAC 1 D Channet 0 Iv DCHIP is on this card Voice IP ZEE UCET Protocol SL1 ESN5 s Voice LAN gateway IP Iv SEA rS Eirst CHID noc Sync status Add Change Delete Host Names MAC address Card TN Cancel Apply Help 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 201 of 378 Figure 31 ITG Node Properties DSP Profi
28. When an ITG node is configured ToS bits are initially set to default values The MAT ITG Node administration interface allows the customer to configure these bits for potentially better interworking with different manufacturers routing equipment The extent of any improvement from setting these ToS bits depends on the network routing equipment Improvements can vary depending on the router s prioritization algorithms The data ToS is placed in every voice or fax data packet sent from the ITG ISL Trunk card To optimize the speech quality ToS is usually configured for low latency and high priority The control ToS is placed in every signaling message packet sent from the ITG ISL Trunk card Signaling links use Transmission Control Protocol TCP which provides a retransmission mechanism In addition the latency of the control packets is not as critical as it is for the data packets Each entry in the routing table has a configurable ToS ToS values are configured in the DSP Profile window For a route entry to be selected for an outgoing packet both the configured route and the ToS must match Two cases must be considered local subnet traffic and remote traffic The remote subnet packets is the H 323 call data for an ITG node which is not on the local subnet and must go through a router There is a default gateway entry 0 0 0 0 that specifies the gateway address for this traffic The ToS ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Des
29. You must complete all installation and configuration tasks before you transmit the configuration data to the ITG Trunk cards Table 26 Installation procedures Part 1 of 2 Step Procedure Create the ITG Trunk Installation Summary Sheet page 156 Install and cable ITG trunk cards page 158 Card installation procedure page 158 Configure ITG Trunk data on the Meridian 1 page 174 Configure the ISL D channel on the Meridian 1 for the DCHIP card page 174 Configure ISDN feature in customer data block page 178 Configure ITG ISL trunk cards and units page 182 Configure dialing plans within the corporate network page 185 Disable the ITG Trunk cards page 191 Configure ITG Trunk data on MAT page 191 Add an ITG Trunk node on MAT manually page 192 Add a node and configure general node properties page 192 Single vs separate subnets for T LAN and E LAN page 193 Configure card properties page 195 Configure DSP profiles for the ITG Trunk node page 199 Configure SNMP Traps Routing and IPs tab page 204 Configure Accounting server page 205 Set Security for MAT SNMP access page 207 Exit node property configuration session page 208 Create the ITG Trunk node dialing plan using MAT page 208 Retrieve the ITG Trunk node dialing plan using MAT page 213 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Table 26 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Installation procedures Part 2 of 2 Step Procedure Page 155 of 378 10 Transmit ITG trunk ca
30. applications on the remote MAT PC function as if the PC were located on the customer s E LAN Under Session Options configure input and output filter sets according to the customer s IP network security policy and practices The default setting is no filter sets Set Idle Timeout 1200 seconds to provide 20 minutes idle timeout disconnect for remote support purposes Press Enter to confirm and save data to ROM Enter menu selection number 14 Dial in User Setup under the Advanced Applications section Menu 14 Dial in User Setup is displayed Note Upto eight dial in user profiles may be defined according to the customer s network security policy Enter menu selection 1 to edit the first dial in user profile Menu 14 1 Edit Dial in User is displayed 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 19 20 21 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access Page 365 of 378 Type in the user name Toggle Active Yes No for security purposes Type in a password for PAP The DUN client on the remote MAT PC must provide the user name and password defined here when dialing up the modem router Set Callback Yes No according to the customer s network security policy and practices Nortel Networks Customer Technical Services CTS does not currently accept callback security calls from the modem router Set Rem CLID to the PSTN Calling Number that is displayed when the remote MAT PC dials up the
31. nmpki7O0 digby Your changes have been lost ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 250 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications ITG Card Properties To display the property sheet of an ITG card double click on an ITG card in the ITG Main window The property sheet has a tree control on the left hand side of the window You can control the ITG card or any of the DSPs Different property sheets appear for ITG cards DSPs and D channels by clicking on the required item in the tree ITG determines the number of DSPs at run time when the property sheet opens If the card is not responding the number of DSPs is unknown and no DSPs are displayed The D channel only appears in the tree control if D channel hardware exists on the card There are tabs across the top of the ITG Card Properties window The following sections describe the windows that appear when you click on these tabs ITG Card Properties Maintenance window Click on the Maintenance tab to perform maintenance operations see Figure 47 Click on the appropriate button in the Maintenance window to perform the required operation Figure 47 ITG Card Properties Maintenance tab ITG Card Properties Sample Site Sample System Customer 0 Node 1 IP 192 168 10 2 TN PES IT8 1608 Maintenance Configuration ITG card state Not responding Refresh States Open log file Open Trace File Node time Open OM Fi
32. on page 127 can be countered using a buffer management scheme which discards packets randomly as the queue starts to exceed some threshold WRED Weighted Random Early Detection an implementation of this strategy additionally inspects the TOS bits in the IP header when considering which packets to drop during buffer build up In an intranet environment where TCP traffic dominates real time traffic WRED can be used to maximize the dropping of packets from long lived TCP sessions and minimize the dropping of voice packets As in CBQ check the configuration 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 129 of 378 guidelines with the router vendor for performance ramifications when enabling WRED If global synchronization is to be countered effectively WRED should be implemented at core and edge routers Use of Frame Relay and ATM services IP can be transported over Frame Relay and ATM services both of which provide QoS based delivery mechanisms If the router can discern ITG traffic by inspecting the TOS field or observing the UDP port numbers it can forward the traffic to the appropriate Permanent Virtual Circuit PVC or Switched Virtual Circuit SVC At the data link layer the differentiated virtual circuits need to be provisioned In Frame Relay the differentiation is created by having both zero Committed Information Rate CIR and CIR based PVCs in ATM differentiation is created by having VCs with
33. on page 280 Reset the operational measurements on page 281 Display the number of DSPs on page 281 Display ITG Node Properties on page 281 Transfer files through the command line interface on page 282 Upgrade ITG card software from the command line interface on page 284 Backup and restore from the ITG command line interface on page 287 Recover the SNMP community names on page 288 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 276 of 378 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays e IP configuration commands on page 288 e Download the ITG error log on page 289 Access the ITG shell through a maintenance port or Telnet You can access the ITG shell administration and maintenance commands in two ways You can log in through a direct cable connection between the ITG faceplate maintenance port and the MAT PC You can access the ITG shell from the MAT PC Refer to Telnet to an ITG card through the MAT PC on page 277 for details Connect a PC to card maintenance port 1 To access the ITG shell connect a PC to the RS232 serial maintenance port through DIN 8 connector on the faceplate of the ITG Leader 0 card through an NTAG81CA PC Maintenance cable If required use an NTAG81BA Maintenance Extender cable to provide an extension between the NTAG81CA PC Maintenance cable and the MAT PC Alternatively connect the NTAG81BA Maintenance Extender cable to
34. on the motherboard of the ITG Trunk card Configure Network Connections 1 Decide subnet settings a If you will be using separate subnets for the voice T LAN and management E LAN networks accept the default setting Use separate subnets for voice and management check box b Ifyou wil be using the same subnet for the voice and management network E LAN uncheck the Use separate subnets for voice and management check box The window changes 2 If you accepted the default setting Use separate subnets perform steps a d a Enter the Voice LAN Node IP b Enter the Management LAN gateway IP c Enter the Management LAN subnet mask d Enter the Voice LAN subnet mask fields The Voice LAN Node IP address on the General tab and the Voice IP and Voice LAN gateway IP addresses for Leader 0 and Leader 1 on the Card Configuration tab must be on the same subnet 3 If you unchecked Use separate subnets perform steps a c a Enter the Management LAN Node IP b Enter the Management LAN gateway IP The Management gateway router also functions as the voice gateway router c Enter the Management LAN subnet mask The Management LAN Node IP and Management gateway IP addresses on the General tab and the Management IP for Leader 0 Leader 1 and all Follower cards on the Card Configuration tab must be on the same subnet Note Do not press OK or Apply until you have completed the Configuration tab 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000
35. the female DB 9 connector of the NTCW84KA E LAN T LAN DCH and Maintenance Port cable for DCHIP cards or the NTMF94EA E LAN T LAN Maintenance Port cable for non DCHIP cards to create a more permanent connection to the ITG Trunk card serial maintenance port Note Never connect two terminals to the front and back serial maintenance port connectors at the same time 2 Use the following communication parameters for the TTY terminal emulation on the PC 9600 baud 8 bits no parity bit one stop bit 3 When prompted to login enter current username and password Default is VxWorks login itgadmin Password itgadmin ITG gt 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays Page 277 of 378 Only one person can use the ITG shell at a time Any session local or Telnet can be overridden by a second session The second user receives a warning before the login and must confirm to complete the login There is a 20 minute Telnet shell activity time out limit Telnet to an ITG card through the MAT PC 1 In the MAT Navigator window select the IP Telephony Gateway icon from the Services folder 2 Select a card from the lower portion of the window Click the right mouse button Select Telnet to ITG card see Figure 57 The PC opens a Telnet window and automatically connects to the ITG card by using the card management IP address Figure 57 Select card and open Telnet session Ell IP Telep
36. to determine the state of WAN links in the intranet before installing the ITG network Each voice conversation G 729 Annex AB codec 30 ms payload consumes 11 2 kbit s of bandwidth or 18 6 kbit s with silence suppression disabled for each link that it traverses in the intranet a DSO 64 kbit s WAN link would support 5 simultaneous telephone conversations with silence suppression enabled or 2 simultaneous telephone conversations with silence suppression disabled Link utilization The starting point of this assessment is to obtain a current topology map and link utilization report of the intranet A visual inspection of the topology map should reveal which WAN links are likely to be used to deliver ITG traffic Alternately use the traceroute tool see Measure intranet QoS on page 114 The next step is to find out the current utilization of those links Note the reporting window that appears in the link utilization report For example the link utilization can be averaged over a week a day or one hour In order to ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 102 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines be consistent with the dimensioning considerations see ITG traffic engineering on page 76 obtain the busy period e g peak hour utilization of the trunk Also because WAN links are full duplex and that data services exhibit asymmetric traffic behavior obtain the utilization of the link
37. 0 Example ITG gt mRouteAdd 47 82 33 123 47 82 33 1 255 255 255 0 4 0 Delete a route from the routing table Example ITG gt routeDelete 47 23 34 19 47 23 34 1 Delete a route matching the ToS value and flags Currently flags should be set to 0 Example ITG gt mRouteDelete 47 23 34 19 255 255 255 0 4 0 Display the current host and network routing entries Example ITG gt routeShow April 2000 Table 51 Maintenance Page 311 of 378 File transfer commands Part 1 of 3 Command Description swDownload hostname username password directory path filename Example DPTableGet hostname username password directory path filename Example configFileGet hostname username password directory path filename Example bootPFileGet hostname username password directory path filename Example Update the software on the ITG card with the binary file received from an FTP server corresponding to the hostname IP address The ITG card FTP client performs a get which downloads the file to the ITG flash bank A checksum is calculated to check correct delivery Once the new software version is successfully downloaded the ITG card must be rebooted with cardReset in order to run the new software Hostname refers to either the IP address of the FTP host or the ITG card itself or another ITG card when a PC card in the A drive of the ITG card contains the software binary file
38. 14 P5 11 White P1 35 P5 4 Black P1 38 P5 12 Green P1 36 P5 5 Black P1 39 P5 13 Blue P1 12 P5 8 Black P1 37 P5 15 Yellow P1 25 P5 1 Black NC Brown P1 25 P5 SHLD GRND Bare P1 50 P5 SHLD GRND Bare NTAG81CA Faceplate Maintenance cable The NTAGSICA cable connects a MAT PC or terminal to the ITG card through the maintenance port connector on the faceplate You can connect this cable directly to the 9 pin D type RS232 input COM port on a standard PC See Figure 60 and Table 59 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Page 339 of 378 Figure 60 NTAG81CA PC maintenance cable Table 59 NTAG81CA Faceplate Maintenance cable connections 8 pin 9 pin Signals Mini DIN D sub Signals ITG Side ITG Side PC Side PC Side Male Female ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 340 of 378 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement NTAG81BA Maintenance Extender cable The 3m NTAG81BA cable connects the NTAG81CA cable to a PC or terminal It has a 9 pin D type connector at both ends one male one female See Figure 61 and Table 60 Figure 61 NTAG81CA Maintenance Extender cable B Table 60 NTAG81BA Maintenance Extender cable connections 9 pin D Sub Male 9 pin D Sub Female 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D
39. 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 198 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 9 10 11 12 Select the Protocol for the DCHIP card from the drop down list box The protocol must match the protocol configured in LD16 in the route data block at the IFC prompt with respect to SL1 vs ESGF or ISGF QSIG interface IFC and in LD17 atthe IFC prompt under ADAN DCH In LD 16 if SIGO is set to STD then you must select the SL1 protocol If SIGO is set to ESN5 then you must select SL1ESN5 protocol In a mixed ESN5 and non ESN5 network you must configure an ESN5 prefix for the non ESN5 IP telephony gateways by using the esn5PrefixSet command from the ITG shell CLI See Change default ESN5 prefix for non ESN5 IP telephony gateways on page 223 The choices are SL1 SL1 ESN5 ESIG and ISIG for networks consisting of Meridian 1 large systems For networks that include Meridian 1 small systems the choices are SL1 or SL1 ESN5 In addition to ITG ISL Trunk nodes the IP telephony trunk network may contain ITG Trunk 1 0 Basic Trunk nodes or Nortel Networks IP Telephony Connection Manager Use H323 V2 node capability for these nodes Once you define a DCHIP for the ITG Trunk node the protocol field is greyed out when you select other cards in the same ITG Trunk node Enter the First CHID Channel ID for this ISL trunk card in the First CHID edit box The First CHID range is e 1 259 f
40. 20 in the maintenance display window 7 At this point the cards have ITG 2 0 ISDN functionality and are in the state of new 8 port cards that need to be configured Turn to Configure ITG Trunk data on the Meridian 1 on page 174 8 To verify the software upgrade on Leader 0 telnet to the IP address of the Leader 0 card Leader 0 is the only card that has an IP address configured at this stage of the upgrade Enter the following command ITG swVersionShow 9 Configure the ITG Trunk data on the MAT 6 6 ITG ISDN IP Trunk application See Configure ITG Trunk data on MAT on page 191 10 Transmit configuration data to the upgraded ITG Trunk cards using normal ITG Trunk 2 0 installation procedures 11 Upgrade Meridian 1 to release 25 software Remove ITG 1 0 configuration data from Meridian 1 1 Out existing ITG basic trunks that are being upgraded to ITG ISL trunks a Identify TNs of trunks that are to be outed Look in MAT ITG ISDN IP Trunks application for ITG trunks or in LD21 request an LTN of existing basic ITG tie trunk route The LTN gives you a list of every single unit You can see if there are 8 or 4 TNs on the same card Note which units are on each card and which is the starting unit Count the number of units on each card If you use the G 729 codec there may only be four units on the card ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 244 of 378 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to s
41. 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays Page 291 of 378 Table 43 Overlay 32 ITG maintenance commands Command Function STATISsc Print the Meridian 1 software status of the indicated card where loop s shelf c card STATIscu Print the Meridian 1 software status of the indicated unit where loop s shelf c card u unit Disable the indicated ITG card To disable the indicated ITG card in LD 32 use the following command DISC Isc Disable the indicated ITG card where loop s shelf C card Disable the indicated ITG card when idle To disable the indicated ITG card when idle in LD 32 use the following command DISIIsc Disable the indicated ITG card when idle where loop s shelf C card Disable an indicated ITG port To disable a indicated ITG port in LD 32 use the following command DISUIscu Disable the indicated ITG unit port where loop s shelf c card u unit ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 292 of 378 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays Enable an indicated ITG card To enable a indicated ITG card in LD 32 use the following command ENLC Isc Enable the indicated ITG card where loop s shelf C card Enable an indicated ITG port To enable a indicated ITG port in LD 32 use the following command ENLUIscu Enable
42. An attempt to reset a DSP has failed The channels associated with that DSP will be unusable Leader Not Responding The Leader card is not responding DCHIP Not Responding A DCHIP card is not responding C7 PC Card Failed The PC Card Device Driver detected that the C7 PC Card has failed The D channel link is released Other traps Table 49 shows other events that cause the SNMP agent to issue a trap Table 49 SNMP trap causing events Part 1 of 2 ee NN Card Disabled The card has been disabled by the Meridian 1 Card Enabled The card has been enabled by the Meridian 1 Channel Enabled A given channel has been enabled by the Meridian 1 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 307 of 378 Table 49 SNMP trap causing events Part 2 of 2 ee NN D channel Released The D channel link has been released Alternate Routing QoS prevents calls from being completed Cause value Temporary failure is sent to Meridian 1 for Fallback to PSTN Normal Service Restored Network performance is confirmed as acceptable and IP telephony has been restarted TRACE and ALARM LOG Call Tracing TRACE File Command This command interfaces with all modules to create an efficient TRACE File Itis a monitor that stores and keeps track of information about events For all error conditions a clear log of all actions is available The TRACE File does not solve these errors it only indicates that there were errors and shows wh
43. CLI and overlays Page 281 of 378 Reset the operational measurements This command resets all operational measurement OM parameters collected after the last log dump At the ITG shell prompt type resetOM Display the number of DSPs Atthe ITG shell enter the following command to display the number of DSPs on the ITG card DSPNumShow Display ITG Node Properties ITG gt enter the following command to display information about an ITG node IPInfoShow The following ITG node information appears on the TTY IP addresses for the management and voice subnets default router for the management and voice subnets subnet mask for the management and voice subnets SNMP manager Enter the following command to display information about an ITG card itgCardShow The following commands give additional information about an ITG card IdrResTableShow ifShow dongleIDShow serialNumShow firmware VersionShow sw VersionShow emodelSim ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 282 of 378 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays Transfer files through the command line interface Perform one of the following commands at the ITG shell command line to e transfer a file from the ITG card to an FTP host or e transfer a file from an FTP host to the ITG card The correct command depends on the type of file being transferred These commands are from the point of view of the ITG card Comm
44. Do not install a modem router on the E LAN without the explicit approval of the customer s IP network manager The RM356 modem router is not secure unless it is configured correctly according to the customer s network security policy and practices Security features of the RM356 modem router Password Authentication Protocol PAP for dial in PPP connection RM356 manager password CLID for dial in user authentication requires C O line with Calling Line ID Callback for dial in user authentication Dial in user profiles Static IP routing ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 360 of 378 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access IP Packet Filtering Idle time out disconnect for dial in PPP connection Install the RM356 modem router 1 Place the modem router at a conveniently visible and physically secure location near an AC power outlet an analog telephone line and 10BaseT Ethernet cables Up to four hosts or hubs can be connected to the integrated 10BaseT hub in the rear of the RM356 modem router Use shielded Cat5 10BaseT Ethernet cables to connect the modem router to the Management interface of up to four ITG cards Other IP enabled Nortel Networks products on the E LAN may be connected to the RM356 modem router including the Meridian 1 PBX a local MAT PC Symposium Call Center Server and Call Pilot Note The up link connection to an additio
45. Enable an indicated ITG port 00 00 00 000000 292 Display ITG card ID information 04 292 Display ITG card status 00 0 eee eee 292 Display ITG card port status 0 0 0 eee eee 293 Mainten riB ode dicere telo cj e eden rae 295 ITG Trunk 2 0 alarms epee cu tuar re eea RI 296 System level maintenance 0 0 00 eee eee eee 302 Access the ITG card 303 ITG card overlay commands 000 000 eee eee 303 MAT maintenance commands 0 000000 0 8 305 Multi purpose Serial Data Link MSDL commands 305 Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP 306 TRACE and ALARM LOG 0 0 0 eee eee eee 307 ITG shell command set 00 0 eee eee eee 307 ITG caid selt tests uter SoS WES Ee he Gh Beh be Em 317 Card LAN encode Wise bed REPELS ERAS SABER REE 318 BIOS self test ise es Spee ats ede Bente Pa dale eS 318 Basecode self test osssnetencserzc SMe eae Ge eae 318 Field Programmable Gate Array FPGA testing 318 Uper deS 26m tein ERI etna RET beta te DEED Ss 318 Application upgrade 0 2 ee 319 Maintenance or bug fix upgrade 0 00008 319 Capacity upgrades 0 0 2 eee e 319 Flash storage upgrades 0 cee eee ee eee 319 Protocol table upgrade 0 0 eee eee 319 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 14 of 3
46. ISL Trunk card transfers T 30 protocol G3 Fax implementations over the IP network Near real time operational mode is supported where two T 30 facsimile terminals are able to engage in a document transmission in which the T 30 protocol is preserved The ITG ISL Trunk uses the T 38 protocol on the connection between a pair of ITG ISL Trunk nodes The call acts in the same way as a gateway to gateway H 323 call The callis setup using the normal voice call process that is the normal voice call codec negotiation process occurs and the corresponding codec payload size and jitter buffer values are used When the call setup is complete the two G3 Fax terminals are linked The DSP detects the fax call setup tones and switches to handle the fax call For the remainder of the call the parameters administered for the fax call are used for example payload size Some implications of the Fax call setup process are the following e a voice codec must be configured even if only fax calls will be made e both ends of the call must be able to negotiate to a common voice codec for the calls to be successful All T 30 session establishment and capabilities negotiation are carried out between the terminals through the ITG ISL Trunk cards over the IP network using the T 38 protocol In terms ofthe Internet fax service roles the ITG ISL Trunk card acts as both the fax on ramp gateway and the fax off ramp gateway depending on the call direction The on
47. ITG card This indicates that the corresponding port is set to operate at 100 Mbit s and is the link is good 14 If the card that is being replaced is an 8 port NTCW80AA and the replacement card is an 8 port NTCW80CA the I O cable must be replaced a Locate the NTCW84LA cable that was included in the 1 0 to 2 0 upgrade kit b Remove the NTCW84MA cable from the I O panel ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 324 of 378 Maintenance c Disconnect the E LAN Ethernet cable and label it as the E LAN connection d If connected disconnect the DCH and maintenance cable from the NTCW84MA e Connect the new NTCW84LA to the I O panel f Connect the E LAN T LAN DCH and Maintenance cables if previously connected to the I O cable If the card being replaced is an 8 port NTCW80AA connect the T LAN to the card faceplate 15 In the MAT IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window select menu View Refresh and check that the replacement ITG card status is showing Unequipped Check card software 1 In the IP Telephony Gateway window double click the replacement ITG card to open the Card properties window Leave the default selection of the ITG card in the Card Properties window and click the Configuration tab 2 Check that the S W release shows the latest recommended software version If the replacement card requires a software upgrade refer to Software upgrade mec
48. ITG gt esnSPrefixSet 103 Value 0 0x0 ITG gt esn5PrefixShow Current ESN5 Prefix is set to 103 value 4629744 0x46a4f0 esnbPrefix 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 225 of 378 Check card software In this procedure you check the software version of the cards in a new node All cards must have same version To ensure proper ITG ISL trunk network operation Nortel Networks recommends that all network nodes have the same software version Verify the software release from each card is the latest recommended software release for ITG ISL Trunk by connecting to a Nortel Networks website that contains the latest software versions for the NT0961 24 port card the NTCW80 eight port card 1 From the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window click on the new node 2 For each card in the node starting with Leader 0 double click on the card entry in the lower half of the window The Card Properties window appears 3 Click Configuration tab and record S W version card density and TN for each card in the new node see Figure 40 Figure 40 Properties configuration tab ITG Card Properties Sample Site Sample System Customer 0 Node 1 IP 192 168 10 2 TN MES ff 7G 1608 Maintenan The basic configuration of the card including the IP addresses are defined in the node properties The ITG card must be disabled before changes can be made MAT site Sample Site
49. Installation and Operation Page 368 of 378 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access Menu 12 Static Route Setup Enter Menu Selection Number Edit IP Static Route 1 DefaultGW 2 35 4 Menu 12 Rout 1 Route Name Active Yes Destination IP Address IP Subnet Mask DefaultGW 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP Address 47 177 16 1 Metric 2 Private No Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel Menu 13 Default Dial in Setup Telco Options CLID Authen None PPP Options Recv Authen PAP Compression No Mutual Authen No PAP Login N A PAP Password N A Call back Budget Management Al llocated Budget min 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 IP Address Supplied By Dial in User No IP Pool Yes IP Start Addr 47 177 16 253 Session Options Input Filter Sets Output Filter Sets Idle Timeout 1200 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access Page 369 of 378 Period hr Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel Press Space Bar to Toggle Menu 14 Dial in User Setup itgadmin Enter Menu Selection Number Menu 14 1 Edit Dial in User User Name itgadmin Active Yes Password x Callback No Phon Supplied by Caller N A Callback Phon N A Rem CLID Idle Timeout 500
50. MAT PC is over a 10BaseT Ethernet connection The MAT application manages the ITG ISL Trunk Figure 1 shows an ITG ISL Trunk configuration example Figure 1 ITG ISL Trunk connectivity Meridian 1 DCHIP Followers I T rrr G 2 Meridian 1 DCH H H 323 Av ITG ISDN IP Trunk tandems Meridian 1 to IP network providing point to multi point connection Meridian 1 553 9340 Note In this document T LAN refers to the Telephony LAN that transmits the ITG voice and fax traffic E LAN embedded LAN refers to the management and signaling LAN for the Meridian 1 site ITG ISL Trunk depends on the managed IP network not the Internet because the managed IP network can provide adequate latency jitter and packet loss performance to support VoIP with an acceptable voice quality 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 21 of 378 System requirements ITG is available for Meridian 1 options 11C 11C Mini 51C 61C 81 and 81C systems running X11 release 25 or later software See Table 1 Software packages for Meridian 1 ITG ISL Trunk on page 22 for required software packages ITG requires MAT 6 6 or later including Alarm Management MAT Common Services include the Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway applications Customers must have the NTAKO2BB minimum vintage SDI DCH card Option 11C or M
51. MSDL to the I O Panel of the IPE module that contains the DCHIP For MSDL and DCHIP cards that reside in different Large System UEM equipment rows in a multi row Large System order e NTMF04BA MSDL DCH Extender 50 ft cable to reach between the I O Panels of the two UEM equipment rows For SDI DCH and DCHIP cards that reside in different Small System cabinets order e NTWEOAAC Inter cabinet cable NTCW84KA to SDI DCH cable 10 ft 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 27 of 378 If you are installing ITG ISL Trunk cards in IPE modules equipped with NT8D81BA Backplane to I O Panel ribbon cable assembly with Molded Filter Connectors and you are using 100BaseTX T LAN order e NT8D81AA Backplane to I O Panel ribbon cable assembly compatible with NTCW84JA Filter Connector Block with ITG specific filtering for 100BaseTX T LAN connection Note You must inspect the IPE module to determine if it is equipped with Molded Filter Connectors on the I O Panel Molded Filter Connectors were shipped in North America during a period from 1998 to 1999 Molded Filter Connectors can be used with 10BaseT T LAN connections Ordering rules for ITG ISL Trunk node expansion To expand an ITG ISL Trunk node requires e For each additional non DCHIP card one NTZC45AA ITG ISDN Small and Large Systems Package without DCH PC Card or NTP e For each additional DCHIP card either one NTZC44AA ITG ISDN Large Systems Pa
52. Retrieve ITG node window ITG Transmit Options 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 265 of 378 4 In the Retrieve ITG node window select the MAT Site and Meridian 1 System fields Select the Meridian 1 Customer number Note The site name Meridian 1 system name and Meridian 1 customer number must exist in the MAT Navigator before you can add a new ITG node 5 Enter the management IP address field for Leader 0 or Leader 1 on the existing node 6 Enter the SNMP read write community name The default is private 7 Click the Start Retrieve button The Retrieve control dialog box displays the results of the retrieval The node properties card properties and dialing plan are retrieved from the Leader card 8 Click Close when the download is complete 9 Refresh the card status from the View menu and check that the cards in the new node are responding Retrieve and add an ITG ISL Trunk Node for maintenance and diagnostic purposes Use this procedure to create a dummy ITG node for retrieving and viewing the real ITG node configuration without over writing the existing ITG configuration data for an existing node in the MAT ITG database Retrieving the real ITG node configuration to the dummy node is useful in the following cases Isolating ITG node configuration faults e Determining which copy of the database is correct so that you can determine the required direction of da
53. T LAN connecting to the Router going out to the Intranet 1 Use ping or equivalent tool to collect round trip delay in ms and loss in data 2 Dividethe delay by 2 to approximate one way delay add 93 ms to adjust for ITG processing and buffering time 3 Lookup a QoS chart Figure 5 6 7 or Table 24 to predict the QoS categories excellent good fair or poor 4 Ifacustomer wants to manage the QoS in a more detailed fashion he she can re balance the values of delay compared to loss by adjusting ITG system parameters such as preferred codec payload size routing algorithm etc to move resulting QoS among different categories 5 If the QoS objective is met repeat the process periodically to make sure the required QoS is maintained The users of corporate voice and data services expect these services to meet some perceived quality of service QoS which in turn influence network design The goal is to design and allocate enough resources in the network to meet users needs QoS metrics or parameters are what quantifies the needs of the user of the service In the context of a Meridian 1 and ITG system Figure 14 on page 109 shows the relationship between users and services From the diagram it can be seen that there are two interfaces that the technician needs to consider 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 109 of 378 Figure 14 Relationship between users and services Delay
54. The Leader card maintains a resource table of all the ITG ISL Trunk cards in its node The Active Leader card consults its internal Follower card resource table to determine which Follower card has the most idle channels The Active Leader card selects this card to receive the new call The Active Leader sends a message to the selected Follower card informing it to reserve a channel for the new call It redirects the call to the selected Follower The Follower card performs dialed number to IP address translation Backup Leader The Backup Leader card steps in when the Leader is out of service This minimizes service interruptions D channel IP gateway DCHIP The ITG ISL Trunk card with DCHIP functionality DCHIP Card is connected by the RS 422 cable to the Multi purpose Serial Data Link MSDL card on the Meridian 1 large systems It connects to the SDI DCH Card on small systems The DCHIP Card is equipped with a DCH PC Card The DCH PC Card provides the RS 422 and LAPD functionality that is required for the D channel DCH interface to the Meridian 1 The DCHIP Card is the network side of the Meridian 1 ISL D channel connection The card is a tandem node in the switch network providing a single to multi point interface between the Meridian 1 and the IP network see Figure 2 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Figure 2 ITG architecture Description Page 31 of 378 Core Switch DCHIP Followers DCH L_JH 323
55. Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 90 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Table 7 8 Port ITG Leader Card RT Capacity No voice or fax port configured Case Case Il 50 Call Origination 50 Call Termination 100 Call Termination Number Number of Number Number of Calls Hr CCS Follower Calls Hr CCS Follower of ports of ports Cards Cards wes zw m9 9 1 26 20387 759 o2 5683 10194 360 46 5324 9583 347 43 125 16424 595 74 a562 e212 298 37 7629 18733 498 62 3815 6866 249 3t 3509 6316 220 29 eser 1514 417 s2 3198 5757 209 26 5948 10707 ses 49 __ 2974 5353 194 24 Table 8 8 Port ITG Leader Card RT Capacity G 711 10ms voice sample 4 or 8 ports configured Part 1 of 2 Case Case Il 50 Call Origination 50 Call Termination 100 Call Termination Network NUURIBGE Number of Number Number of Size Calls Hr CCS shouts Follower Calls Hr CCS tiras Follower nodes p Cards p Cards Leader Card with 4 ports configured for G 711 with 10ms sample size esos oe ar 5 3203 72591 4664 3169 2i 1296 2382 95 985 774 84 8 71522 2740 99 2 at 385 59 5 3462 6231 226 28 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 91 of 378 Table 8 8 Port ITG Leader
56. Trunk 2 0 fallback to circuit switched trunks does not depend on SAT YES Digital Trunk Route ITG ISL Trunks are analog only They do not support circuit switched data from MCA or ISDN BRI terminal adaptors Integrated Services Digital Network ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 180 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Table 34 LD 16 Configure the ITG ISL TIE Trunk route data block Part 2 of 4 pem NN 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Mode of Operation Route uses ISDN Signaling Link in dedicated mode Note SLD is allowed when ISDN YES and the ISL package 147 is equipped ISLD is allowed only on ISA and TIE trunks D channel number where X 0 255 for Large Systems X 0 79 for Small Systems Meridian Customer Defined Network MCDN is required for Small Systems ESIG interface with GF platform QSIG ISIG interface with GF platform QSIG The IFC of the route data block must match the IFC of the ISL D Channel in the configuration record Private Network Identifier You must configure the PNI to 1 or other non zero value to support Meridian Customer Defined Network MCDN features that use non call associated signaling For example Network Ring Again NRAG Network Message Services NMS Network ACD NACD Each feature needs ISDN signaling to be sent across the Meridian 1 network in the absence of a call Note The PNI in th
57. Trunk node dialing plan from an existing node Make the necessary modifications before transmitting the dialing plan to the new node 1 In the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main Window select an existing ITG Trunk node which has a dialing plan similar to one you are creating for the new ITG Trunk node Make sure that MAT can monitor the card state of Leader 0 in the existing node from which you are retrieving the dialing plan Record the Management IP address of Leader 0 on the existing node Select the new node and double click to open its Node Properties sheet Click the Configuration tab Record the Management IP address of Leader 0 on the new node On the Configuration tab change the Management IP address of Leader 0 on the new node Enter the Management IP address of the Leader 0 card on the existing node which you recorded in Step 2 Click Change and then click OK Select the new node in the upper part of the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk window Select menu Configuration Synchronize Retrieve to open the ITG Retrieve Options window ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 214 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Check only the Dialing Plan check box if the community name for both the existing and new nodes is the same Check the Dialing Plan check box and the Prompt user for community name check
58. address in the IP Address field and enter the Subnet mask in the Subnet mask field Click Add The new IP address and subnet mask appears in the SNMP Manager IP address list Enter SNMP trap IP addresses for MAT PCs on local and remote subnets and any other SNMP Management PCs for Alarm monitoring All MAT PCs must have the Alarm Notification feature The MAT PC on the local subnet or E LAN MAT PC on a remote subnet on the customer s IP network Remote support MAT PC PPP IP address on the E LAN configured in the Nortel Networks Netgear RM356 Modem Router or equivalent Any SNMP managers for remote alarm monitoring In the next step you add the SNMP trap IP addresses for remote subnets in the Card Routing Table entries IP address field 4 Configure the Card routing table entries 5 Enter IP address and subnet mask for management hosts on remote subnets such as SNMP manager Radius accounting server Management PC Telnet and FTP clients Click Add In a later step you transmit this information to each ITG card The ITG card uses the addresses in the routing table entries to route management packets over the Management Gateway router on the E LAN Without routing table entries the ITG card routes management traffic over the voice LAN gateway Sending management traffic over the voice LAN can affect voice quality 6 Click Apply Configure Accounting server If you do not have a Radius Accounting Server skip this st
59. allowed in the voice traffic 3 Calls can either terminate or originate on the Leader card Voice ports are allowed on the Leader card 4 It is also assumed that when VAD has been enabled in MAT the voice fluctuation factor is equal to 1 5 A voice fluctuation factor of 1 5 implies that during a conversation voice is on 5096 more than the average in contrast to silence periods of a conversation And with VAD status equal to off the voice fluctuation factor is equal to 1 1 5 1596 of CPU real time has been reserved for Network Monitoring Module It has been determined via measurements that the Leader card can support 1920 IP ports all codecs with payload sizes of 10 20 and 30 milliseconds and VAD status equal to on with 24 voice ports configured Under the above set of assumptions this corresponds to a total of 53 760 CCS or 29 867 calls per hour Note that with 24 voice ports per card 1920 IP ports corresponds to 80 Follower cards It also supports 1920 IP ports all codecs with payload sizes of 20 and 30 milliseconds and VAD when VAD has been disabled in MAT with 24 voice ports configured If the payload size is equal to 10 milliseconds the number of supported IP ports or Follower cards can be determined from Tables 10 and 11 In both tables 50 voice activity is assumed on the voice ports Each Table consists of two cases Case I assumes that the call mix is 50 call origination and 50 call termination Case II
60. assumes that the call mix is 0 call origination and 100 call termination These two cases are considered because the call processing assist time for originating calls on the Leader card is negligible while for the terminating call this time is non negligible 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 93 of 378 Table 10 24 Port ITG Leader Card RT Capacity G 711 10 ms voice sample VAD off Case I Case II 50 Call Origination 50 Call Termination 100 Call Termination Number of Number of Calls Hr prea Follower Cale Follower P Cards ports Cards oa p sue p x 3 pw 29 o 35760 1920 o 298r 34605 1593 6 22 2997 357 3920 8 724 2188 3880 385 56 Table 11 24 Port ITG Leader Card RT Capacity G 729 Annex AB 10 ms voice sample VAD off Ios I rs I E Call Origination 5096 Call Termination res Call Termination NK Port Number Humber oF Calls H Number Numeros Confi Calls Hr f bod Follower bam Follower al of ports Cards of ports Cards 0 22 29867 53760 1920 80 f 29867 29867 53760 1920 P ee ee ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 94 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Provisioning ITG ISL TIE trunks and routes ITG ISL TIE trunks are provisioned based on average busy hour traffic tables using the calculated amount of traffic between ESN ITG nodes Tabl
61. box if the community name for both the existing and new nodes are different A dialog box will appear asking you to enter the new node s community name Click Start Retrieve and monitor progress in the Retrieve control field Make sure the dialing plan is retrieved successfully and added to the MAT database Click Close to close the ITG Retrieve Options window and return to the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window Select the new node and double click to open its Node Properties sheet On the Configuration tab change the Management IP address of Leader 0 on the new node Enter the correct Management IP address of the Leader 0 card on the new node Click Change and then click OK Select menu Configuration Node Dialing Plan to open the ITG Dialing Plan window Inspect the retrieved dialing plan for the new node and make any necessary modifications Double click on an dialing plan entry to inspect its property sheet To save modifications click Apply and then OK From the View menu you have the option of viewing by Digits dialed or Remote Nodes 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 215 of 378 Transmit ITG trunk card configuration data from MAT to the ITG trunk cards ITG Trunk nodes and cards are configured in the MAT ITG ISDN IP Trunk application and then transmitted to the ITG cards The configuration data is converted by MAT to text files The ITG cards then g
62. database file The entire database is read into PC memory when you launch the program If a large ITG network is to be managed from a single MAT server then each MAT PC client should have more than the minimum RAM requirements of 32 Mb and the recommended RAM is 64 Mb or more If the data is stored on a MAT server the application launch time will increase as the size of the ITG network grows this also depends on the network speed In theory a single MAT installation can support up to 500 Meridian 1s However MAT applications requiring real time such as Traffic Analysis retrieval of traffic data is limited to a much smaller number of systems MAT Alarm Notification can receive a maximum of 20 SNMP traps per second based on the recommended PC configuration In large networks it is recommended that multiple MAT PCs be used to collect traps from ITG cards each PC supporting one or more ITG nodes Alarm notification scripts can be used to forward critical alarms to a central MAT PC or Network Management application ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 148 of 378 ITG MAT PC management configuration MAT network setup guidelines Install MAT in a standalone mode or in a network environment For ITG Trunk 2 0 card install MAT in a network environment so you can manage multiple ITG nodes provide multi user access and maintain ITG configuration data consistency In the network environme
63. density of the selected cards 24 port or 8 port Click Start Transmit The software is transmitted to each card in turn and burned into the flash ROM on the ITG card Monitor the progress of the card software transmission in the Transmit Control window ITG indicates success or failure of card software transmission by card TN Scroll to verify that transmission was successful for all card TNs The cards continue to run the old software until rebooted Click Close button Repeat steps 3b 4 and 5b for the other card density 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 10 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 229 of 378 Reboot each ITG card that received transmitted software so that the new software can begin operation Start the rebooting with Leader 0 then Leader 1 and finally the follower cards Double click on card in the lower part of the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window The Card Properties Maintenance tab appears Click Reset to reboot the card Click OK Note You also can reset the cards by pressing the Reset button on the card faceplate using a pointed object From the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window select the new node Select menu View Refresh Selected or press F5 After all ITG cards have been reset and have successfully rebooted the Card state column shows disabled active for Leader 0 disabled standby for Leader 1 disabled for Followers Double click each upgrad
64. different QoS classes Internet Protocols and Ports Used by ITG The following IP applications and protocols are used by ITG 2 0 and must be transmitted across the customers intranet by all IP routers and other network equipment This information should be validated and included in the ITG network engineering guidelines ITG Management Protocols ITG uses the UDP and TCP port numbers for SNMP Telnet and FTP i e the default port numbers for these common IP applications ITG H 323 Voice Gateway Protocols H 245 Call Setup Signaling Protocol uses TCP port 1720 Realtime Transport Protocol RTP uses UDP port 2300 2363 ITG QoS Network Probing Proprietary Protocol QoS probing uses UDP port 5000 ITG ISL Trunk card connections 10 100BaseT Ethernet ports The ITG ISL Trunk card has two Ethernet ports One 10 100BaseT Ethernet port on the DSP daughterboard with connectors located on the faceplate or on the I O panel breakout cable transmits Voice over IP VoIP traffic and connects to the Telephony LAN or T LAN A 10BaseT port on the ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 130 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines motherboard with a connector on the I O panel breakout cable transmits ITG system management traffic and D channel and connects to the Embedded LAN or E LAN RS 232 serial ports The ITG ISL Trunk card has a DIN 8 serial maintenance port connection on the faceplate and a
65. digits For example 011 and 0112 are not leftwise unique 011 and 012 are leftwise unique Enter the number of leading digits to delete or insert if required for digit manipulation on outgoing calls using this ESN translation to this destination node Note 1 The digit manipulation defined in the Digits dialed tab of the ITG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties window does not apply to the Destination Number of the Facility messages for non call associated signalling for MCDN features These features include NRAG NMS NACD and NAS Note 2 Digit manipulation in the Digits dialed tab can be used as required for destination nodes with node capability H 323 V2 and also for destination nodes with node capability SL1 SL1 ESN5 ESGF or ISGF for ESN translation Dial Plan digits that are not used for non call associated signalling To add the ESN translation Dial Plan digits for this destination node click Add Click Apply ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 212 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Figure 37 ITG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties window Digits dialed tab ITG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties General Digits dialed Select the dial plan type and enter the digits dialed by the user to reach this remote node If required enter the digits to delete and or add Use the Add Change and Delete buttons to manage the list Je DialPlan ME
66. discipline See Queue management on page 128 To determine which links should be considered for upgrading first list all the intranet links used to support the ITG traffic which can be derived from the traceroute output for each site pair Then using the intranet link utilization report note the highest utilized and or the slowest links Estimate the link delay of suspect links using the traceroute results Lets say that a 256kbit s link from router to router2 has a high utilization the following isa traceroute output that traverses this link Richardson3 traceroute santa clara itg4 traceroute to santa clara itg4 10 3 2 7 30 hops max 32 aw WN d routerl 10 router2 10 18 0 2 42 ms 44 ms 38 ms router3 10 router4 10 3 0 1 92 ms 90 ms 101 ms santa_clara_itg4 10 3 2 7 94 ms 97 ms 95 ms byte packets 9 0 1 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 28 0 3 78 ms 70 ms 81 ms The average rtt time on that link is about 40 ms the one way link delay is about 20 ms of which the circuit transmission and serialization delay are just afew milliseconds Most of this link s delay is caused by queueing Looking at Figure 18 on page 121 if you upgrade this link to T1 you can shave about 19 ms off the delay budget ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 124 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Reduce hop count End to end delay can be reduced significantly by reducing hop count especially
67. down to 54 CCS from Santa Clara to Richardson and 46 CCS from Richardson to Santa Clara with the voice traffic 40 CCS 260 20 being the two way traffic 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 101 of 378 The bandwidth requirement calculation would be 40 36 11 2 14 36 33 6 25 51 kbit s where 14 CCS is the larger of two fax traffic parcels 14 CCS as compared to 6 CCS After adjusting for peaking the incremental data rate on WAN for this route is 33 2 kbit s Compare this number with 24 3 kbit s when all 60 CCS is voice traffic it appears that the reduction in CCS due to one way fax traffic 20 CCS as compared to 14 CCS will not compensate for higher bandwidth requirement of a fax as compared to voice call 33 7 kbit s as compared to 11 2 kbit s in this example The example in this section deals with nodal traffic calculation in both T LAN and WAN It indicates incremental bandwidth requirement to handle voice on data networks Assess WAN link resources For most installations ITG traffic will be routed over WAN links within the intranet WAN links are the most expensive repeating expenses in the network and they often are the source of capacity problems in the network Unlike LAN bandwidth which is virtually free and easily implemented WAN links especially inter LATA and international links take time to obtain financial approval provision and upgrade For these reasons it is important
68. fax traffic and the selected codec and voice sample size 3 the size of the ITG network number of Leader Cards in the network 4 number of probe packets sent to every Leader Card at remote node etc Factor 1 impacts the real time capacity significantly Factors 3 and 4 impact the real time requirement of the software component Network Monitoring Module on the Leader Card In this section the following 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 89 of 378 assumptions are made to project the Leader Card real time capacity the number of probe packets per Leader Card is 25 the average holding time is 180 seconds the number of calls per hour per port on the Follower Cards is 15 3 8 Port Leader and DCHIP Card Real Time Capacity The 8 Port ITG Trunk Card is the NTCW80 based on the Intel 486 CPU Table 7 shows the forecast for the number of nodes ports and calls per hour that can be supported by the 8 Port ITG Trunk Leader DCHIP Card when the Leader Card is not configured with any ports Case I assumes that the call mix is 5046 call origination and 5046 call termination and as a result it takes approximately 200 ms per call on average for the Leader Card to assist in the call setup tear down process If for example the network size is 25 nodes then the Leader Card can support 10648 calls per hour or 19166 CCS assuming 180 second average holding time Assuming 15 3 calls per hour per port that tran
69. filter connector ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 172 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Meridian 1 Small System cable installation Option 11C and Option 11C Mini 1 Set the switches and jumper plugs in the NTAK02 SDI DCH card as shown See Tables 29 and 30 Table 29 NTAKO02 SDI DCH switch settings for ITG ISL Trunk DCHIP Port 1 SW 1 1 SW 1 2 DCH OFF OFF Port 3 SW 1 3 DCH OFF Table 30 NTAKO2 SDI DCH jumper settings for ITG ISL Trunk DCHIP RS422 location location 2 Connect the NTAK19FB Quad Serial I O SDI DCH Cable or equivalent to the I O connector for the card slot in which the SDI DCH card is installed 3 If the DCHIP card is installed in the main cabinet with the SDI DCH card then use NTWEO4AD SDI DCH Extension Cable 1 ft from the NTCW84KA DCH P5 connector to the NTAK19FB D Channel port connector for Port 1 or Port 3 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 173 of 378 If the DCHIP card is installed in the expansion cabinet then use NTWEOA4AC SDI DCH Extension Cable 10 ft from the NTCW84KA DCH P5 connector to the NTAK19FB D Channel port connector fpr Port 1 or Port 3 Install the serial cable 1 To make a temporary connection to the ITG Trunk maintenance port from a local RS232 TTY terminal or a modem use the NTAG81CA PC Maintenance cable a Connect the DIN 8 connecto
70. four settings excellent good fair and poor which indicate the quality of voice service ITG periodically calculates the prevailing QoS level per site pair based on its measurement of e one way delay packet loss and e codec and when the QoS level is below the fall back threshold any new calls to that destination are routed over circuit switched voice facilities The computation is derived from ITU T G 107 Transmission Rating Model When the QoS level falls below the fall back threshold levels for that particular destination that call is not accepted by the originating ITG node instead the call is re routed by Meridian 1 ESN features over traditional circuit switched voice facilities The following graphs Figures 15 16 and 17 show the operating regions in terms of one way delay and packet loss for each codec and required QoS level as determined by ITG Note that among the codecs G 711 A law G 711 u law delivers the best quality for a given intranet QoS followed by G 729A and then G 723 1 6 4 kbp s and lastly G 723 1 5 3 kbp s These graphs determine the delay and error budget for the underlying intranet in order for it to deliver a required quality of voice service Fax is more susceptible to packet loss than the human ear is quality starts to degrade when packet loss exceeds 10 It is recommended that fax services be supported with the ITG operating in either the Excellent or Good QoS level Avoid offering fax servi
71. half of the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window b If you have a mix of 24 port and 8 port cards in the same ITG ISL Trunk node then select all cards of the same density in the lower half of the Main Window Hold down the Ctrl key while you make individual card selections 4 Select menu Configuration Synchronize Transmit The ITG Transmit Options dialog box appears ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 228 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 5 a If you are transmitting new software to a node containing cards of the same density Make sure Transmit to selected nodes is selected Check Card software checkbox Click Browse and locate the software file for the card density of the selected node Click Start Transmit The software is transmitted to each card in turn and burned into the flash ROM on the ITG card Monitor the progress of the card software transmission in the Transmit Control window ITG indicates success or failure of card software transmission by card TN Scroll to verify that transmission was successful for all card TNs The cards continue to run the old software until rebooted Click the Close button and go to step 6 b If you are transmitting new software to a node containing a mix of card densities Make sure Transmit to selected cards is selected Check Card software checkbox Click Browse and locate the software file for the card
72. in Table 44 4 Youcan access the current error log file through MAT ITG card properties by clicking on the Open Log File button on the Maintenance tab of ITG card properties If enabled in MAT ITG Node Properties SNMP Trap Routing table IPs tab SNMP sends appropriate traps to MAT Alarm Management or another specific SNMP manager when an error or event occurs The ITG Trunk card also puts the system error message into the error log file on the C drive of the ITG card View the log file with any text browser after uploading it to an FTP host To upload the log file to an FTP host enter currLogFilePut or prevLogFilePut from the ITG shell The ITG card generates SNMP alarm traps for the following four alarm categories e Alarm Clearance ITGO1xx for information purposes e Minor Alarm ITGO2xx no intervention required e Major Alarm ITGO3xx intervention required but not immediately e Major Alarm ITG04xx immediate action required Card is out of service Up to eight destination IP addresses can be configured to which these alarms can be sent The same addresses must be configured for all cards on the same node Table 44 on page 297 lists ITG SNMP alarms by severity 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 297 of 378 Table 44 ITG Trunk 2 0 alarms Part 1 of 6 Alarm Clearance For information purposes These alarms indicate the clearance of an error condition As such no user int
73. is no firewall router between the E LAN and the C LAN ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 132 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Multiple ITG nodes on the same E LAN and T LAN segments There are several configurations where it can be acceptable to put multiple ITG nodes on the same dedicated E LAN and T LAN segments separate subnets or on a dedicated E LAN T LAN segment single subnet 1 Several ITG nodes belonging to the same customer in the same Meridian 1 PBX may be configured to route calls with different CODECS depending on the digits dialed or the NCOS of the originating terminal or to limit the maximum number of ITG calls to a particular destination node The traffic engineering considerations on the T LAN should determine how many different ITG nodes can be configured on the same LAN segment 2 Layer Two 10 BaseT or 100 Base TX switching equipment or ATM infrastructure can support a virtual LAN VLAN segment that is distributed across a campus or larger corporate network In this case some or all of the ITG destination nodes can be on the same subnet 3 Intest labs training centers and trade shows itis common for destination nodes to be located on the same LAN segment and subnet You must not place other IP devices either Nortel Networks or other vendors products on the same T LAN subnet with the ITG nodes Setting up the E LAN or management subnet The manageme
74. is set to STD then you must select the SL1 node capability If SIGO is set to ESN5 then you must select SL1ESN5 node capability In a mixed ESN5 and non ESN5 network you must configure an ESN5 prefix for the non ESN5 IP telephony gateways by using the esn5PrefixSet command from the ITG shell CLI See Change default ESN5 prefix for non ESN5 IP telephony gateways on page 223 The choices are SL1 SL1 ESN5 ESIG and ISIG for networks consisting of Meridian 1 large systems For networks that include Meridian 1 small systems the choices are SL1 or SL1 ESN5 In addition to ITG ISL Trunk nodes the IP telephony trunk network may contain ITG Trunk 1 0 Basic Trunk nodes or Nortel Networks IP Telephony Connection Manager Use H323 V2 node capability for these nodes Quality of service The default setting enables Quality of Service monitoring QoS monitoring allows new calls to fall back to alternate circuit switched trunk routes when the IP network Quality of Service falls below the configured threshold If you change the default setting and disable QoS monitoring then the ITG trunk node attempts to complete new calls over the IP network regardless of the IP network QoS You can still have alternate routes but ITG Trunk only uses them if the D Channel connection to the local ITG Trunk node fails or if the destination node fails to respond or if the destination node responds that all trunks are busy To disable QoS monitoring of a des
75. momentary display of F 10 is normal Testing flash memory Teror o Testing CEMUX interface T 18 F 18 Booting host waiting for response with self test information Pentium module suspend signal O K module Pentium module suspend signal O K signal O K PT 1 PF 1 Pentium module powered OK Note f the ITG card displays this message check that the Pentium module is fully seated in the motherboard Socket EE Waiting for application start up message from host 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 331 of 378 Table 56 Faceplate maintenance display message summary Part 3 of 4 Normal Fault Description Code Code puo CardLAN enabled waiting for Request Config Message Card is looking for an active leader by sending bootp requests on the management LAN If no bootp response is received on the management LAN Leader 0 times out first and starts active leader tasks Leader 1 has a longer time out and normally starts backup leader tasks when it detects an active leader otherwise Leader 1 times out and starts active leader tasks A Follower card sends bootp requests on the management LAN continuously and never times out From the keyboard of a terminal attached to the local maintenance port enter to escape from bootp request mode and start ITG shell for manual configuration Card is running the ROM BIOS The card detected no valid ITG Trunk software image or the JKL escape sequence w
76. more ITG Trunk nodes Leader and DCHIP card standard configuration rules 1 Leader 0 with DCHIP and fully configured trunks supporting Leader 1 and all Followers This rule covers most ITG Trunk node configurations 2 Leader 0 with first DCHIP and fully configured trunks supporting half of the Followers and Leader 1 with second DCHIP and fully configured trunks supporting the other half of the Followers This rule covers D Channel redundancy with two ITG trunk routes per node 3 LeaderO with first DCHIP and partially configured trunks Leader 1 with second DCHIP and partially configured trunks supporting very large ITG Trunk nodes in very large ITG Trunk networks This rule covers very large nodes and networks with multiple ITG trunk routes per node To setup an incoming voice or fax call the Follower Card is responsible for communicating with the Follower Card at the far end to set up and tear down the call However the Leader Card needs to assist the Follower Card in obtaining the IP address of the far end Follower Card and provide network performance statistics so that the Follower Card can set up the call correctly The Leader Card CPU real time needs to be engineered to reserve enough capacity to provide this call processing functionality The real time capacity of the Leader Card depends on various factors 1 host module CPU Intel 486 or Pentium based 2 the number of ports on the Leader Card configured to transmit voice or
77. must configure the ITG card to send SNMP traps to the MAT PC and the local modem router on the E LAN ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 270 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications Figure 56 OM Report scheduling window Scheduling x dob OK Name Cancel Description Help gt Run m Start at None Month Day C Hourly Hour Minute Clm C Daily mo m Weekdays Weekly C Monthly C Month end C Custom nemal pm Late execution Note For more information about Alarm Notification please refer to the MAT Alarm and Event Management User Guide Meridian 1 system commands LD 32 You can perform the following Meridian 1 system administration commands e Disable the indicated ITG card on page 272 Note 1 The ITG card must be disabled before card properties can be transmitted from the MAT ITG application to the card Note 2 The card reset button is only available in the MAT ITG application when the card is disabled Note 3 Disabling the ITG card in overlay 32 does not disable the active leader or backup leader functions e Disable the indicated ITG card when idle on page 273 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 271 of 378 Note This will temporarily prevent the ITG node from seizing the port from incoming calls e Disable an indicated ITG port on page 273
78. network has low packet loss Using the G 711 codec this means the configured QoS can be a minimum of 4 3 If the latency in the IP network increases the configured QoS is not met and Fallback to alternate facilities occurs 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 57 of 378 Equipment Impairment Factor Equipment Impairment factors are important parameters used for transmission planning purposes They are applicable for the E Model Note For information on QoS engineering guidelines refer to the Engineering Guidelines section Fallback to alternate facilities The ITG continuously monitors and analyzes QoS data When the ITG detects IP network congestion and the QoS is below a pre defined value new calls routed to the remote IP gateway are rejected Instead the Meridian 1 routes them over non IP facilities The Stepback on Congestion over ISDN feature provides Fallback to alternate facilities functionality Triggering Fallback to alternate trunk facilities A key background activity of the ITG is to monitor the network s QoS between itself and each remote IP gateway configured in the dialing plan When the QoS is below the defined acceptable level for a given ITG Trunk destination node all outgoing calls from the near end Meridian 1 to the far end Leader are re routed through alternate circuit switched trunk facilities That is all calls that the switch is trying to setup established calls cannot fallback The Me
79. network transmission performance and outputs a scalar rating R for the network transmission quality The ITG uses a simplified version of the model to correlate the network QoS to the subjective Mean Opinion Score MOS MOS is a numerical scale used to rate voice quality When MOS is equal to 5 0 voice quality is good When MOS is equal to 0 0 voice quality is bad For packet loss over 16 the MOS value is set to 0 and the remote node is considered to be in fallback mode End to end latency IP network end to end latency consists of several components routing delay on the IP network frame duration delay and Jitter Buffer delay on codec and delay on the circuit switched network The determination of end to end delay depends on the dynamics of the IP network and the detailed service specification MOS values are calculated based on the routing delay and frame duration and Jitter Buffer delay on the codec These latencies must be taken into consideration during the engineering of the total network s latency If the end to end latency of the network is specified and the latency of the PSTN circuit switched components is removed the remainder is the latency available for the IP trunks This latency value plays a large role when configuring ITG node QoS values in MAT For instance assume the end to end network latency is 300 milliseconds and the part of that latency which the IP network can contribute is 180 ms Furthermore assume the
80. out of date and you intend to synchronize all MAT ITG node data with the data from the ITG cards on the node Note 2 Select Card Properties to add a node on MAT by retrieving from an existing node that contains more than one card Note 3 Select any combination of check boxes as indicated by problem symptoms when you are attempting to isolate a problem on a particular card Use the dummy node for this purpose 5 Select Prompt user for community name if required 6 Click the Start retrieve button Monitor the status of the retrieval in the Retrieve control box The retrieved Node Properties Card Properties and Dialing Plan will over write the existing MAT ITG configuration data for the respective node or card When you retrieve a dialing plan table MAT ITG compares it against the existing node dialing plan and discards it if it is identical If itis different you are asked to confirm before it over writes the existing node dialing plan on MAT ITG The Retrieving the ITG configuration information from the ITG node procedure is complete ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 268 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications Schedule and generate and view ITG OM reports Operational Measurement OM reports are a collection of OM data from all ITG cards defined on the MAT PC or server You can generate a report on request or schedule the report to generate at a selected time Ea
81. ramp gateway demodulates the T 30 transmission received from the originating G3 Fax terminal The T 30 facsimile control and image data is transferred in an octet stream structure using a Real Time Protocol RTP payload over User Datagram Protocol UDP transport mechanism Signaling specified by H 323 V 2 protocol is used for ITG to ITG call setup Modules supporting facsimile transmission are responsible for the following e fax speed detection and adjustment e protocol conversion from G3 Fax to RTP payload for fax data transfer ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 62 of 378 Description e T 30 fax protocol support e T 38 fax over IP protocol e Vl channel 2 binary signaling modulation and demodulation e High level Data Link Control HDLC framing V 27 term 2400 4800 bps high speed data modulation and demodulation e V 29 7200 9600 bps high speed data modulation and demodulation e V 17 14390 bps high speed data modulation V2lchannel2 detection e Multi channel operation support Note If two ends support T 30 protocol they are compatible only if external factors for instance delay and signal quality permit Only ITG node to ITG node fax calls are supported although Meridian 1 to third party fax calls may work Remote Access Remote Access is supported on the ITG Remote Access allows a MAT user with no ITG data including Nortel Networks support person
82. representing traffic flowing in the heavier direction The third step is to assess how much spare capacity is available Enterprise intranets are subject to capacity planning policies that ensure that capacity use remains below some determined utilization level For example a planning policy might state that the utilization of a 56 kbit s link during the peak hour must not exceed 5096 for a T1 link the threshold is higher say at 8096 The carrying capacity of the 56 kbit s link would be 28 kbit s and for the T1 1 2288 Mbit s In some organizations the thresholds can be lower than that used in this example in the event of link failures there needs to be spare capacity for traffic to be re routed Some WAN links may actually be provisioned on top of layer 2 services such as Frame Relay and ATM the router to router link is actually a virtual circuit which is subject not only to a physical capacity but also a logical capacity limit The technician needs to obtain in addition to the physical link capacity the QoS parameters the important ones being CIR committed information rate for Frame Relay and MCR maximum cell rate for ATM The difference between the current capacity and its allowable limit is the available capacity For example a T1 link utilized at 4896 during the peak hour with a planning limit of 8096 had an available capacity of about 492 kbit s Estimate network loading caused by ITG traffic At this point the tec
83. sending an Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP trap to the IP addresses in the SNMP manager list Active Leader and Backup Leader interaction When a Leader card reboots into service it sends bootp requests to check whether an Active Leader card is present If it receives a bootp response this indicates the presence of an Active Leader card and the rebooting Leader becomes the Backup Leader If it does not receive a bootp response this indicates the absence of an Active Leader and the rebooting Leader becomes the Active Leader The Backup Leader monitors the heartbeat of the Active Leader by pinging the Active Leader s Node IP In the event of the Active Leader s failure that is the Active Leader is not responding to the pinging of the Node IP address by the Backup Leader the Backup Leader takes over the Active Leader role in order to avoid service interruption The Backup Leader assigns the Node IP to its voice interface and announces its new status to all the Follower cards The Followers re register with the new Active Leader and as a result a new Resource Table is built immediately The Leader 0 and Leader 1 cards keep their node properties synchronized The Backup Leader receives a copy of the boot p 1 file containing the boot p table from the Active Leader on bootup and when Node Properties are downloaded to the Active Leader ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 3
84. setting of Transmit to selected nodes Check the Node Properties Card Properties and Dialing Plan check boxes 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 219 of 378 6 Click the Start Transmit button Monitor progress in the Transmit Control window Confirm that the Node Properties Card Properties and Dialing Plan are transmitted successfully to the Leader 0 ITG Trunk card TN At this point it is normal for transmission to Leader 1 and Follower cards to fail 7 When the transmission is complete click the Close button 8 Reboot the Leader 0 ITG card Verify installation and configuration To verify installation and configuration Check card faceplate displays After successfully rebooting the Leader 0 card is now fully configured with the Node Properties of the node and enters a state of active leader The faceplate display shows LDR The Leader 1 card is now autoconfigured as a Leader reboots automatically and enters the state of backup leader The faceplate display shows BLDR Any follower cards are now auto configured with their IP addresses and their display shows FLR If you have a MAT PC on the local E LAN subnet it should now be in communication with all cards in the ITG Trunk node Observe ITG ISL trunk status in MAT 1 From the MAT IP Telephony Gateway ISDNIP Trunk Main window select menu View Refresh and verify that the card status is sho
85. the route data block You must enter YES to configure ITG ISL routes Private Network Identifier You must configure the PNI to 1 or other non zero value to support Meridian Customer Defined Network MCDN features that use non call associated signaling For example Network Ring Again NRAG Network Message Services NMS Network ACD NACD Each feature needs ISDN signaling to be sent across the Meridian 1 network in the absence of a call Note The PNI in the customer data block must be the same as the PNI configured in the route data block at the far end for outgoing calls from the far end toward this Meridian 1 node Configure ITG ISL TIE trunk routes 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 179 of 378 Note You must configure Trunk routes as TIE routes Table 34 LD 16 Configure the ITG ISL TIE Trunk route data block Part 1 of 4 pem pe NN ITG ISL TRUNK Add new data Route Data Block Configuration parameters that apply to all trunks in this route Customer number associated with this route as defined in LD 15 Route Number where x 0 511 16 character designator is ITG ISL TRUNK Specific description if more than one ITG Trunk route exists Trunk Type The trunk type for ITG ISL trunks must be set to TIE Satellite control SAT must be set to NO to enable Trunk Optimization before answer TRO and Trunk Anti Tromboning TAT For ITG
86. the Dialing Plan ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 288 of 378 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays 3 Log in to the ITG shell for each card that requires a Card Properties restore and use the configFilePut command with the appropriate parameters to restore the card properties files Note that the keycode for each card is located in the specific card properties file Card properties files are not interchangeable Recover the SNMP community names Use this procedure when MAT ITG cannot display the updated status or to transmit or retrieve data to or from an ITG card because of an invalid community name in MAT ITG This procedure can be used if the MAT PC has crashed and had to be restored from scratch The SNMP community names can be read from the ITG card in two ways e Reset the card and monitor the start up messages e Use the configFilePut command to backup the Card Properties file to an FTP host and subsequently use a text editor to open the Card Properties file and read the community name Alternatively use the SNMP client on the MAT PC to connect to the FTP host on the ITG card and log in using the ITG shell user name and password Get the Card Properties file from the path which is IC config configl ini Use a text editor to open the Card Properties file and read the community name IP configuration commands The one command that does all the necessary a
87. the Meridian 1 background audit procedures If a DSP fails the following can occur e A DSP fails when no channel on it is in use that is no existing call uses that DSP All channels associated with that DSP are marked as DISabled until the DSP recovers The leader card is notified so that no incoming call is assigned to those channels e A DSP fails when at least one of its channels is in use All calls associated with that DSP are dropped and all its channels are put into the DISabled state The leader card is notified so that no incoming call is assigned to those channels When the Meridian 1 initiates a call at a channel of a failed DSP the DCHIP card sends a RELease COMplete message in response to indicate that the channel cannot be used Then the Meridian 1 generates the alarm PRIO101 and locks out the trunk by marking it BUSY This mechanism is also used to lock out a channel that does not have a corresponding DSP port 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 327 of 378 When the DSP recovers all the associated channels are put into the IDLE state REStart messages for all channels are sent to the Meridian 1 to reset the trunks to the IDLE state The leader card is informed and incoming calls can be assigned to those channels Card failure If following a reboot the ITG card displays a code in the form of F xx on the faceplate Maintenance display this indicates an unrecoverable
88. the card When the processor responds correctly the 8051XA controller switches its serial port to provide Card LAN communication and connects the processor to the external RS 232 port ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 318 of 378 Maintenance Card LAN The ITG card supports the backplane Card LAN interface for the purposes of communicating self test errors and allowing maintenance access including resetting the card remotely BIOS self test The ITG card contains its own VxWorks based BIOS At power up the BIOS performs its own initial test of the hardware These tests cover the processor PCI chipset cache if installed and DRAM memory The results of the BIOS self test are displayed on the RS 232 maintenance port Base code self test The ITG card base code performs the following tests e flash integrity test e PGA read write test e PCMCIA controller test also tests the PCI bus e Timer and DMA tests DSP test Field Programmable Gate Array FPGA testing Before communication with the Meridian 1 the 8051XA controller downloads FPGA data files and performs tests to check correct programming of the FPGA Upgrades Several different types of upgrades are required for the Meridian 1 IP Gateway application For example a software upgrade for bug fix and or the addition of new features All upgrades are accomplished by updating the on board application flash memory w
89. the indicated ITG unit port where loop s shelf C card Display ITG card ID information To display the ITG card ID in LD 32 use the following command IDCIsc Display the card ID for the ITG card where loop s shelf c card Display ITG card status To display the status of a indicated ITG card in LD 32 use the following command STAT Isc Display the status of the indicated ITG card where loop s shelf c card 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays Page 293 of 378 Display ITG card port status To display the status of a port on the ITG card in LD 32 use the following command STATIscu Display the status of the indicated ITG port where loop s shelf c Card u unit ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 294 of 378 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 295 of 378 Maintenance This chapter describes the maintenance debug and software upgrade procedures available for the ITG card This chapter includes the following sections ITG Trunk 2 0 faceplate maintenance display codes provides a list of the Maintenance codes displayed to the technician on the diagnostic status of the ITG card System level maintenance shows how to maintain the ITG card using Meridian 1 overlays or a MAT PC ITG shell com
90. the lower window by card TN 2 Disable the bad ITG card in LD 32 by using the DISI command 3 If the card that is to be replaced is an 8 port NTCW80AA card disconnect the T LAN Ethernet cable from the faceplate of the bad card Label the cable to identify that it is the T LAN Ethernet connection so that you can later reattach it to the replacement card If the card that is to be replaced is an 8 port NTCW80CA or a 24 port NT9061AA card disconnect the T LAN Ethernet cable from the I O cable Label the cable to identify that it is the T LAN Ethernet connection so that you can reinstall the cable on the replacement card Remove the bad ITG card from the Meridian 1 4 Select Leader 0 or any ITG card in the node from the lower window 5 Select menu Configuration Node Properties in the IP Telephony Gateway window 6 Click the Configuration tab in the ITG Node Properties window 7 In the Configuration tab select the bad ITG card from the list of cards in the node 8 Change the MAC address to the MAC address of the replacement ITG card The MAC address is the Motherboard Ethernet address on the faceplate label of the replacement ITG card 9 Click OK 10 Select Leader 0 or any ITG card in the node 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 323 of 378 11 Select menu Configuration Synchronize Transmit to transmit the Node Properties from MAT to the Active Leader card of the ITG node Click the Node Propertie
91. variation ITG parameters Fall back threshold Silence suppression threshold Codec Echo cancellor tail delay size Payload size Audio gain Corporate intranet Meridian 1 Deliver voice fax service Deliver IP service lt User oriented QOS Network QOS metrics Roundtrip conversation delay One way delay Clipping and dropout Packet loss Audio level Jitter Echo 553 9179 e The Meridian 1 including the ITG nodes interfaces with the end users voice services offered by the Meridian 1 need to meet user oriented QoS objectives e The ITG nodes interface with the intranet the service provided by the intranet is best effort delivery of IP packets not guarantee QoS for real time voice transport The ITG translates the QoS objectives set by the end users into IP oriented QoS objectives The guidelines call these objectives intranet QoS objectives ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 110 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines The ITG node can be enabled to monitor the intranet s QoS In this mode two parameters the receive fall back threshold and the transmit fall back threshold on the ITG node then dictate the minimum QoS level of ITG network Note that the fall back thresholds are set on a pair site pair basis The QoS level is a user oriented QoS metric and takes on one of these
92. 00 April 2000 Description Page 47 of 378 Figure 8 Signal flow from the DCH to the H 323 stack FOLLOWER Meridian 1 DCH H 323 Processor Processor VxWorks VxWorks TCP IP TCP IP Intercard Signaling H 323 10BaseT Ethemet E LAN Signaling Voi e 10 100BaseT Ethernet T LAN 553 9475 Note For further information on ISDN Signaling Link ISL refer to X11 System Management Applications 553 3001 301 ISDN PRI Installation 553 2901 201 and ISDN PRI Maintenance 553 2901 501 Inter card signaling paths The Leader DCHIP and Follower cards communicate using their E LAN IP addresses Figure 9 illustrates the Meridian 1 IP signaling paths used inter card and between the cards and the Meridian 1 system in the ITG offering ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 48 of 378 Description Figure 9 ITG ISL Trunk card signaling paths Leader Follower IP Messages DCHIP Follower a6 ISL DCH zy s IP Messages Timeslot port connection SSD ISL DCH Jy Follower 553 9476 In Figure 9 the DS 30X connection is part of the Meridian 1 IPE shelf s backplane The ISL DCH connection is a cable that runs from the octopus breakout cable on the back of the IPE cabinet to one of the MSDL s RS 422 ports The Leader Follower card messages normally travel over the T LAN The DCHIP messages t
93. 001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 117 of 378 Table 20 provides a sample measurement of network delay and packet loss for the G 729A codec between various nodes Table 20 Sample Measurement Results for G 729A codec Measured One way Measured Packet Expected QoS level delay ms loss 96 See page 143 Mean Mean o Mean Mean o Mean Mean o Destination pair Santa Clara Richardson Santa Clara Ottawa Santa Clara Good Good Tokyo Richardson i Good Good Ottawa Richardson Good Tokyo Ottawa 2 Good Tokyo Excellent Good Excellent Excellent Fair Fair As an example the delay and loss pair of traffic from Santa Clara to Richardson 171 ms and 1 5 will meet excellent criterion but their counter part with standard deviation 179 ms and 2 196 can achieve only good QoS Since the algorithm implemented in ITG will calculate mean only and not standard deviation it will confirm the excellent rating if the objective is set for excellent it will not fallback to alternate facilities but the customer will have up to 50 chance to experience a service level inferior to excellent level As a contrast the site pair Santa Clara Ottawa which has both QoS levels of mean and mean o falling in the excellent region The customer will have more confidence that better than 84 chance under the assumption of Normal distribution during peak traffic period the ex
94. 04 Internet Protocols and Ports Used by ITG ITG ISL Trunk card connections 0 0 0 0 00 0000 Set up a system with separate subnets for voice and management Subnet configurations 0 0 00 eee Single subnet option for voice and management Multiple ITG nodes on the same E LAN and T LAN segments Setting up the E LAN or management subnet Selecting public or private IP addresses T LAN engineering sees Setting the Quality of Service threshold for fallback routing Basic setup of the ITG system esee ITG Trunk DSP profile settings lees eene Cod c types io ee teat t s rU Pe ens Fall back threshold 0 0 0 cece eee eee ee Payload S126 no queis or og ox te C OSS NR ER ees ate Silence suppression parameters Voice activity detection Jitter buffer parameters Voice playout delay Post installation network measurements 00 eee eee Set ITG QoS objectives 0 0 0 eee eee Intranet QoS monitoring 00 0 0 eee eee eee eee ITG network inventory and configuration UserTeedback e ee cet o Rte s e eim us Estimate QoS level 0 0 0 ccc eee eens ITG MAT PC management configuration MAT ITG Engineering rules 00 00 0000 0000008 MAT network setup guidelines 20 00 e eee eee eee MAT Remote Access configuration
95. 07 of 378 Set Security for MAT SNMP access This procedure explains how to change the SNMP community names which you change to provide better security for the ITG node MAT uses the community name password to refresh the ITG Trunk node and card status and to control the transmitting and retrieving of files for database synchronization Note If you forget the community names connect a TTY to the ITG card maintenance port Restart the card The card displays the community name on the tty during startup 1 Click the Security tab see Figure 35 Figure 35 ITG Node Properties window Security tab New ITG Node x General Configuration DSP Profile SNMP Traps Routing and IPs Accounting Server Security The SNMP read write community name is required by OTM MAT to access the ITG card OTM MAT stores both the current and previous names The previous name is used to access the card while changing to the new name Current Previous Read only public Read write private private Cancel Apply Help 2 Change the default Read only and Read Write default community names MAT uses the previous read write community name to transmit the card properties The first time you transmit data after changing the password MAT uses the Previous read write password MAT uses the changed password for all following data transmissions ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 208 of 378 In
96. 0BaseT Voice fax IP Network Intercard ISDN Call Control Messages 10BaseT Mgmt Signaling amp 323 Call Control Messages 553 9462 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 39 of 378 Faceplate indicators controls and interfaces The ITG ISL Trunk card has a double width faceplate using the shortened lock latches as shown in Figure 5 Figure 5 ITG ISL Trunk card NT0961AA Ethernet Voice Port Card Status LED gt O ITG Reset Switch 3 r Reset NWK Status O O 4 Ethernet LEDs Type lIl PCMCIA slot ATA Drive A 4 41 Four character LED based E Matrix Maintenance Display NT0966AA RS 232 ____ Maint Maintenance Port Bon Inboard Type IIl PCMCIA slot ATA Drive B H Onboard Flash Drive C 553 9150 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 40 of 378 Description Card Status LED A single red card status LED on the faceplate indicates the enabled disabled status of the 24 ports on the card The LED is on red during the power up or reset sequence The LED remains lit until the card correctly boots and assumes its role that is Leader Backup Leader Follower or DCHIP If the LED remains on one of the following has occurred that self test has failed the Faceplate Maintenance Display indicates the cause F xx the car
97. 2 P3 P4 STAI BLACK STBI WHITE RDAI BLACK RDBI GREEN RTAI BLACK RTBI BLUE CTS BLACK TRI YELLOW GRND BLACK SHLD GRND BARE SHLD GRND BARE 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Page 349 of 378 Prevent ground loops on connection to external customer LAN equipment The shielded RJ45 coupler is the connection point for the customer s shielded Category 5 LAN cable to the hub switch or router supporting the T LAN and E LAN You must use shielded Category 5 RJ45 cable to connect to the customer s T LAN E LAN equipment 1 Connect the customer provided shielded Category 5 LAN cable to the external LAN equipment Ensure that the external LAN equipment is powered up 2 Use an ohmmeter to measure resistance to ground between the free end of the shielded RJ45 cable and building ground The ohmmeter must measure Open to ground before plugging it into the shielded RJ45 coupler on the end of the NTMF94DA If it does not measure Open you must install the unshielded RJ45 coupler provided on the end of the NTMF94DA to prevent ground loops to external LAN equipment ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 350 of 378 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Replace cable NT8D81BA with NT8D81AA This procedure explains how to replace the NT8D81BA cable with the NT8D81AA cable and how to install the NTCW
98. 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Index Numerics 10 100BaseT 37 48 10BaseT 37 48 A AALS 77 Active Leader 28 29 30 active systems standby systems 29 address translation 58 Alarm Management 21 alarms 296 analog 72 analog facility 44 analog ISL TIE trunks 44 analog trunks 44 backplanes connectors 350 I O panel connections 350 Backup Leader 29 30 BLDR 41 C card density 36 card index 36 card polling 42 circuit switched trunks 72 client 64 client systems 29 codec 68 76 codecs 68 compression algorithm 68 Page 375 of 378 connectors 350 control packets 59 D data packets 59 daughterboard 28 37 40 41 42 DCH status 36 DCHIP 29 30 delay 56 delay variation 72 Dialing plan 49 dialing plan 34 49 67 F Fallback 57 Fallback to alternate facilities functionality 58 Fallback to alternate trunk facilities 57 far end Leader 57 Fax protocols 54 Flexible Numbering Plan 49 FLR 41 Follower 28 29 Frame Relay 77 G G 711 codec 20 68 G 723 1 codec 69 G 729A codec 68 G 729B codec 69 G3 Fax 61 G3 Fax terminal 61 Group 3 fax 72 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 376 of 378 Index H H 225 46 52 H 323 19 30 31 46 50 59 60 61 H 323 protocol 46 H 323 V 2 61 high priority 59 I O panels backplane connections 350 IPE modules cable connections 350 ISDN Signalin
99. 4 port trunk cards and units Part 2 of 3 pam RN hhhh hh hh hh hh XXX XXX XXX XXX ITG2 XX XX 0 127 1 254 Terminal Number for large systems where loop s shelf c card u unit Terminal Number for Small Systems where c card u unit Always perform the NEW XX for unit 0 on the ITG ISL Trunk card 16 character descriptive designator for the ITG card See Note 1 For unit 0 the ITG card management MAC address For units 1 23 the ITG card management IP address Extended Trunk Type ITG Trunk card 2 slot assembly Maximum number of ports on this ITG card where xx 24 for the NT0961AA 24 port ITG Trunk card xx 8 for the NTCW80 8 port ITG Trunk card Customer Number as defined in LD 15 Route number and Member number Assign route member numbers to cards in the same order as the default order in the MAT ITG ISDN IP Trunks window The trunk route member number matches the standard First CHID for the trunk unit 0 in order to facilitate administration and maintenance ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 184 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Table 35 LD 14 Configure ITG ISL 8 or 24 port trunk cards and units Part 3 of 3 pem pemo o First Channel ID for unit 0 on this ITG card where XXX 1 259 for the NT0961AA 24 port ITG Trunk card 1 375 for the NTCW80 8 port ITG Trunk card Standard First CHID Conf
100. 4 summarizes traffic flow of a 4 node ITG network Table 14 Example Traffic flow in a 4 node ITG network Destination Pair Traffic in ccs Santa Clara Richardson Santa Clara Ottawa Santa Clara Tokyo Richardson Ottawa Richardson Tokyo Ottawa Tokyo The codec selection is based on a per ITG card basis During call set up negotiation only the type of codec available at both destinations will be selected When no agreeable codec is available at both ends the default codec G 711 will be used Note It is recommended that all cards in an ITG system have the same image If multiple codec images are used in an ITG network the calls will default to the G 711 group when the originating and destination codecs are different The ITG port requirement for each node is calculated by counting the traffic on a per node basis based on Table 12 on page 94 The port requirements for the example in Table 14 are given in Table 15 on page 99 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 99 of 378 Table 15 Example Determine ITG card requirements ITG Site Traffic in CCS ITG Ports ITG Cards Santa Clara 120 Richardson 115 Ottawa 98 Tokyo 53 Assuming that the preferred codec to handle VoIP calls in this network is G729 Annex AB Table 16 summarizes the WAN traffic in kbit s for each route Note that the recommended incremental bandwidth requirement is included in the column adjusted for 30 traffic
101. 5 Calculate bandwidth output Refer to Table 5 silence suppression enabled or Table 6 silence suppression disabled Tv 36 and Tx 36 indicate the average number of simultaneous callers Note This calculation requires perfectly queued and perfectly smooth traffic Tv 36 bandwidth output per port voice bandwidth per node Bv Tx 36 bandwidth output per port fax bandwidth per node Bx Total bandwidth Bt Bv Bx For WAN calculation only the larger of fax traffic sent or received needs to be considered Adjust requirement for traffic peaking Peak hour bandwidth per node Bt 1 3 default A peakedness factor of 1 3 is the default value used to account for traffic fluctuation in the busy hour due to non queued Poisson random distribution of call originations The procedure shown here is for ITG port and T LAN data requirement calculation In the WAN environment traffic parcel is defined per destination pair route The total node traffic should be sub divided into destination pair traffic The rest of calculation procedure continues to be applicable Example 1 ITG ports and T LAN Engineering silence suppression enabled 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 83 of 378 A configuration with 120 VoIP users each generates 4 calls using IP network originating and terminating with an average holding time of 150 seconds in the busy hour In the same hour 25 faxes were sent and 20 faxe
102. 6 of 378 Description Critical synchronized data includes e the card index index 1 indicates Leader 0 index 2 indicates Leader 1 index 3 or greater indicates Follower e the Management MAC address motherboard Ethernet address e the Node IP address e the individual card IP addresses and card TNs for all ITG ISL Trunk cards in the ITG node e D Channel number card density and First CHID In the event of a Backup Leader failure the Leader card generates an SNMP trap to the MAT management station indicating this failure If the Active Leader and Backup Leader are reset removed or disconnected from the LAN at the same time the entire ITG node is put out of service If this situation occurs manual intervention is required to recover the system Active Leader Backup Leader and DCHIP card interaction The Active Leader checks the status of the DCHIP card The DCHIP card must constantly inform the Leader of its DCH status and its card status When a DCHIP ITG Trunk card failure occurs the associated trunks states appear busy to the Meridian 1 so the trunks will not be used for calls This blocks the normal software action of reverting to analog signaling when an ISL DCH fails If either end s DCHIP or DCH connection fails ISDN protocol features across the IP network do not function When a DCHIP card fails its associated Followers are also removed from service In the case of a DCH failure established cal
103. 7 24 ports per card for all codecs Note 8 Overhead RTP UDP header IP header of packets over the voice payload multiframe is 40 bytes overhead of Ethernet frame over IP packet is 26 bytes Note 9 The above bandwidth calculation does not include an Interframe gap because of the low probability of occurring in this type of application Disable silence suppression at tandem nodes Silence suppression introduces a different concept of half duplex or full duplex at the voice message layer that results in a kind of statistical multiplexing of voice messages over the WAN When Meridian 1 equipped with an ITG node serves as a tandem switch in a network where some circuit switched trunk facilities have an excessively low audio level silence suppression if enabled will degrade the quality of service by causing choppiness of speech Under tandem switching conditions with 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 79 of 378 where loss level cannot compensate silence suppression should be disabled using the MAT ITG ISDN Trunk Node Properties DSP profile tab codec options sub tab See Step 8 on page 203 Disabling silence suppression approximately doubles LAN W AN bandwidth use Disabling silence suppression consumes more real time on the ITG card Table 6 shows the bandwidth requirement when silence suppression is disabled Note that this does not impact the data rate for fax since it does not have sile
104. 78 Contents Software upgrade mechanisms seele esses 319 Replace am TTG card ouo p WG ER MER 321 Check card software 00 0 0 cee eee eee 324 Transmit card properties and dialing plan 325 Backup and restore procedures 0 00 c eee eee eee 325 ITG card eoe ee Mas ie pee oe UON RAN 325 MAT Serna Ede RM E iei 326 Command line interface 0 0 eee eee 326 Fault clearance procedures 0 0 00 e eee ee eee ee 326 DbSPfal re csc ee cid bee Rb ERR eee Det 326 Card failure ice ae tae A ea E eps 327 DCH failure ne eI Re ea eee IURE 327 ITG Trunk 2 0 faceplate maintenance display codes 329 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement 333 NTMF94EA E LAN T LAN and Serial Port cable 333 NTCW84KA E LAN T LAN DCH amp Serial cable 336 NTAGSICA Faceplate Maintenance cable uses 338 NTAGS1BA Maintenance Extender cable lusus 340 NTCWSA4EA DCH PC Card Pigtail cable seuussu 341 NTMF04BA MSDL extension cable 0 000 e eee 343 NTCW84LA and NTCW84MA upgrade cables 345 Prevent ground loops on connection to external customer LAN equipment 0 0 0 unuraa eee eee eee 349 Replace cable NT8D81BA with NT8D81AA 350 TOOLS Sty iac ete E CRER ERU EE RT ERU A Re RR SS 351 NT8D81BA cable removal procedures
105. 8 ITG Engineering Guidelines e Voice playout maximum delay e Fax playout nominal delay This can range from 0 to 300 ms with 100 ms as the default size As discussed in Adjust jitter buffer size on page 124 lowering the jitter buffer size decreases the one way delay of voice packets however setting the jitter buffer size too small will cause unnecessary packet discard If you need to discard to downsize the jitter buffer you should first check the delay variation statistics First obtain the one way delay distributions originating from all source ITG sites using the measurements outlined in Measure intranet QoS on page 114 or Post installation network measurements on page 138 Compute the standard deviation of one way delay for every flow Some traffic sources with few hop counts yield small delay variations but it is the flows that produce great delay variations that should be used to determine if it is acceptable to resize the jitter buffer Compute the standard deviation 6 of one way delay for that flow It is recommended that the jitter buffer size should not be set smaller than 26 Post installation network measurements The design process is continual even after implementation of the ITG network and commissioning of voice services over the network Network changes in actual ITG traffic general intranet traffic patterns network policies network topology user expectations and networking technology can re
106. 8 port ITG Trunk card use the NTCW84LA I O Panel breakout cable 1 For the large system locate the I O connector that corresponds to the leftmost card slot of the ITG 8 0 port that is undergoing the hardware upgrade Disconnect existing ELAN and serial cables Remove the existing I O panel breakout cable Install the new cable NTCW84LA or NTCW84MA Be sure to use the Screw provided Reconnect ELAN and serial connectors For NTCW80CA cards install a shielded TLAN cable Turn to Install filter and NTND26 cable for MSDL and DCHIP cards in same Large System equipment row on page 169 to install the DCHIP connector and MSDL cable Upgrade the 8 port ITG basic trunk software to ITG ISL trunk software You use the MAT ITG Basic Trunk application to perform this procedure Once you have upgraded to MAT 6 6 or later all the configuration data for the ITG Trunk node will have been converted ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 240 of 378 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks Step 1 Remove ITG 1 0 configuration files In this step you remove the ITG 1 0 Trunk configuration files from the TABLE BOOTP and CONFIG directories of every card in the node you are upgrading 1 From the MAT IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window select the card from the lower half of the window and right click A context menu appears Select Telnet to ITG car
107. 81BA cable replacement Page 341 of 378 NTCW84EA DCH PC Card Pigtail cable The NTCW84EA pigtail cable connects port 0 of the DCH PC Card to the J14 pin header on the motherboard The cable routes the D Channel signals to the backplane and the I O panel The PC Card connector is keyed to allow insertion only in the correct direction The pin header connector is not keyed Be careful to align the connector with the pin header See Figure 62 and Table 61 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 342 of 378 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Figure 62 NTCW84EA pigtail cable Pin Header NTCW84EA Pigtail cable G200X15 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Page 343 of 378 Table 61 NTCW84EA pigtail cable connections PCMCIA P1 Signal Name Black White Red Green Brown Yellow Violet Grey Tan Pink Green Yellow NTMF04BA MSDL extension cable The NTMFO4ABA cable connects the MSDL DChannel port of the NTCW84KA and the NTND26AA at the 15 pin I O panel Filter Connector on the Network shelf The male port of the NTMFO4BA mates with the female15 way D sub port of the NTCW84KA See Figure 63 and Table 62 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 344 of 378 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Figure 63
108. 84JA special IPE filter Cables are designated by the letter of the I O panel cutout A B C and so on where the 50 pin cable connector is attached Each cable has three 20 pin connectors 16 positions are used designated 1 2 and 3 that attach to the backplane Using the designations described the backplane ends of the first cable are referred to as A 1 A 2 and A 3 The locations of the cable connectors on the backplane are designated by the slot number LO through L9 for NT8D11 LO through L15 for NT8D37 and the shroud row 1 2 and 3 Using these designations the slot positions in the first slot are referred to as LO 1 LO 2 and L0 3 In NT8D37BA and NT8D37EC and later vintage IPE Modules all 16 IPE card slots support 24 pair cable connections Table 64 shows the cable connections from the backplane to the inside of the I O panel Figure 65 shows the designations for the backplane end of the cables the backplane slot designations for the cable connections and the associated network segments for the backplane slots Table 64 NT8D37 cable connections Backplane slots shroud rows I O panel cable designation MNNNNNNMNI C AoJzzrAT IOmmooum 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Io Io IO ID ID TO 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Page 351 of 378 Figure 65 Backplane slot designations Segment3 Segment2 Segment Segment0 L16 L15 L14
109. AKO2BB Be sure to install the I O panel breakout cable for the SDI DCH card If cards are in place make sure each card has an available port 8 Check that the customer site has a Nortel Networks Netgear RM356 Modem Router or equivalent on the E LAN The modem router provides remote support access to ITG Trunk and other IP enabled Nortel Networks products on the Meridian 1 site 9 Identify the TNs of the ITG Trunk 1 0 cards that you will be upgrading Open MAT ITG M1 IP Trunk main window The TNs are listed Install the DCHIP hardware upgrade kit In this procedure you upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node by installing at least one eight port DCHIP hardware upgrade kit Note Skip this step if the DCHIP functionality is provided by a 24 port ITG Trunk 2 0 card 1 Disable all 8 port ITG trunk cards in the node that you are upgrading Disable the cards in LD32 DISI I s c for large systems DISI c for Option 11 Wait for the NPROO11 message which indicates that all units on each card are disabled Note Whenever you work on the card be sure you are wearing an anti static wrist strap ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 238 of 378 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks 2 Select the card in which you are going to install the DCHIP hardware upgrade kit Disconnect T LAN cable from faceplate NTCW80AA only and label the cables for reconnection Remove card from sh
110. AT PC will be connected locally to the LAN and there is no management LAN gateway then the Gateway IP address is 0 0 0 0 and where zzz zzz zzz zzz is the subnet mask for the management IP address of Leader 0 on the E LAN Note 1 All ITG shell commands are case sensitive A space separates the command from the first parameter The three parameters must each be enclosed in quotation marks and there must be a comma and no spaces separating the three parameters Note 2 The Management Gateway Router IP address is used on reboot to create the IP route table default network route only if 1 there is no active leader that has this card s management MAC address in its node properties file and 2 this card s node properties file is empty size 0 Kb Note 3 IP addresses and subnet masks must be entered in dotted decimal format Note 4 If the network administrator has provided the subnet mask in CIDR format you must convert it to dotted decimal format before entering it For example 10 1 1 1 20 must be converted to IP address 10 1 1 1 with subnet mask 255 255 240 0 To convert subnet mask from CIDR format to dotted decimal format refer to Appendix D 5 Press Enter ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 218 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 6 Press the reset button on the faceplate to reboot the Leader 0 ITG Trunk card After the reboot is completed th
111. CHIP card must be installed in an ITG ISL Trunk node You must install the D Channel DCH PC Card and the associated NTCW84EA DCHIP PC Card Pigtail cable on to the DCHIP card You can install a maximum of eight ITG cards in an IPE shelf The ITG card can occupy any two adjacent slots in an IPE shelf with the left slot of the card plugging into slots 0 to 6 and 8 to 15 You cannot plug in the left slot of an ITG card in slot 7 because the XPEC card is situated in between slots 7 and 8 To allow a module to hold the maximum number of ITG cards install each card with the left slot of the card inserted in an even numbered slot If the maximum card density for each module is not required the left slot of the ITG card can be inserted in an odd numbered slot 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 159 of 378 Note 1 The ITG Trunk card requires 24 pair tip and ring I O cabling NT8D37AA IPE modules have 24 pair tip and ring I O cabling for card slots 0 4 8 and 12 only You can insert the left slot of the ITG Trunk card in NT8D37AA slots 0 4 8 or 12 only NT8D37BA or later IPE modules have no such restriction Note 2 When multiple ITG cards are installed distribute them between available IPE shelves This prevents total loss of IP trunking in the case of localized shelf failure CAUTION Wear an electrostatic discharge strap when handling ITG cards As an additional safety measure handle
112. Card RT Capacity G 711 10ms voice sample 4 or 8 ports configured Part 2 of 2 Case Case Il 50 Call Origination 50 Call Termination 100 Call Termination Network N mber Number of N mber Number of Size Calls Hr CCS ot poris Follower Calls Hr Snpars Follower nodes p Cards p 559 08 Table 9 8 Port ITG Leader Card RT Capacity G 729 Annex AB 30ms voice sample 4 or 8 ports configured Case Case Il 50 Call Origination 50 Call Termination 100 Call Termination Network Number of Number of Number of Size Calls Hr ons Follower Follower nodes p E d 3 used ad E p qp Sis ids S4 77 3046 4523 8142 295 37 75062 546 58 3422 660 223 28 309 39 2058 3705 184 7 zs 3 1469 2544 96 12 mss 285 76 o osa is e 5 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 92 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines 24 Port ITG Leader and DCHIP Card Real Time Capacity The 24 Port ITG Trunk Card is the NT0961 based on the Intel Pentium CPU The 24 Port Leader card real time capacity analysis is as follows The following assumptions are made 1 Average Hold Time AHT is equal to 180 seconds and traffic per port is equal to 28 Centi Call Seconds CCS This corresponds to a call rate of 15 6 calls per hour 2 Peakedness factor for call processing is equal to 1 3 This implies that 3096 fluctuation is
113. D Channel NTO961AA 24 Port ITG ISL Trunk A0786079 with RTU and pre installed software I O cables DCH PC card 50 pin I O Panel Filter connector with ITG specific filtering for 100BaseTX and NTP ITG ISDN Signaling Trunk Small Systems Option 11C NTZC44BA Package including D Channel ITG Trunk 2 0 card with A0786080 RTU license and pre installed software that supports 24 ports required cables DCH PC card and NTP ITG ISDN Signaling Trunk Small and Large Systems NTZC45AA Package without DCH PC Card or NTP A0786081 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 24 of 378 Description Table 2 Hardware components for Meridian 1 ITG ISL Trunk Part 2 of 3 Upgrade Packages Upgrade Kit for Large Systems from ITG Trunk 1 0 to 2 0 includes required cables DCH PC card and NTP Upgrade Kit for Small Systems from ITG Trunk 1 0 to 2 0 includes required cables DCH PC card and NTP Spare cards Meridian ITG Trunk 2 0 card 24 ports NTO961AA 24 Port ITG ISL Trunk with RTU and pre installed software Cables E LAN T LAN RS232 and DCH Ports cable for the NT0961AA 24 Port ITG ISL Trunk DCHIP card E LAN T LAN and RS232 Ports cable for the NT0961AA 24 Port ITG ISL Trunk card E LAN T LAN RS232 and DCH Ports cable for the NTCW80CA 8 Port ITG ISL Trunk DCHIP card E LAN T LAN RS232 and DCH Ports cable for the NTCWS80AA 8 Port ITG ISL Trunk DCHIP card DCH PC Card P
114. Description Installation and Operation Page 152 of 378 ITG MAT PC management configuration e Parallel printer port You must configure a printer even through it is not required to be attached to the PC e Two button Windows compatible mouse or positioning device e CD ROM drive Hard drive requirements For a single MAT PC configuration refer to Table 25 to select the hard drive space required on the MAT PC Consider both program and data store requirements For MAT client configurations two or more MAT PCs sharing the same database the common data is stored on a server PC that does not run MAT Estimate the size of the required disk space on this server using the Data Store column in Table 25 Table 25 Hard drive capacity for MAT applications MAT application Program store Data store Common services 38 MB Negligible required ITG 1 5 MB 1 0 MB plus 0 5 MB per 1k ITG cards Traffic Analysis 5 MB Meridian 1 dependent Typically 2 5 to 9 MB per month for each systems traffic data ESN Meridian 1 dependent Allow 1 MB per customer Maintenance Negligible Windows Alarm Negligible Management with Alarm Notification 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 153 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node This section describes how to add a new ITG 2 0 trunk node in MAT how to install the cards and cables and how to configure and transmit the node properties Before you begin 1 Install MA
115. Dial plan digits ea Number of leading digits to delete Leading digits to insert Add Change Delete Dial Plan Digis Digitto delete Digistoinset 1 Dial Plan Click on the pull down list to display ESN translation types ISDN call types 2 Dial plan digits Dial plan digits are the Called Number digits in the ISDN Signalling Call Setup message sent by Meridian 1 after digit absorption insertion and manipulation by Meridian 1 3 Number of leading digits to delete The number of leading digits to delete from the Called Number digits in the Call Setup message sent by Meridian 1 before the ITG Trunk card sends the Call Setup message on outgoing calls 4 Leading digits to insert The leading digits to insert before the ITG Trunk card sends the Call Setup message on outgoing calls 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 213 of 378 Repeat steps 7 through 11 until you have added all the ESN translation Dial Plan digits for this destination node Click OK The Dialing Plan window is displayed with the added dialing plan entries Repeat steps 2 through 13 until you have added dialing plan entries for all the destination nodes in the drop down list and all destination nodes Not Defined on this MAT PC Retrieve the ITG Trunk node dialing plan using MAT If you are adding a new node to a large existing network it is more efficient to retrieve the ITG
116. ITG gt nvramLeaderClr NVRClear Clear IP parameters in NVRAM Example ITG gt NVRClear setLeader IP address IP The one command that does all the necessary actions to make gateway subnet mask a Leader Sets IP address gateway subnet mask boot method to static and Leader bit in NVRAM Example ITG gt setLeader 47 23 45 67 47 0 0 1 255 255 240 0 clearLeader The one command that does all the necessary actions to clear the Leader information in NVRAM and set the boot method to use bootp thus making the card a Follower Example ITG gt clearLeader 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 315 of 378 Table 53 DSP commands Command Description DSPReset DSP Number Reset the indicated DSP Example ITG gt DSPReset 0 DSPSelfTest DSP Number Run self test on the DSP Example ITG gt DSPSelfTest 0 DSPNumShow Print number of DSPs on ITG card Example ITG gt DSPNumShow DSPPcmLpbkTestOn Start PCM loopback test on the indicated DSP Example ITG gt DSPPcmLpbkTestOn DSPPcmLpbkTestOff Stop PCM loopback test on the indicated DSP Example ITG gt DSPPcmLpbkTestOff DSPSndLpbkTestOn Start Send loopback test on the indicated DSP Example ITG gt DSPSndLpbkTestOn DSPSndLpbkTestOff Stop Send loopback test on the indicated DSP Example ITG gt DSPSndLpbkTestOff DSPRcvLpbkTestOn Start Receive loopback test on the indicated DSP Example ITG DSPRcvLpbkTestOn DSPRcvLpbkTestOff Stop Receive
117. Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 195 of 378 Configure card properties These procedures explain how to configure the ITG ISL trunk card roles IP addresses TN card density and D Channel settings Each ITG ISL Trunk node requires a Leader 0 card and one DCHIP card which can be Leader 0 and can have a Leader 1 card one or more Follower cards and additional DCHIP cards which can be Leader 1 or Follower cards Either Leader 0 or Leader 1 can have the Active Leader status On system power up Leader 0 normally functions as the Active Leader and Leader 1 as the Backup Leader At other times the Leader card functions can reverse with Leader 1 working as the Active Leader and Leader 0 working as the Backup Leader To add an ITG card to the node perform the following steps 1 From the General tab click the Configuration tab If you selected the single subnet option in the General tab the Voice IP and Voice LAN gateway IP fields will be greyed out 2 Select the Card role from the drop down list box When you add the first card select the card role Leader 0 When you add the second card select the card type Leader 1 When you add additional cards select the card type Follower You configure the DCHIP and D Channel information 3 If you checked Use separate subnets in the General tab perform steps a d a Enter the Management IP address b Enter the Management MAC address It is the motherboard Ethernet address You
118. L D channel on the Meridian 1 for the DCHIP card Table 31 LD 17 Configure the ISL D channel for the ITG DCHIP card Large Systems Part 1 of 3 a NN CHG ADAN NEW DCH x MSDL ITG ISL TRUNK 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Add new data Type of data block Action Device and Number where X 0 255 Multi purpose Serial Data Link card type Set MSDL switch settings for the ISL DCH port to RS 422 Network Group number where x 0 4 Device Number for I O ports where x 2 0 15 Port number for MSDL card where x 2 0 3 16 character designator is ITG ISL TRUNK Specific description if more than one ITG Trunk route exists User Dedicated Mode ISDN Signaling Link Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 175 of 378 Table 31 LD 17 Configure the ISL D channel for the ITG DCHIP card Large Systems Part 2 of 3 pem NN Interface type for D channel Meridian Customer Defined Network MCDN ESIG interface with GF platform QSIG ISIG interface with GF platform QSIG Note 1 The ESGF and ISGF responses are allowed if the QSIG and QSIG GF packages are both equipped Note 2 The IFC entry must match the protocol entered in MAT s ITG Node Properties Card Configuration Protocol pull down menu Integrated Service Signaling Link Maximum CHIDs where x 1 382 ISLM is the maximum number of ISL trunks controlled by the D channel There is no default value 64000 64000
119. L13 L12 L11 L10 L9 L 7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1 z e 2 v 2 e e lt o 553 5391 Tools list e Ty wrap cutter e Ty wraps e Needle nose pliers e Slotted screwdriver NT8D81BA cable removal procedures 1 Identify the I O panel and backplane designation that corresponds to the LEFT slot of the pair of card slots viewed front the front in which you installed the ITG ISL Trunk card 2 Disconnect filter from I O panel using screwdriver and needle nose pliers Retain fasteners 3 Power down IPE shelf 4 Remove IPE module I O safety panel ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 352 of 378 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement 5 6 To remove the ribbon cables from IPE backplane Apply gentle pressure on the tab on the right side of the shroud while pulling on the connector until it pulls free from shroud Remove connector 1 first then remove connectors 2 and 3 Discard NT8D81BA cable Install NTCW84JA filter and NT8D81AA cable 1 Install NTCW84JA special IPE filter connector in the vacant I O panel slot using retained hardware Install NT8D81AA ribbon cable connectors in IPE module backplane shroud Be sure to install the connector so the label is facing right with the arrow pointing up and the connector is fully engaged into the shroud a Install connector 1 labeled UP1 into backplane shroud 1 b Install connector 2 labeled UP2 i
120. Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 46 of 378 Description On large systems the DCH interface to the Meridian 1 uses the MCDN or QSIG GF protocols and their variants to transmit call and feature control messages to the DCHIP card Small systems use only MCDN because the NTAKO2BB SDI DCH card does not support QSIG protocols for ISL The DCH interface uses these protocols and their variants as they have the following advantages e ISL configuration support e symmetry incoming and outgoing call messaging is the same e near H 323 standard QSIG GF Name Display is the only supported QSIG supplementary service The ITG feature complies with H 323 Basic Call Q 931 signaling This part of the H 323 standard H 225 defines the messaging used to setup and release basic calls A mechanism is implemented to enable the passing of ISDN messaging through the IP network between the two end points The call is set up using the H 323 standard signaling with encapsulated ISDN specific information This mechanism allows interworkings with other gateways The DCHIP card provides the tandem between the ISDN signaling and the H 323 protocol If the DCHIP functionality is combined with the Follower card messages are sent between the DCH Processor and the H 323 Processor Most configurations split this functionality between the DCHIP and Follower cards Figure 8 shows the signal flow from the DCH to the H 323 stack 553 3001 202 Standard 1
121. Meridian 1 Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Document Number 553 3001 202 Document Release Standard 1 00 Date April 2000 Copyright 2000 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Printed in Canada Information is subject to change without notice Nortel Networks reserves the right to make changes in design or components as progress in engineering and manufacturing may warrant This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules and the radio interference regulations of Industry Canada These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at their own expense SL 1 and Meridian 1 are trademarks of Nortel Networks ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 3 of 378 Revision history April 2000 Standard release 1 00 This is a global document and is issued for X11 Release 25 0x ITG Tru
122. Mod Call Control 0 on nO FF WN HS Enter Menu Selection Number Menu 24 1 System Maintenance Status Port Status Speed TXPkts RXPkts Errs Tx B s Rx B s Up Time 1 Idle OKbps 16206 12790 0 0 0 0 00 00 Total Outcall Time 0 00 00 Ethernet Name Room 304 RCH Traini Status 10M Half Duplex RAS S W Version V2 13 9 25 98 TX Pkts 135579 Ethernet Address 00 a0 c5 e0 5b a6 RX Pkts 662866 Collisions 49 LAN Packet Which Triggered Last Call Press Command COMMANDS 1 Drop Port 1 9 Reset Counters ESC EXxit ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 372 of 378 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access Menu 24 2 System Maintenance Change Terminal Baud Rate Terminal Baud Rate 9600 Press ENTER to Confirm or Press Space Bar to Toggle 179754 179761 179761 179763 179772 179772 179775 179783 179783 179788 179796 179796 179798 179812 179812 179815 179830 179830 CO 1 0 OF Q PN rL o 00 100 WN FO 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 ESC to Cancel Menu 24 3 System Maintenance Log and Trace PIN PPO PIN PIN PPO PIN PIN PPO PIN PIN PPO PIN PIN PPO PIN PIN PPO PINI OHH OHH OHH OHH OHH OH 1 View Error Log 2 Syslog and Accounting NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO NFO
123. NTMFO4BA MSDL extension cable t t 15 way Male D Sub 15 way Female D Sub Table 62 NTMF04BA MSDL extension cable connections P1 Male P2 Female Black Red Black White Black Green Black Blue Black FR Yellow TR Black SIG GRND 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Page 345 of 378 NTCW84LA and NTCW84MA upgrade cables The following cables are required for the upgraded 8 Port ITG ISL Trunk DCHIP card e NTCWS84LA for upgraded NTCW80CA cards e NTCWS84MA for upgraded NTCW80AA cards The NTCW84LA and NTCW84MA shielded cables are required on DCHIP cards for ITG 1 0 to 2 0 in field upgrades It breaks out the signals from the I O connector on large systems and Option 11 to the ethernet management port E Lan connection ethernet voice port T Lan connection one maintenance RS232 port brought out on a 9 way D type connection plus the Dchannel port brought out on a 15 way D type connection The NT8D81AA cable is used to bring all 24 tip and ring pairs on Large System from the backplane to the I O panel and mates with the NTCW84LA cable Itis very important that the NTCW84LA MA cable be secured to the Meridian 1 Option 11 systems via the mounting screw provided on the top of the 25 pair Amphenol connector The NTCW84LA MA cable provides a shielded RJ45 to RJ45 coupler at the end of its E LAN and T Lan interfaces This provides the connection poin
124. OA amp M using MAT applications Add Dialing Plan entries Figure 49 The dialing plan provides translation between the dialed digits and the IP address of the remote ITG node Right click on any card in the node and select menu Node Node Dialing Plan The ITG Dialing Plan window appears see Figure 49 There is one dialing plan for each ITG node in the network it is transmitted to each card When the dialing plan is changed dial plan synchronization status is set to Changed for each card in the node The card does not have to be disabled Dialing Plan Remote Node view ITG Dialing Plan MPK 81C Customer 0 Node 1 Eile Edit View Configuration Help s ais ix sie BYW TIC Cu 1082331 61613 QSIGGF Enabled 3 4 6 6 98 09 03 AM GWY 81C Cu 1033481 6011832 None Enabled 4 4 6 6 98 09 04 AM MLY 1031121 01569 S7GF Enabled 3 6 6 6 98 09 04 AM ZUR 81C Cu 1055341 61408 6655 6654 QSIGGF Disabled 6 6 98 09 04 AM For Help press F1 You can view the dialing plan data sorted by digits dialed select menu View Digits Dialed To return to the remote node view select menu View Remote Nodes The following comments apply to the ITG Dialing Plan windows The Node name is derived from the Node Properties if the node is defined on this MAT PC If not the Node name entered in the property sheet is displayed e fthere are many digit strings in a column the first five appear in the list foll
125. Option 11 or large systems to the E LAN T LAN and one RS232 port See Figure 58 and Table 57 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 334 of 378 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Figure 58 NTMF94EA E LAN T LAN and serial port cable Mounting Screw Shielded RJ 45 Cable Shielded 25 Pair Amphenol Connector Shielded RJ45 Mating Coupler E Ferrite To Hub 9 Pin D Sub Female 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Page 335 of 378 Table 57 NTMF94EA E LAN T LAN and Serial Port cable connections I O Panel P1 Signal Name P2 P3 P4 Color BSOUTB Red BDTRB Green SGND Brown BSINB Blue BDCD Orange BDSRB Yellow SHLD GRND SHLD GRND SHLD GRND SHLD GRND RXDB Green White TXDB White Green RXDB Orange White TXDB White Orange RX Green White RX White Green Orange White White Orange ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 336 of 378 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement NTCW84KA E LAN T LAN DCH amp Serial cable The NTCW84KA cable connects the I O connector on Option 11 or Large System to the ethernet management and telephony voice ports with one RS232 port and D channel signalling The DCH serial I O port has a 15 pin male D type connector to conne
126. P Traps Routing and IPs Accounting Server Security Node Location r Network Connections MAT site mmm M Use separate subnets for voice and management MAT system gj Voice LAN Node IP E Customer Management LAN gateway IP Node number fi Management LAN subnet mask Type Meridian 1 Unknown Voice L N subnet mask ee ae Last modified Last downloaded Node sync status Comments Cancel Apply Help Single vs separate subnets for T LAN and E LAN Itis highly recommended that you use separate subnets and separate T LANs and E LAN for the ITG Trunk voice and management networks Separate subnets implies separate port groups on hubs or switches for T LANs and E LAN and separate IP Gateway Router interfaces with one subnet per router interface For traffic reasons you should use separate subnets for nodes consisting of multiple 24 Port ITG Trunk cards Refer to the Engineering Guidelines sections Set up a system with separate subnets for voice and management on page 130 and Single subnet option for voice and management on page 131 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 194 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node If you select the single subnet option the E LAN is used for the voice and management network and all voice and management data goes through the IOBaseT management Ethernet interface InIsa0
127. P fatal error automatic trap detected ITG0304 Cannot write to file I O error Can indicate C drive corruption ITG0305 Cannot open configuration file Using default settings Can occur after a reboot ITG0306 Meridian 1 messaging error threshold exceeded Too many invalid A07 or X12 messages ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 300 of 378 Maintenance Table 44 ITG Trunk 2 0 alarms Part 4 of 6 ITG0308 Address translation failure Call is released ITG0309 Unexpected DSP channel closed Channel is unusable moo Cannot open DSP channe ITG0311 Unable to get response from Follower card Card can be unplugged ITG0312 Unable to push BOOTP tab file to Backup Leader ITG0350 Gatekeeper RAS reject threshold exceeded ITG0351 Cannot open Gatekeeper configuration file Using default settings Major Alarms Immediate intervention required These alarms indicate an irrecoverable failure of the ITG card Normal operation can only be restored through manual intervention ITG0400 Fatal self test failure Card is out of service A fatal self test diagnostic error was found ITG0401 Reboot threshold exceeded Manual intervention required ITG0402 Ethernet voice port failure T LAN problem or cable removed ITG0403 Ethernet management port failure E LAN problem or cable removed 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 301 of 378
128. Packets gt parameter specifies how many packets to send if it is not included pings runs until it is stopped by Ctrl C which also exists the ITG shell Example ITG gt ping 47 82 33 123 10 trap_gen SNMP test alarm one of each type generation ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 310 of 378 Maintenance Table 50 General purpose commands Part 3 of 3 Command clearLED esn5PrefixSet esn5PrefixShow routeAdd host network IP address IP Gateway mRouteAdd host network IP address IP Gateway Subnetmask ToS value flags routeDelete IP address IP Gateway mRouteDelete IP address Subnetmask lt ToS value gt lt flags gt routeShow 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 Description Clear the LED display Set the esn5Prefix default is 100 esn5Prefix lt char string gt Display the esn5Prefix character string This command adds a route to the network routing table The route is added to the host portion of the routing table Example ITG gt routeAdd 47 82 33 123 47 82 33 1 This command adds multiple routes to the same destination in the routing table The route is added to the network portion of the routing table Multiple route entries for a single destination are possible if they are entered with this command as the ToS and subnetmask values are used to distinguish between them Currently flags should be set to
129. Page 144 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Table 24 ITG QoS levels Part 2 of 4 Packet One way QoS level loss 96 delay ms G 711A G 711u Note The QoS levels are equivalent to the following MOS values See page 56 for more details excellent 5 good fair poor 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 145 of 378 Table 24 ITG QoS levels Part 3 of 4 Packet One way QoS level loss 96 delay ms G 711A G 711u Note The QoS levels are equivalent to the following MOS values See page 56 for more details excellent 5 good fair poor ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 146 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Table 24 ITG QoS levels Part 4 of 4 Packet One way QoS level loss 96 delay ms G 711A G 711u Note The QoS levels are equivalent to the following MOS values See page 56 for more details excellent 5 good fair poor 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 147 of 378 ITG MAT PC management configuration This section provides guidelines on how to set up MAT to support the Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway ITG Trunk 2 0 card The MAT application name is ITG ISDN IP Trunks MAT ITG Engineering rules MAT ITG can manage multiple nodes with multiple ITG cards The maximum number of ITG cards that can be configured by MAT depend on the following 1 All MAT ITG data is stored in a single
130. SDL card Large Systems for ISDN Signaling capability If the customer does not have either of these cards or does not have an available DCH port on them the customer must order these cards to support ISDN functionality A modem router must be installed on the E LAN in order to provide remote support access for ITG Trunk and other IP enabled Nortel Networks products The Nortel Networks Netgear RM356 modem router integrates the functions of a V 90 modem a PPP remote access server an IP router and a 4 port 10BaseT Ethernet hub and provides a range of security features that must be configured to comply with the customer s data network security policy The Netgear RM356 modem router can be ordered through many electronic equipment retail outlets Customers with ITG Trunk 1 0 Basic Per Trunk Signaling 8 Port ITG trunk cards have the option of upgrading to ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling trunks Port capacity remains 8 ports per card 8 and 24 Port cards can be mixed in the same ITG ISL Trunk node The section Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks on page 235 describes the upgrade ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 22 of 378 Description Table 1 Software packages for Meridian 1 ITG ISL Trunk Package Package number Notes Basic Alternate Route Selection Required BARS or Network Alternate Route Selection NARS ISDN Base ISDN 145 Required ISDN Signaling Li
131. SL operates in dedicated mode A dedicated point to point signaling link is established between the two Meridian 1 systems The signaling information for the selected analog trunks is transported over the ISDN signaling link The analog ISL TIE trunks are for user voice transport If the D channel link is down call control returns to normal in band analog trunk signaling The ITG is similar to the existing ISL configuration where there is a VPN between Meridian 1 systems Instead of a one to one connection multiple switches can be networked through a single ISL interface at each site Figure 7 on page 45 shows an ITG ISL Trunk configuration with three Meridian 1 systems ITG ISL Trunk simulates an analog facility The ISL interface is connected to a DCHIP PC Card which provides ISDN to VoIP tandeming All ITG ISL Trunk cards DCHIP Leader and Follower are connected through the Embedded Local Area Network E LAN ITG ISL Trunk cards communicate with remote switches through the IP network 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 45 of 378 Figure 7 ITG configuration ISL gol pA Router LAN 553 9472 ISDN signaling between the Meridian 1 and the ITG ISL Trunk supports the delivery of Calling Line Identification CLID and feature messaging ISL DCH signaling provides the necessary signaling connection over which data including CLID and feature specific messaging can be passed ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling
132. SP Profile SNMP Trap Routing table IPs Accounting Server and Security in the Node Properties sheet affect the Card Synchronization Status You must transmit these changes to each card in the node Select the Configuration pull down menu in the Main ITG window From this menu select menu Synchronize Transmit The ITG Transmit Options window appears see Figure 52 This window allows you to transmit multiple files to one or more ITG cards ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 260 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications To transmit configuration data select cards in the ITG Main window select a transmit option and click on Start transmit MAT transfers the data to the appropriate cards using FTP Figure 52 ITG Transmit Options window ITG Transmit Options x This window is used to transmit configuration data to one or more ITG cards The transmit applies to the cards you have selected in the main window To transmit Node Properties select any card in the node ITG cards must be disabled before transmitting Card Properties Transmit options Ol Transmit to selected nodes 3 T Node Properties Card properties Transmit to selected cards pP Dialing plan r Software download Card software Software location Browse Transmit control z Start transmit Bancel transmit View last transmit Help r Transmit options C Tran
133. Shell OA amp M procedure summary 00 000 275 Access the ITG shell through a maintenance port or Telnet 276 Connect a PC to card maintenance port 276 Telnet to an ITG card through the MAT PC 277 Change the default ITG shell password to maintain access security 278 Reset the default ITG shell password 004 279 Download the ITG operational measurements through the ITG shell 00 0 0 0000008 280 Reset the operational measurements 004 281 Display the number of DSPs 0 0 0 0 0 00008 281 Display ITG Node Properties 0000008 281 Transfer files through the command line interface 282 Upgrade ITG card software from the command line interface 284 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Contents Page 13 of 378 Backup and restore from the ITG command line interface 287 Recover the SNMP community names esses 288 IP configuration commands 00 0000 eee ee ee eee 288 Download the ITG error log eese esses 289 Meridian 1 system commands LD 32 0 289 Disable the indicated ITG card 0000 0000 291 Disable the indicated ITG card when idle 291 Disable an indicated ITG port 00 0 00008 291 Enable an indicated ITG card 0 0 0 0 0000008 292
134. Signaling 51 Echo cancelation sienai nee e eee ee 52 Silence Suppression lslsleeeeee eee 52 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 6 of 378 Contents DIME Through Dial zoe Bea kek aha OR ES Quality OF Service ive E coe oh pad He Ls MAS Quality of Service parameters 0 00 000005 Network performance utilities 0 cece eee eee eee E Model set peste tee aed gies ag hook Pes Pee hat Fallback to alternate facilities 00 00 eee eee eee Triggering Fallback to alternate trunk facilities Return to the IP network 0 0 00 00 cece eee ee Type of Service ui eee de oed cie esie Faxs pport 22e e eR REDE CARAS AS EE es Remote Access sso ocior teu Puer a eco teer qo oe slats Per call statistics support using RADIUS Client Configuration ose e Rep REDE UE Rees M SSAglnB ss Ltd c RR RU RU XE RARE etna RUNS SNM Po MIB orci oo Bt Re o Rb XR sequ eR MIB 2 SUpport x zvedrieee wr eden EIU waa ente te AA deis ITG SNMP agent 4c hee eo tet We wth eee Phe Codec profiles 2 eoe eese poe eee ees GT aed eee etat e er HEN tende Security passwords mye roas in o EAE is eid Sie RNs ee a oe NN EUG Administrator level 0 0 eee ce eee Technical support level 0 0 0 0 eee ee eee ee ITG Engineering Guidelines Introduction eee ce Le c PU RC ex CS Ra icta Audi
135. System equipment rows 171 Meridian 1 Small System cable installation Option 11C and Option TIC Mint tence gst ce eed Shs eee SE SURGE RR 172 Install the serial cable 0 0 cece ees 173 Configure ITG Trunk data on the Meridian 1 174 Configure the ISL D channel on the Meridian 1 for the DCHIP card Ii Rer bee ep e RI 174 Configure ISDN feature in customer data block 178 Configure ITG ISL TIE trunk routes 0 00 178 Configure ITG ISL trunk cards and units 182 Configure dialing plans within the corporate network 185 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 10 of 378 Contents Make the ITG the first choice least cost entry in the route list block ee E ERE t ERU es R Turn on Step Back on Congestion SBOC for the ITG Trunk routes eL ESSERE E A ea Turn off ITG route during peak traffic periods on the IP data network r e uoce e RR Rr eee dap ake ESN5 network signaling sleleeeeee eee Disable the ITG Trunk cards 0 0 0 0 0000000 Configure ITG Trunk data on MAT esee Add an ITG Trunk node on MAT manually Add a node and configure general node properties Set node location properties llslleleeeeeeeeeee Single vs separate subnets for T LAN and E LAN Configure Network Connections
136. T 6 6 or later or install OTM 1 0 Make sure you install the ITG ISDN IP Trunk and Alarm Management applications Upgrade Meridian 1 X11 software to Release 25A or later ITG requires packages 145 ISDN and 147 ISL Install additional software packages such as Package 148 NTWK as required for advanced ISDN features Check that required LAN and WAN networking equipment and cables are installed For networking equipment requirements turn to ITG Engineering Guidelines on page 71 The ITG Trunk card requires shielded cables ITG Trunk card NTO961AA DCHIP PC Card NTWE07 and cable assemblies required for your site For Meridian 1 Large Systems ITG ISL NT6D80 For Meridian 1 Small Systems ITG ISL Trunk 2 0 requires at least one available port on an SDI DCH card minimum vintage NTAKO2BB Be sure D channel cards have required cables Check that the customer site has a Nortel Networks Netgear RM356 Modem Router or equivalent on the E LAN The modem router provides remote support access to ITG Trunk and other IP enabled Nortel Networks products on the Meridian 1 site See Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access on page 359 for more information on routers ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 154 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Installation Procedure Summary Table 26 lists the procedures to install and configure an ITG Trunk node
137. TG ISL Trunk node Table 39 LD 90 Configure dialing plan mem qum Add new data Customer number associated with this function as defined in LD 15 Feature Network translation tables Translator Access Code 1 NARS BARS Access Code 2 NARS Type of data block Numbering Plan Area Code Central Office Translation ESN Location Code Translation Special Code Translation Route List Index created in LD 86 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 191 of 378 Disable the ITG Trunk cards In order to transmit the card properties from MAT to the ITG Trunk cards the ITG Trunks must be in the disabled state To disable an ITG trunk card use the following command in LD32 orin MAT Maintenance Windows DISI 1s c u Wait for NPROO11 to be output Requested pack is no longer busy and has been disabled This indicates that the DISI command has been completed The status of the ITG trunk card in MAT is updated to disabled The cards must be enabled later after the card properties and optionally the new card software has been transmitted from MAT to the ITG Trunk cards Configure ITG Trunk data on MAT Before you can use this procedure you must get all the IP addresses for the new ITG Trunk node from your network administrator and add them to your installation summary sheet Use the installation summary sheet to facilitate data entry into MAT You will also need th
138. Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 274 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications Display ITG card ID information To display the ITG card ID in LD 32 use the following command IDCIsc Display the card ID for the ITG card where loop s shelf c card Display ITG card status To display the status of a indicated ITG card in LD 32 use the following command STAT Isc Display the status of the indicated ITG card where loop s shelf c card Display ITG card port status To display the status of a port on the ITG card in LD 32 use the following command STATIscu Display the status of the indicated ITG port where loop s shelf c Card u unit 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 275 of 378 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays This chapter explains how to perform ITG Trunk 2 0 Operation Administration and Maintenance OA amp M tasks using the ITG shell Command Line Interface CLI You access the ITG shell directly through a serial port connection or remotely through Telnet from the MAT PC or any Telnet client host ITG Shell OA amp M procedure summary You can perform the following OA amp M tasks from the ITG shell Change the default ITG shell password to maintain access security on page 278 Reset the default ITG shell password on page 279 Download the ITG operational measurements through the ITG shell
139. ab Select SL1ESN5 from the pull down list in the Remote Capabilities field in the MAT Node Dialing plan General tab for each destination node that uses ESN5 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 182 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Table 34 LD 16 Configure the ITG ISL TIE Trunk route data block Part 4 of 4 pem pmo e NEDC ETH Near end disconnect control from either originating or terminating side FEDC ETH Far end disconnect control from either originating or terminating side Configure ITG ISL trunk cards and units Record the first CHID for each ITG ISL Trunk card on the installation summary sheet Table 35 LD 14 Configure ITG ISL 8 or 24 port trunk cards and units Part 1 of 3 m pee or REQ NEW XX Add new data where xx 1 8 for NTCW80 8 port ITG Trunk card xx 1 24 for NT0961AA 24 port ITG Trunk card When using REQ NEW XX configure only one ITG Trunk card at a time When using REQ NEW XX CHID is incremented for each of the new units created You may need to configure partial ITG Trunk cards due to WAN traffic capacity limitations or Leader and DCHIP card real time capacity for very large nodes and networks TYPE TIE Trunk Type TIE is the only supported trunk type for ITG ISL Trunks 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 183 of 378 Table 35 LD 14 Configure ITG ISL 8 or 2
140. al window e The list of nodes in the Node drop list is derived from the list of nodes in the Main ITG window When you select a node the Node IP address is inserted as read only If you change a Node IP address through the Node Properties the address is automatically updated in the dialing plans You must however transmit the dialing plan to each ITG card for the change to begin When you select Not defined on this MAT PC the Node IP edit box is empty and you must define the Node IP When you delete the node in the Main ITG window the node is set to Not defined on this PC and the IP address is not changed e The Node name is optional unless you select the Not defined on this PC option If you select this option you must enter the Node name e The Node capability drop down list contains H 323 V2 ESGF FTUP V1UP and V2UP The default is H 323 V2 e The Quality of Service is a slider bar and read only edit box with spin buttons You can use either control Changes in the slider are dynamically reflected in the edit box These controls are disabled if the QoS monitoring option is not checked 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 257 of 378 Dialing Plan Entry Properties Digits Dialed window Click on the Digits dialed tab In this window define the digit sequence s for dialing remote nodes see Figure 51 Figure 51 ITG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties window
141. all cards by the edges and when possible with the loosened packaging material still around the component CAUTION Never install an ITG card in an IPE shelf that has been wired for a Central Office Trunk COT card Before you insert the card into the slot disconnect the cable connecting this card to the Main Distribution Frame MDF COT cards can receive ringing voltage which when applied to an ITG card can damage the card CAUTION Do not overtighten screws They can break 1 Identify the IPE card slots selected for the ITG card s Use the recorded information from the ITG Trunk Installation Summary Sheet Figure 27 on page 157 2 Remove any existing I O panel cables associated with any card previously installed in the selected card slot ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 160 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 3 Install the NTWEO7AA DCHIP PC Card into the internal PC Card slot on the ITG Trunk card that has been selected to provide the DCHIP function See Figure 22 on page 160 4 Connect the NTCW84EA pigtail cable from port 0 of the DCHIP PC Card to the J14 pin header on the motherboard of the DCHIP card See Figure 22 The cable routes the D Channel signals to the backplane and the I O panel The PC Card connector is keyed to allow insertion only in the correct direction The J14 pin header connector is not keyed Be careful to align the connector
142. and IPs tab In this procedure you define up to eight SNMP Trap destination IP addresses and subnet masks and up to eight Card Routing Table Entry IP addresses and subnet masks These SNMP trap and Card routing table settings become active when you transmit the card properties to the ITG trunk cards 1 Click SNMP Traps Routing and IPs tab see Figure 33 Figure 33 ITG Node Properties window SNMP Trap Addresses Routing table IPs tab New ITG Node x General Configuration DSP Profile SNMP Traps Routing and IPs Accounting Server Security Define the IP addresses to which SNMP traps will be sent To create the list type in the new values and click Add or press enter Select an item in the list to change or delete SNI r Card routing table entries IP address IP address Subnet mask Subnet mask E IP Address IP Address 2 Check the Enable SNMP traps check box to enable sending of SNMP traps to the SNMP managers that appear in the list You must enter at least one SNMP trap address if you check this option The SNMP trap addresses determine where event and alarm messages are sent Refer to Configure MAT Alarm Management to receive SNMP traps from ITG ISL Trunk cards on page 231 to configure MAT Alarm Notification to monitor SNMP traps for ITG cards 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 205 of 378 3 Enter the SNMP Manager IP
143. andem networking conditions when some trunk facilities have excessively low audio levels Fall back threshold There are two parameters the receive fall back threshold and the transmit fall back threshold which can be set on a per site pair basis Set QoS on page 108 and Measure intranet QoS on page 114 sections describe the process of determining the appropriate QoS level for operating the ITG network Site pairs can have very different QoS measurements if some traffic flows are local while other traffic flows are inter continental You can consider setting a higher QoS level for the local sites compared to the international sites keeping costs of international WAN links down Normally you must set the fall back threshold in both directions to the same QoS level In site pairs where one direction of flow is more important you can set up asymmetric QoS levels Payload size The ITG default payload sizes are as follows 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 137 of 378 e 30 ms for G 729 Annex AB G 729A G 723 1 5 3K and G 723 1 6 3K codecs and 10ms for the G 711A and G 711U codecs e 30 bytes for fax The payload size is adjustable to 10 ms and 20 ms for the G 711A G 711U and G 729 Annex AB codec series In a site pair that experience packet losses selecting a smaller payload size improves voice and fax quality but at the cost of a higher bandwidth use see Table 5 Silence su
144. ands with Get as part of the command name refer to file transfer from the FTP host to the ITG card Commands with Put as part of the command name refer to file transfer from the ITG card to the FTP host For security reasons there is no generic FTP client on the ITG card You cannot perform a DIR or PWD print working directory command on the FTP host The bootptab 1 file transferred by the bootPFileGet and bootPFilePut commands contains node properties information The dptable 1 file transferred by the DPAddrTGet and DPAddrTPut commands contains the MAT ITG dialing plan information The configl ini file transferred by the configFileGet command contains card properties and SNMP information The bootptab 1 file only goes to the active Leader card while the dptable 1 and configl ini files go to every ITG card Software update and file transfer commands These commands are separated into different categories as described below These commands are case sensitive The parameters following the command must each be enclosed in quotation marks There must be a comma and no spaces between the parameters Refer to the Maintenance section for a complete description of the ITG shell file transfer commands Hostname refers to the IP address of the FTP host The FTP host can be a server on the network the ITG card or another ITG card in the same node 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 Apri
145. andwidth 614 108 722 kbit s 6 Adjust requirement for traffic peaking Peak hour bandwidth requirement 722 1 3 939 kbit s This is the spare bandwidth a T LAN should have to handle the VoIP and fax traffic It is recommended that the T LAN handle ITG traffic exclusively Note that this example is based on the G 729 Annex AB codec with 30 ms payload size and silence suppression enabled For relations of user selectable parameters e g payload size codec type packet size and QoS refer to Set QoS on page 108 General LAN and WAN engineering considerations The T LAN traffic capacity does not limit ITG network engineering Refer to Set up a system with separate subnets for voice and management on page 130 and Single subnet option for voice and management on page 131 Refer to standard Ethernet engineering tables for passive 10 100BaseT repeater hubs Refer to manufacturer s specifications for intelligent 10 100BaseT layer switches A passive 10 100BaseT Ethernet hub is a half duplex data transport mechanism Both talk and listen traffic use a part of the nominal 10 Mbit s capacity The customer must then set up the passive 10 100BaseT Ethernet hub so that T LAN voice traffic does not exceed 3MB second on a 10 100BaseT Ethernet A 10 100BaseT Ethernet switch port can operate in either half duplex or full duplex mode but ITG Ethernet interfaces operate only in half duplex mode A switched Ethernet hub ca
146. ara Ottawa Tokyo Ottawa Santa Clara Tokyo Ottawa Tokyo Richardson Ottawa Richardson Ottawa ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 106 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Decision Enough capacity Table 19 arranges the computations so that for each link the available link capacity can be compared against the additional ITG load For example on link R4 R5 there is plenty of available capacity 492 kbit s to accommodate the additional 24 kbit s of ITG traffic Table 19 Computation of link capacity as compared to ITG load Sufficient 2 aa p Link Utilization Available Incremental ITG load capacity capacity Threshold Used kbit s Site pair Traffic kbit s End Capacity points kbit s R1 R2 1536 75 76 8 Santa Clara Ottawa Ottawa Toky o R1 R4 1536 50 460 8 Santa Clara Tokyo Santa Clara Richardson Ottawa Tokyo R4 R5 1536 Santa Clara Richar dson Ottawa Tokyo Santa Clara Tokyo Some network management systems have network planning modules that compute network flows in the manner just described These modules provide more detailed and accurate analysis as they can take into account actual node link and routing information They also help you assess network resilience by conducting link and node failure analysis By simulating failures re loading network and re computed routes the modules indicate where the network might be
147. ard 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 357 of 378 Appendix C Subnet mask conversion from CIDR to dotted decimal format Subnet masks can be expressed in Classless Inter Domain Routing CIDR format appended to the IP address for example 10 1 1 1 20 The subnet mask must be converted from CIDR format to dotted decimal format to configure ITG IP addresses CIDR format expresses the subnet mask as the number of bits counting from the most significant bit of the first IP address field A complete IP address consists of 32 bits A typical CIDR format subnet mask is in the range from 9 to 30 Each decimal number field in the dotted decimal format can have a value from 0 to 255 where 255 represents binary 1111 1111 To convert a subnet mask from CIDR format to dotted decimal format 1 Divide the CIDR format value by 8 The result is equal to the number of dotted decimal fields containing 255 In the example above 10 1 1 1 20 the subnet mask is 20 20 divided by 8 is equal to 2 with a remainder of 4 The first 2 fields of the subnet mask in dotted decimal format are 255 255 If there is a remainder refer to Table 70 CIDR format remainders on page 358 to get the dotted decimal value for the field following the last field containing 255 In the example of 20 above the remainder is 4 In Table 70 CIDR format remainders on page 358 a remainder of 4 is equal to a binary value of 1111 0000 and the do
148. are automatically saved 5 To prevent the loss of diagnostic data from the ITG card if the Telnet session terminates unexpectedly you must enable logging of Telnet sessions on your MAT PC From the Telnet Terminal menu select Start Logging and use the Browse dialog to indicate the appropriate folder and file name for Telnet log file for the current Telnet session You can open the Telnet log file using a text editor such as Windows 9x Notepad or a word processor for large log files Change the default ITG shell password to maintain access security You must schedule routine changes of user names and passwords to maintain access security The ITG user name and password protects maintenance port FTP and Telnet access to the ITG card over the LAN 1 From the ITG shell use the command shellPasswordSet to change the default user name and password for Telnet to ITG shell and FTP to the ITG card file system The default user name is itgadmin and the default password is itgadmin You will be prompted for the current user name 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays Page 279 of 378 Enter current username itgadmin Enter current password itgadmin Enter new username newname Enter new password newpwd Enter new password again to confirm newpwd If the complete sequence of commands is correctly entered you get the system response with value 0 0x0 The new user nam
149. as entered during startup from the keyboard of a terminal connected to the local maintenance port If faceplate displays BIOS it is not functioning as an ITG trunk card CardLAN operational A07 interface to Meridian 1 enabled display now under ITG Trunk software control ITG shell is available for manual card configuration ITG card is starting up the ITG ISL Trunk eae Card is running active leader tasks ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 332 of 378 Maintenance Table 56 Faceplate maintenance display message summary Part 4 of 4 Normal Fault Description Code Code p BLDR Card has detected existing active leader and is running backup leader tasks or the card is configured as a leader and is missing its node properties Transmit node properties from MAT FLR Card has detected the active leader and is running Follower tasks 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 333 of 378 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement This appendix describes the NTMF94EA NTCW84KA NTAGS81CA NTAG81BA NTCW84LA and NTCW84MA cables This appendix also explains how to replace the NT8D81BA ribbon cable with the NTSD81AA ribbon cable If you have a network that uses 100 Base T and you have an NT8D81BA ribbon cable you must install an NT8D81AA cable NTMF94EA E LAN T LAN and Serial Port cable The NTMF94EA cable connects the I O connector on
150. asic trunk route Under those entries find the DMI and make a note of it Remove the DMls that were previously used for ITG basic trunks Verify ROM BIOS version When you reset the card the ITG card displays a series of start up messages on the local TTY Verify that the ROM BIOS is 1 1 or greater If not contact Nortel Networks technical support Upgrade Troubleshooting This section provides two procedures to correct MAT upgrade problems MAT cannot refresh view Card not responding If MAT cannot see card status through refresh but you can Telnet to the card from MAT your MAT version is incompatible with the 8 port card software ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 246 of 378 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks How to upgrade software using the ITG shell Use this procedure if MAT displays a Card status of Not Responding 1 Prepare the MAT ITG FTP server to find the software image file when it is requested from the ITG card BIOS shell using the upgrade or swDownload command Select Synchronize Transmit from the MAT ITG ISDN IP Trunk application Configuration menu Check the box for Card Software Browse for the software image file on the MAT PC When you find the software image file open it from the Browser so the path and file name appear in the MAT ITG Transmit window Leave the radio button default setting of Transmit to selected no
151. ated MAT maintenance commands When changing DSP parameters in MAT disable the ITG card s ports before downloading the new parameters Modifications to node parameters require the affected cards to be rebooted You can modify a Dialing Plan without rebooting or disabling the cards Multi purpose Serial Data Link MSDL commands All Meridian 1 MSDL commands are supported Use Overlay 96 to enter MSDL commands Table 47 lists some of the more important commands Table 47 MSDL commands ENL DCH num Enables the D channel DIS DCH num Disables the D channel STAT DCH num Displays the state of the D channel application RLS DCH num Releases the D channel EST DCH num Establishes multiple frame operation on the D channel ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 306 of 378 Maintenance Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP An SNMP stack sends appropriate traps to MAT or an SNMP manager A buffer containing received traps is also available through the command line interface if no SNMP Alarm manager exists Error traps Table 48 shows the error events that cause the SNMP agent to issue a trap Table 48 Error events Loss of Voice Port connectivity Failure in the Ethernet voice port QoS Minor Threshold Exceeded The QoS minor alarm threshold has been exceeded dspResetAttempted One of the DSP devices has failed and an attempt has been made to reset it dspResetFailed
152. ay sample by sending an ICMP packet from the host of the ping program to a destination server ping then waits for the packet to make a round trip The output of ping is like the following Richardson3 ping s santa clara itg4 60 PING santa clara4 10 3 2 7 60 data bytes 68 bytes from 10 3 2 7 icmp seq 0 ttl 225 time 97ms 68 bytes from 10 3 2 7 icmp seq 0 ttl1 225 time 100ms 68 bytes from 10 3 2 7 icmp seq 0 ttl1 225 time 102ms 68 bytes from 10 3 2 7 icmp seq 0 ttl 225 time 97ms 68 bytes from 10 3 2 7 icmp seq 0 ttl 225 time 95ms 68 bytes from 10 3 2 7 icmp seq 0 ttl 225 time 94ms 68 bytes from 10 3 2 7 icmp seq 0 ttl 225 time 112ms 68 bytes from 10 3 2 7 icmp seq 0 ttl 225 time 97ms Richardson3 PING Statistics 8 packets transmitted 8 packets received 0 packet loss round trip ms min avg max 94 96 112 The time field displays the round trip time rtt Sothat the delay sample results match what the ITG node can experience the ping host must be on a working LAN segment attached to the router intended to support the ITG node The selection of destination host is just as important following these same guidelines for the source host The size of the ping probe packets must be set to 60 bytes to approximate the size of probe packets sent by the ITG that are used in determining when new calls need to fall back 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guide
153. be restored from the MAT PC Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 269 of 378 Figure 55 Generate OM Report Generate OM Report x This option collects all the operational measurement OM data from all the cards in the network The resulting data is placed in a file on your DTM MAT PC The data is collected and stored in OTM MAT on a monthly basis To maintain consistent data it is recommended that a report generation be scheduled once a day To view the data for a given month select the Open report option in the File menu C Schedule OM report Cancel Help The Meridian Administration Tools MAT application has a backup and restore procedure for all data downloaded to and from the ITG card If MAT is not available you can use the ITG shell command line interface to retrieve the configuration files from an FTP server or from a PC card ITG data is stored in an Access database file on the MAT PC or server or in the OM files These files are only backed up when you select the Disaster recovery option This option backs up all MAT data and can only be used to restore all data Alarm Notification The ITG uses the MAT Alarm Notification application This application receives SNMP traps from any device connected to the network When received traps appear in an event browser You can write scripts to generate notification messages to pagers e mail and SNMP network management systems You
154. binary file received from an FTP host or ITG card with IP address hostname The ITG card FTP client performs a get which downloads the file to the ITG flash device A 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays Page 285 of 378 checksum is calculated to check correct delivery When the new software version is correctly downloaded you must reboot the ITG card with cardReset to run the new software 1 Download the MAT ITG software from the World Wide Web WWW to a PC hard drive Open a browser on a PC and connect to WWW address http www nortelnetworks com itg When connected to the site enter the user name and password The default user name is usa The default password is usa 2 Select the latest recommended software version and select the location on the MAT ITG PC hard drive where it is to be downloaded Record the MAT ITG PC hard drive location for use later in the procedure Alternatively you can order the latest ITG software on a PC card Upgrade ITG card software by PC card The PC card can be received from Nortel Networks containing the latest ITG card software version You can update the ITG card software version on the PC card by copying the file from your PC hard disk to the PC card which is inserted in a PCMCIA slot on your PC 1 Insert the PC card containing the software into the A drive of the ITG card located on the faceplate of the card 2 From the ITG shell monitor the s
155. bnet mask 255 255 240 0 To convert subnet mask from CIDR format to dotted decimal format refer to Appendix D 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks Page 241 of 378 Press Enter The ITG shell outputs value 0 0 x 0 to indicate successful completion of the setLeader command If the ITG shell outputs command not found check the spelling of the command If the ITG shell outputs a value of 1 contact Nortel Networks customer technical support Return to the MAT IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window Telnet to Leader 1 and Follower cards in the node Log into the ITG shell At the ITG gt prompt enter clearLeader xxx xxX XXX XXX yyy yyy yyy yyy zzz zzz zzz zzz see notes in step 2 The ITG shell outputs value 0 0x0 to indicate successful completion of the clearLeader command Note You enter clearLeader command even when you remove configuration files from Follower cards Step 2 Transmit ITG Trunk 2 0 software to the 8 port cards 1 Launch MAT OTM 1 1 Double click on ITG M1 IP Trk in the Services folder In the IP Telephony Gateway window select Leader 0 from the ITG trunk node you are upgrading Select menu Configuration Synchronize Transmit The ITG Transmit Options window appears Make sure to set the radio button to Transmit to selected nodes Check the Card Software check box only Locate the ITG28xx mms software
156. c determines network design the design process needs to start with the process of obtaining offered ITG traffic forecast The traffic forecast will drive e WAN requirements e ITG hardware requirements e T LAN requirements Use of Ethernet and WAN bandwidth Table 5 on page 77 lists the Ethernet and WAN bandwidth use of ITG ports with different codecs with silence suppression enabled and Table 6 on page 80 lists the use with silence suppression disabled One port is a channel fully loaded to 36 CCS where one CCS Centi Call Second is a channel circuit being occupied 100 seconds 36 CCS is a circuit occupied for a full hour To calculate the bandwidth requirement of a route the total route traffic should be divided by 36 CCS and multiplied by the bandwidth use to get the data rate requirement of that route All traffic data must be based on the busy hour of the busy day Note that to calculate resource requirements ITG ports and T LAN WAN bandwidth traffic parcels are summarized in different ways 1 Addall sources of traffic for the ITG network e g voice fax sent fax received together to calculate ITG port and T LAN requirements 2 For data rate requirement at each route the calculation is based on each destination pair 3 For fax traffic on a WAN only the larger of either the fax sent or fax received traffic is to be accounted for The engineering procedures for T LAN and WAN are different The following calculation p
157. c is optimal for speech quality as it has the smallest delay and is resilient to channel errors However it uses the largest bandwidth The G 711 codec is the default codec if the preferred codec of the originating node is not available on the destination ITG ISL Trunk node Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression is configurable through MAT 24 channels per card are supported with G 711 G 729A The G 729A codec is the default preferred codec when adding a new ITG Trunk node in MAT This codec provides near toll quality voice at a low delay The G 729A codec uses compression at 8 kbit s 8 1 compression rate Optional Annex B Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression is configurable through MAT 24 channels per card are supported with G 729A 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 69 of 378 G 729 The G 729B codec use compression at 8 kbit s 8 1 compression rate Optional Annex B Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression is configurable through MAT Only 16 channels per card are supported with G 729B due to higher DSP resources required for this codec G 723 1 5 3 kbit s or 6 3 kbit s The G 723 1 codec provides the greatest compression Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression is configurable through MAT 24 channels per card are supported with G 723 1 Three downloadable DSP profiles support the codecs shown in Table 4 Table 4 Codecs supported by the ITG Profile 1 Profile 2 Profile 3 32 m
158. cable for MSDL and DCHIP cards in same Large System equipment row 1 Install the bracket for the 15 pin I O panel filter connector in one of the two smaller openings J2 J3 J4 J5 of the I O panel of the IPE Module that contains the DCHIP card 2 Install the 15 pin I O panel filter connector on the inward side of the bracket Figure 26 15 pin filter connector installation NTND26AA Cable Insertion Mounting 4 Screw BIST insertion Do Exterior side of plane System to MDF etc Inside I O Panel System I O Panel ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 170 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 3 Obtain the correct length of the NTND26 DCHI Interface Cable Assembly to reach from the D Channel port connector on the faceplate of the MSDL card to the outward side of the 15 pin filter connector installed in the I O panel of the IPE Module that contains the DCHIP card See Figure 27 The NTND26 DCHI Interface Cable Assembly is available in the following lengths NTND26AA 6 ft NTND26AB 18 ft e NTND26AC 35 ft NTND26AD 50 ft Figure 27 NTND26 cable routing diagram Cable Channel Cover Bracket MSDL XNET l Card NTND26AA Network Shelf Routing Channel Cable 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 171 of 378 Connect the appropriate NTND26 cable assembly to the D Channel port connector
159. can be seen in Figure 18 queueing delays can be significant for links with bandwidth under 512 kbit s whereas with higher speed links they can tolerate much higher utilization levels ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 122 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Routing and hop count Each site pair takes different routes over the intranet The route taken determines the number and type of delay components that add to end to end delay Sound routing in the network depends on correct network design at many levels such as the architecture topology routing configuration link and speed ITG system delay The transmitting and receiving ITG nodes together contribute a processing delay of about 33 ms to end to end delay This is the amount of time required for the encoder to analyze and packetize speech and by the decoder to reconstruct and depacketize the voice packets There is a second component of delay which occurs on the receiving ITG node For every call terminating on the receiver there is a jitter buffer which serves as a holding queue for voice packets arriving at the destination ITG The purpose of the jitter buffer is to smooth out the effects of delay variation so that a steady stream of voice packets can be reproduced at the destination The default jitter buffer delay for voice is 60 ms Other delay components There are other delay components but they are generally considered ve
160. can find it on the faceplate label of the card you are currently configuring It is also identified as InlsaO on the card startup messages and by the ifShow command in the ITG shell Enter Voice IP address see Notes 1 and 2 d Enter Voice LAN gateway IP address see Notes 1 and 2 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 196 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Figure 29 Configuration tab New ITG Node x General Configuration ose Profile SNMP Traps Routing and IPs Accounting Server Security Define the list of cards for this node To create the list enter the values and click Add Select a card in the list for change or delete r Card properties Card role Leae0 O Card IN Management IP i So eh al Card Density apos E Management MAC D Channel 0 Vo Voice IP fete ge Protocol fsLiesns Voice LAN gateway IP E Eirst CHID po Sync status Add Change Delete Host Names MAC address Card TN Cancel Apply Help Note 1 The Voice LAN Node IP address on the General tab and the Voice IP and Voice LAN gateway IP addresses for Leader 0 and Leader 1 on the Card Configuration tab must be on the same Voice or T LAN subnet Note 2 Each Follower card can optionally have their Voice IP and Voice LAN gateway IP on a different Voice or T LAN subnet from Leader 0 and Leader 1 4 If you unchecked Use separate subnets
161. ce QoS of the data network is not acceptable Customers can configure QoS parameters on the ITG ISL Trunk node to make sure that the ITG Trunk route is not used for new calls if the network QoS degrades below an acceptable level Card roles The ITG ISL Trunk card can have one or more of the following roles Follower e Active Leader 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 29 of 378 e Backup Leader e D channel IP gateway DCHIP The ITG ISL Trunk card roles identify which systems are active systems standby systems and which are client systems The Active Leader has a Node IP address on the voice interface This Node IP is an alias IP which is added to the original IP address on the voice interface Other machines in the network use the Node IP to keep track of the Active Leader Each Meridian 1 is usually configured with the following e one ITG ISL Trunk card that acts as an Active Leader e one ITG ISL Trunk card that acts as a Backup Leader e atleast one ITG ISL Trunk card that provides DCHIP functionality e one or more ITG ISL Trunk cards identified as Followers In the MAT ITG application the term Leader 0 refers to the ITG ISL Trunk card initially configured to perform the role of the Active Leader The term Leader 1 refers to the ITG ISL Trunk card that is initially configured to perform the role of Backup Leader The Active Leader and Backup Leader exchange the Node IP address when the Active Leader goes
162. ce Page 299 of 378 Table 44 ITG Trunk 2 0 alarms Part 3 of 6 ITG0250 Invalid X12 message received Verify that the card type is correctly Message discarded configured in Meridian 1 Print TNB in LD20 Ensure that the card is configured as a TIE Trunk with XTRK ITG2 Major Alarms Intervention required but not immediately This fault class can result in a trap that automatically resets a processor on the card and clears the fault after a service interruption of several seconds or minutes Talkpath is cut off for existing calls and no new calls can be made on the card until it finishes resetting If the problem occurs frequently the ITG Trunk 2 0 card requires manual intervention For example you can upgrade to an enhanced software version or replace the ITG Trunk 2 0 card ITG0300 Memory allocation failure Check If this occurs frequently contact configuration Indicates a dynamic Nortel Networks technical support memory allocation problem ITG0301 DSP channel not responding DSP These DSP errors are not cleared channel is disabled Card sends automatically If the occurs message to Meridian 1 to busy the frequently replace the card trunk This ensures that user s calls go through on good DSPs ITG0302 DSP device failure Operating on Hardware fault cleared by reduced capacity DSP failed to automatic trap return to normal service ITG0303 DSP subsystem failure Initiating Hardware fault cleared by card reboot DS
163. cellent service level is likely to be upheld ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 118 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Other measurement considerations Obtain The ping statistics described above measure the intranet prior to ITG installation which means that the measurement does not take into consideration the expected load offered by the ITG users If the intranet capacity is tight and the ITG traffic significant you should consider making intranet measurements under load Load can be applied using traffic generator tools the amount of load should match the ITG offered traffic estimated in ITG traffic engineering on page 76 QoS measurement tools Pingand traceroute are standard IP tools that are usually included with a network host s TCP IP stack A survey of QoS measurement tools and packages including commercial ones can be found in the home page of the Cooperative Association for Internet Data Analysis CAIDA at http www caida org Some of these are delay monitoring tools that include features like timestamping plotting and computation of standard deviation Decision does the intranet meet expected ITG QoS At the end of this measurement and analysis you should have a good indicator whether the corporate intranet as it stands can deliver adequate voice and fax services Looking at the Expected QoS level column in Figure 20 the craftsperson can gauge th
164. ces between site pairs that can guarantee no better than a Fair or Poor QoS level 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 111 of 378 Figure 15 QoS levels with G 729A codec QOS levels with G 729A codec One way delay ms 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 Packet loss ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 112 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Figure 16 QoS level with G 711A G 711U codec QOS level with G 711A G 711U codec 800 700 600 500 400 4 300 4 200 4 One way delay ms 100 Excellen 0 Poor Fair Good 0 Packet loss 99 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 113 of 378 Figure 17 QoS levels with G 723 QOS levels with G 723 codec 800 700 600 500 400 300 One way delay ms 200 Packet loss 96 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 114 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Measure intranet QoS You can measure end to end delay and error characteristics of the current state of the intranet These measurements help you set acceptable QoS standards when using the corporate intranet to transmit voice services Measure end to end network delay The basic tool used in IP networks to measure end to end network delay is the ping program ping takes a del
165. ch time a reportis generated the application retrieves the latest OM data from each ITG card defined in MAT This data is then added to a comma separated file on the MAT PC A new file is created for each month of the year for which OM data is collected The files are named for the month and year for example itg 04 1999 csv 1 To Generate or schedule a report a FromthelP Telephony Gateway Main window select File Report Generate The Generate OM Report window appears see Figure 55 b To generate a report immediately click Generate OM Report now to prepare a report immediately MAT prepares the report and displays the information in a csv spreadsheet format c Toschedule a report click Schedule OM Report A Scheduling window appears see Fill in the fields to schedule the report and define the times and information Schedule report generation at least one time a day Click OK 2 To open and view a report a Select File Report Open The Open OM Report dialog box appears b Double click on an OM report The report appears in Microsoft Excel If you do not have Excel use an application that recognizes csv comma separated files to view the report Backup and restore operations 553 3001 202 The ITG card supports backup and restore procedures for critical configuration data If you replace a failed ITG card with a spare the dialing plan tables DSP configuration passwords and other configuration data will
166. channels busied out ITG0453 Cannot open Gateway DN file ITG0454 Cannot open Gatekeeper password file ITG0455 Bad Gatekeeper configuration file Reverting to previous version if any ITG0456 Incorrect gateway password Calls to from gateway rejected by the Gatekeeper System level maintenance Maintenance of an ITG card can be performed using the following ITG0452 Meridian 1 messaging failure Unable to process calls e Meridian 1 overlays e MAT PC e The command line interface of the ITG card 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 303 of 378 Access the ITG card Telnet access You can connect to the ITG card using telnet This provides access to the ITG shell A telnet session has higher priority than a serial session A telnet session started during an continuing serial session disables the serial connection for the period of the Telnet session The serial session continues when the telnet session ends Serial access You can connect to the ITG card by physically connecting to the serial port This provides access to the ITG shell If there is an active telnet session ongoing while the serial connection is established the serial connection will not be active as telnet access has priority The telnet session must be terminated in order for the serial connection to become active ITG card overlay commands System level maintenance of the ITG card is performed using Overlay 32 or Overlay 36 S
167. ckage including D Channel or one NTZC44BA ITG ISDN Small Systems Option 11C Package including D Channel as appropriate for your system Make sure that there are sufficient DCH ports on the MSDL or SDI DCH cards and associated cables ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 28 of 378 Description Sparing ratios for ITG Trunk components Sparing ratios for selected components are as listed in Table 3 Table 3 Sparing ratios Component Sparing ratio NT0961AA Spare Meridian Trunk ITG 2 0 card 24 10 1 ports for repair only no RTU license NTWEO7AA C7LIU DCH PC Card with NTCW84EA 10 1 PC Card DCH Pigtail cable I O cable assemblies 20 1 ITG ISL Trunk card description The ITG ISL Trunk card provides a cost effective solution for high quality voice and fax transmissions over an IP network The ITG ISL Trunk card is a two slot IPE based assembly designed for installation in a Meridian 1 IPE shelf An ITG ISL Trunk card can have a maximum of 24 ports A Peripheral Component Interconnect PCI based DSP daughterboard provides voice processing and installs on the assembly The daughterboard compresses speech into packets and supplies the packets to the IP network using a Pentium host processor The ITG ISL Trunk card monitors the IP network for delay latency and packet loss The card reroutes new calls to the alternate circuit switched trunk routes if the Quality of Servi
168. cket loss is below some threshold value so that calls between those site pairs are in a required QoS level The graphs of Figures 15 to 17 with the QoS measurements should help the technician determine what threshold levels are appropriate Table 22 describes examples of ITG QoS objectives Table 22 ITG QoS objectives Fallback ITG QoS objective threshold setting Santa Clara Mean one way delay o one way delay 120 ms Excellent Richardson Mean packet loss o packet loss 0 396 Santa Clara Mean one way delay o one way delay 120 ms Excellent Ottawa Mean packet loss o packet loss 1 196 In subsequent design cycles the QoS objective can be reviewed and refined based on data collected from monitoring of intranet QoS Having decided on a set of QoS objectives the technician then determines the planning threshold The planning thresholds are then based on the QoS objectives These thresholds are used to trigger network implementation decisions when the prevailing QoS is within range of the targeted values This ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 140 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines gives time for implementation processes to follow through The planning thresholds can be set 5 to 15 below the QoS objectives depending on the implementation lag time Intranet QoS monitoring To monitor one way delay and packet loss statistics you must install a d
169. cription Installation and Operation Page 60 of 378 Description does not matter for this route If the route and ToS do not match any of the other route entries the packet is routed here The entry is configured for the T LAN interface Local subnet packets is the H 323 call data intended for another ITG node connected to the same subnet This can be the immediate subnet For traffic to be sent on the local subnet the routing table entry for the T LAN port must be selected Each table entry except the default route has a ToS value configured against it Since there are two ToS values configured one for control data and one for voice data there must be two route entries for the local subnet in the table If both table entries are not present a condition occurs where packets for voice control or both can be sent to the default route because the ToS does not match the local subnet entry These packets go to the router and then back on the subnet wasting router resources and increasing traffic on the subnet The ITG ISL Trunk card configures two route table entries for the local subnet if a different ToS is configured for the voice and control packets Otherwise a single entry is created CAUTION You must have detailed knowledge of router capabilities before you change ToS Improper changes to ToS can degrade network performance 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 61 of 378 Fax support The ITG
170. cription Installation and Operation Page 66 of 378 SNMP MIB Description e Packet loss e Snapshot of remote Gateway s QoS at time of call release The End record will also be sent for calls which are not answered or are rejected These records do not include the Packet loss Number of bytes transferred Number of packets transferred and Latency SNMP is the protocol used to communicate MAT ITG alarms or events Support for the SNMP Management Information Bases MIB on the ITG ISL Trunk card is composed of two parts the standard MIB 2 and extensions for the ITG ISL Trunk card MIB 2 support Support of MIB 2 is enabled by the use of the WindRiver SNMP agent WindNet The WindNet agent supports the following MIB 2 groups e system e interfaces e AT e P Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP e TCP e UDP e SNMP The WindNet agent supports both SNMP V 1 and V2c protocols ITG SNMP agent The SNMP agent supports the Operation Administration and Maintenance OA amp M of the ITG using MAT It can configure the ITG ISL Trunk card through file transfer services The agent supports the SNMP V1 protocol The SNMP agent provides the following capabilities e Retrieval of system wide variables such as 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 67 of 378 card state number of DSPs on the card number of available voice channels IP addresses software version n
171. ct to the MSDL cable On Large Systems the NT8D81AA cable connects all 24 tip and ring pair to the I O panel see Figure 59 and Table 58 Figure 59 NTCW84KA E LAN T LAN DCH and serial cable Mounting Screw Shielded RJ 45 Cable Shielded 25 Pair Amphenol Connector Shielded RJ45 s Mating Coupler To Hub Eg Ferrite To Hub a 9 Pin D Sub Female 15 Pin D Sub Female 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Page 337 of 378 Table 58 NTCW84KA E LAN T LAN DCH amp Serial I O cable connections Part 1 of 2 I O Panel P1 Signal Name P2 P3 P4 P5 Color BSOUTB Red BDTRB Green SHLD GND Brown BSINB Blue BDCDB Orange BDSRB Yellow P2 SHLD GRND P2 SHLD GRND P2 SHLD GRND P2 SHLD GRND P2 SHLD GRND P2 SHLD GRND P2 SHLD GRND RXDB Green White RXDB White Green TXDB Orange White TXDB White Orange RX Green White RX White Green Orange White ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 338 of 378 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Table 58 NTCW84KA E LAN T LAN DCH amp Serial I O cable connections Part 2 of 2 l O Panel P1 Signal Name P2 P3 P4 P5 P1 44 TX P4 2 White Orange P1 10 P5 2 Black P1 13 P5 10 Red P1 11 P5 9 Black P1
172. ctions to make a leader Sets IP address gateway subnet mask boot method to static and leader bit in NVRAM e setLeader Enter this command to clear the leader information in NVRAM and set the boot method to use bootp making the card a follower e clearLeader Enter this command to print the values of the IP parameters that exist in NVRAM e NVRIPShow 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays Page 289 of 378 Download the ITG error log The ITG error log contains error conditions and normal events Some of the error conditions can be severe enough to raise an alarm through SNMP traps The following commands can download an ITG error log e currLogFilePut e prevLogFilePut Meridian 1 system commands LD 32 You can perform the following Meridian 1 system administration commands e Disable the indicated ITG card on page 291 Note 1 The ITG card must be disabled before card properties can be transmitted from the MAT ITG application to the card Note 2 The card reset button is only available in the MAT ITG application when the card is disabled Note 3 Disabling the ITG card in overlay 32 does not disable the active leader or backup leader functions e Disable the indicated ITG card when idle on page 291 Note This will temporarily prevent the ITG node from seizing the port from incoming calls e Disable an indicated ITG port on page 291 e Enable an i
173. d MAT automatically launches a Telnet session to the selected card Login to the ITG shell At the ITG prompt enter setLeader setLeader XXX XXX XXX XXX yyy yyy yyy yyy ZZZ ZZZ 2Z2 222 Where XXX XXX XXX Xxx is the Management IP address of Leader 0 on the E LAN e where yyy yyy yyy yyy is the Management Gateway Router IP address on the E LAN If the MAT PC will be connected locally to the LAN and there is no management LAN gateway then the Gateway IP address is 0 0 0 0 e and where zzz zzz zzz zzz is the subnet mask for the management IP address of Leader 0 on the E LAN Note 1 All ITG shell commands are case sensitive A space separates the command from the first parameter The three parameters must each be enclosed in quotation marks and there must be a comma and no spaces separating the three parameters Note 2 The Management Gateway Router IP address is used on reboot to create the IP route table default network route only if 1 there is no active leader that has this card s management MAC address in its node properties file and 2 this card s node properties file is empty size 0 Kb Note 3 IP addresses and subnet masks must be entered in dotted decimal format Note 4 If the network administrator has provided the subnet mask in CIDR format you must convert it to dotted decimal format before entering it For example 10 1 1 1 20 must be converted to IP address 10 1 1 1 with su
174. d has rebooted the card is active but there are no trunks configured on it for example the card is a Leader or DCHIP the card is active and has trunks but the trunks are disabled that is the trunks must be enabled in LD 32 Note During configuration the error message F 10 can appear This error indicates a missing Security Device It occurs since Security Devices are not implemented on ITG Trunk 2 0 You can ignore this message See ITG Trunk 2 0 faceplate maintenance display codes on page 329 fora complete list of faceplate codes Ethernet status LEDs Ethernet status LEDs for the voice interface on the daughterboard display the Ethernet activity as follows Green is always on if the carrier link pulse is received from the T LAN Ethernet hub Yellow flashes when there is data activity on the T LAN During heavy traffic yellow can stay continuously lit Note There are no Ethernet status LEDs for the management interface on the motherboard 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 41 of 378 Reset switch A reset switch on the faceplate allows an operator to manually reset the card without having to cycle power to the card This switch is normally used following a software upgrade to the card or alternatively to clear a fault condition PC Card socket There are two PC Card sockets The faceplate socket accepts either a Type I IL or Type III PC Card and is designated ATA device A Th
175. d on the network For example any ITG card on the same node can serve as the FTP host The file can be put onto the C drive of the ITG card serving as the FTP host 2 Use the swDownload command to copy the software from the PC card to the ITG card flash ROM device using the FTP client and the FTP host on the card The host name parameter in this command is the IP address of the FTP host which can be local or remote to the ITG card The user name and password are the user name and password ofthe FTP host The directory path and file name are the directory path and file name on the FTP host As a special case the FTP host can be the ITG card and the directory path is C 3 Press Enter Monitor the status of the software upgrade and check that the upgrade correctly finishes Observe any error messages that indicate problems with parameters or syntax 4 When the new software has downloaded into the flash ROM device you must reboot the ITG card to use it Use the cardReset command or press the reset button on the card faceplate 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays Page 287 of 378 Backup and restore from the ITG command line interface This procedure can be used when the preferred method using the MAT ITG PC is not available This whole procedure must be performed when a configuration file has been changed You must first use the Put commands to back up the ITG card configu
176. default ESN5 prefix for non ESN5 IP telephony gateways You must configure an ESNS prefix for the non ESN5 IP telephony gateways by using the esn5PrefixSet command from the ITG shell CLI The default esn5 prefix 100 corresponds to NCOS 00 If NCOS 00 does not allow access to all the required trunk facilities you need to change the default ESN5 prefix to work with the established NCOS plan in the customer s network Turn to ESNS network signaling on page 186 You must perform this procedure on every card in the node 1 Select the new ITG Trunk node in the upper part of the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window 2 For each card in the node right click on the card and select Telnet to ITG Card from the right click menu The Telnet window appears with the VxWorks prompt ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 224 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 3 When prompted to login enter the default or user modified login and password 4 VxWorks login itgadmin Password itgadmin ITG esn5PrefixShow Figure 38 esn5PrefixShow ITG gt esnSPrefixShow Current ESN5 Prefix is set to 100 lt default 100 value 4629744 Ox46a4fO esn5Prefix 5 At the ITG prompt enter gt esn5PrefixSet 1xx where xx the NCOS value as shown in the example in Figure 39 In the figure the default value was changed from NCOS 00 to 03 Figure 39 esn5PrefixSet
177. des Check the Node Properties Card Properties and Dialing Plan check boxes Click the Start Transmit button Monitor progress in the Transmit Control window Confirm that the Node Properties Card Properties and Dialing Plan are transmitted successfully to the Leader 0 ITG Trunk card TN At this point it is normal for transmission to Leader 1 and Follower cards to fail When the transmission is complete click the Close button Reboot the Leader 0 ITG card 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 247 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications This chapter explains how to perform ITG Trunk 2 0 Operation Administration and Maintenance OA amp M tasks using MAT Navigator Maintenance windows and system terminal passthru the MAT Alarm Notification application and MAT ITG ISDN IP Trunks application You perform most OA amp M tasks from MAT A few OA amp M tasks must be performed through the ITG shell See OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays on page 275 If MAT is temporarily unavailable you can perform many OA amp M tasks from the ITG shell as an alternative method MAT OA amp M procedure summary Delete a node on page 248 Database locking on page 249 ITG Card Properties on page 250 Add Dialing Plan entries on page 254 Transmit configuration data on page 259 Add an ITG ISL Trunk node on MAT by retrieving an existing node on page 262 Retrieve and add an ITG ISL Trunk Node for maintenance a
178. dialing plans within the corporate network Configure the dialing plan by programming Overlays 86 87 and 90 as required Configure the Meridian 1 ESN by creating or modifying data blocks in overlays 86 87 and 90 as required The Meridian 1 and MAT ITG Trunk dialing plan information must correspond Make the ITG the first choice least cost entry in the route list block When adding ITG tie trunks to an existing ESN a common practice will be to create a new RLB for ESN translations that are intended to be routed by the ITG network Insert the new ITG route ahead of the existing alternate routes for circuit switched facilities which are therefore shifted to the next higher entry number Remember to increment the ISET initial set if Call Back Queueing or Expensive Route Warning tone are being used Turn on Step Back on Congestion SBOC for the ITG Trunk route For the ITG Trunk route entry in the route list block RLB enter RRA at the SBOC prompt to enable Fallback to alternate circuit switched trunk route due to network QoS falling below the defined threshold for the ITG Trunk node or when there are no ports available at the destination ITG Trunk node ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 186 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Turn off ITG route during peak traffic periods on the IP data network Based on site data if fall back routing occurs frequently and consi
179. e 12 shows the number of trunks required based on average busy hour CCS for a 1 blocking Grade of Service Table 13 shows the number of trunks required based on average busy hour CCS for a 10 blocking Grade of Service Note A lower Grade of Service such as P 10 may be preferred if overflow routing is available through the PSTN circuit switched VPN or ITG ISL TIE trunks Table 12 Trunk traffic Poisson 1 percent blocking Grade of Service Part 1 of 2 Trunks CCS Trunks CCS Trunks CCS Trunks CCS Trunks CCS 1 0 4 21 426 41 993 61 81 62 82 63 83 64 84 65 85 66 86 67 87 68 88 69 89 70 90 71 91 72 92 73 93 74 94 75 95 76 96 77 97 78 98 79 99 80 Note For trunk traffic greater than 4427 CCS allow 29 5 CCS per trunk 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 95 of 378 Table 12 Trunk traffic Poisson 1 percent blocking Grade of Service Part 2 of 2 Trunks CCS Trunks CCS Trunks CCS Trunks CCS Trunks CCS Note For trunk traffic greater than 4427 CCS allow 29 5 CCS per trunk Table 13 Trunk traffic Poisson 10 percent blocking Grade of Service Part 1 of 2 Trunks CCS Trunks CCS Trunks CCS Trunks CCS Trunks CCS 1 3 8 18 462 35 996 52 69 53 70 54 71 55 72 56 73 57 74 58 75 59 76 60 77 61 78 62 79 63 80 64 81 65 82 66 83 67 84 68 85 Note For trunk traffic greater than 4843 CCS allow 34 CCS per trunk ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Li
180. e Leader 0 card will be in a state of backup leader The faceplate display will show BLDR It cannot yet be in a state of active leader until you have successfully transmitted the node properties from MAT to the Leader 0 card Transmit the node properties card properties and dialing plan to Leader 0 Verify that the ITG Trunk cards are disabled in LD32 in the Meridian 1 before transmitting card properties Note It is necessary to disable ITG Trunk cards whenever transmitting card properties or new software Use the MAT Maintenance Windows the MAT System Passthru terminal or use a Meridian system management terminal directly connected to a TTY port on the Meridian 1 Use the overlay 32 DISI command to disable the ITG cards when idle In the MAT IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk main window select View Refresh and verify that the card status is showing Disabled If the card status is showing unequipped configure the card in LD14 1 From the MAT Navigator window double click the ITG ISDN IP Trunks icon from the Services folder The IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window opens 2 Select the ITG Trunk node for which you want to transmit properties from the list in the upper part of the window 3 Select Leader 0 from the list in the lower part of the window 4 In the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window select menu Configuration Synchronize Transmit 5 Leave the radio button default
181. e MAT Alarm Management to receive SNMP traps from ITG ISL Trunk cards 0 0 0000 Make test calls to the remote ITG nodes 0005 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks llesesseeeeese Upgrade procedure summary 0 0 0 0 cee senes Before you begin 4 c odo acea ERA Install the DCHIP hardware upgrade kit 0 0 Install the DCHIP I O Panel breakout cable from the upgrade kit Upgrade the 8 port ITG basic trunk software to ITG ISL trunk software 0 0 eee e Step 1 Remove ITG 1 0 configuration files Step 2 Transmit ITG Trunk 2 0 software to the 8 port cards Remove ITG 1 0 configuration data from Meridian 1 Configure the Meridian 1 ITG ISL Trunk data upgrade considerations 2 0 cece eee eee eee Verify ROM BIOS version Upgrade Troubleshooting lesse eene MAT cannot refresh view Card not responding How to upgrade software using the ITG shell OA amp M using MAT applications MAT OA amp M procedure summary l l eee Delete nodes cer exte eed cp SE Database locking ases eer IAENGURUR RIA ITG Card Properties s vx can AER ee eee SS ITG Card Properties Maintenance window ITG Card Properties Configuration window DSP maintenance window 00 0 e eee ee eee eee D chann
182. e QoS level for each site pair In order to offer voice and fax services over the intranet the technician should keep the network within a Good or Excellent QoS level at the Meant o operating region Fax services should not be offered on routes that have only Fair or Poor QoS levels If the expected QoS levels of some or all routes fall short of being Good the technician will need to evaluate the options and costs for upgrading the intranet Using Appendix A the technician can estimate the amount of one way delay that needs to be reduced to raise the QoS level Fine tune Network QoS on page 119 provides guidelines for reducing one way delay Often this involves a link upgrade a topology change or implementation of QoS in the network 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 119 of 378 The technician can decide to keep costs down and accept a temporary Fair QoS level for a selected route In that case having made a calculated trade off in quality you need to carefully monitor the QoS level reset expectations with the end users and be receptive to user feedback Fine tune Network QoS Topics presented in this section deal with issues that will impact the QoS of ITG traffic They are informative for understanding how to fine tune a network to improve its QoS but are not directly involved as a part of network engineering procedure These are advanced topics to help a technician fine tu
183. e and password are now stored in the non volatile RAM on the ITG card and will be retained when the card is reset powered off or on Reset the default ITG shell password If you lose the ITG shell password you can reset the ITG shell user name and password to the default itgadmin This procedure requires physical access to the ITG card You cannot perform this procedure through Telnet 1 Connect a terminal to the ITG card maintenance port 2 Press the reset button on the ITG card observe the sequence of start up messages from the card 3 Look for the prompt to enter the BIOS ROM You have approximately 2 3 seconds to enter xxx when this prompt appears If you see the prompt vxWorks login you have lost the BIOS ROM prompt and you must reset the card again At the BIOS ROM shell prompt enter the following command nvramClear This command clears the user configured password the leader flag and the IP configuration information from the NVRAM 4 Press the reset button on the card again The ITG Trunk card starts up and displays T 20 on the 4 character display the ITG card will begin sending bootp requests on the E LAN A series of dots appears on the TTY ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 280 of 378 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays 5 Type to bring up the ITG shell command line prompt When prompted to login enter the default username and pass
184. e customer data block must be the same as the PNI configured in the route data block at the far end for outgoing calls from the far end toward this Meridian 1 node Network calling name allowed Network Call Redirection allowed Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 181 of 378 Table 34 LD 16 Configure the ITG ISL TIE Trunk route data block Part 3 of 4 pem pmo e Call type for outgoing call dialed with the route access code ACOD Set to appropriate call type for ITG Trunk node numbering plan in order to make test calls using ACOD INAC stands for automatic insertion of the ESN access code on incoming calls according to ISDN call types corresponding to NPA NXX INTL SPN LOC etc Note Using INAC YES can simplify the configuration of the ESN RLBs and DGT It is recommended for MCDN features with non call associated signalling e g NMS NACD NRAG Note By default the INAC feature puts all ESN call types except for CDP under AC1 If any call types must go under AC2 for INAC use LD15 to configure them at the AC2 prompt at the customer data block Incoming and or Outgoing trunk Incoming and Outgoing Linear search method See Note 1 Standard signaling arrangement ESN 5 signaling Note Unless you are using ESN5 SIGO outgoing signaling protocol must be set to STD Note f SIGO equals ESN5 Select SL1ESN5 from the pull down list in the Protocol field in the MAT Node Properties configuration t
185. e internal socket is reserved for the NTWEO7AA C7LIU DCH PC Card on the DCHIP Maintenance display This is a four character LED based dot matrix display It shows the card boot sequence and is labeled with the card role as follows e LDR Active Leader e BLDR Backup Leader e FLR Follower RS 232 maintenance port The ITG ISL Trunk card has a DIN 8 serial maintenance port connection on the faceplate and an alternative connection to the same serial port on the I O backplane Do not connect two maintenance terminals to both the faceplate and I O panel serial maintenance port connections at the same time Voice Ethernet port T LAN The faceplate Ethernet connector is a 9 pin sub miniature D type connector The voice Ethernet port on the daughterboard is identified as InPcil in the ITG shell WARNING Do not connect a T LAN cable to the Faceplate 9 pin Voice port connector NWK You must connect the T LAN cable to the I O cable ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 42 of 378 Description Backplane interfaces The following interfaces are provided on the ITG backplane connector DS 30X voice signaling Carries PCM voice and proprietary signaling on the IPE backplane between the ITG Trunk card and the Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Controller XPEC Card LAN Carries card polling and initialization messages on the IPE backplane between the ITG Trunk card and
186. e node IP addresses of any existing ITG Trunk nodes in the network Note Refer the network administrator to the Engineering Guidelines section for information on ITG Trunk IP address requirements An ITG node is a collection of ITG cards in an Meridian 1 system for a selected customer Each node in the ITG network has a property sheet that configures the options that apply to the node s cards MAT stores Node Properties data This data generates the bootptab file You transmit the data to the Active Leader Note The bootptab file is a configuration file that downloads to the Active Leader card It contains the list of cards and related IP and MAC addresses for the node Bootptab is short for bootp table When transmitted to the ITG Active Leader card it is renamed bootp 1 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 192 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Add an ITG Trunk node on MAT manually This section uses the MAT 6 6 or later ITG ISDN IP Trunk application to manually add and configure an ITG Trunk node and add ITG Trunk cards to the node A network of multiple ITG Trunk nodes can be configured and managed from the same MAT PC Every ITG Trunk node must first be added manually on the MAT PC and the MAT ITG Trunk configuration data must be transmitted to the ITG Trunk node during installation After adding a new ITG Trunk node on the MAT PC the diali
187. ed card Click the Configuration tab of the Card Properties window and check the S W version Use the overlay 32 ENLC command to re enable the ITG cards The software upgrade procedure is complete Upgrade the DCHIP PC Card 1 Copy the DCHIP PC Card driver to the C drive of the Leader card using FTP In the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window right click on the DCHIP card and select Telnet to ITG Card from the right click menu The Telnet window appears with the VxWorks prompt When prompted to login enter the default username and password as VxWorks login itgadmin Password itgadmin ITG gt Disable the ITG Trunk 2 0 card in LD32 DISI Isc Wait for the NPRxx message Use the command DCHdisable to disable the D channel function on the card ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 230 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 6 Use the command loader 1 C pcmv32 bin to transfer the DCHIP PC Card software to the DCHIP PC Card Note The 1 indicates the internal PC Card slot on the DCHIP Card For the external PC Card Slot use 0 The DCHIP card checks whether or not it is a Leader card If itis a Leader card it copies the DCHIP PC Card software from its own C drive If itis not a Leader card it will FTP the DCHIP PC Card from the Active Leader card Since the FTP server on the ITG card is password protected the user i
188. ed packet switching technology providing bandwidth efficiency for bursty data traffic that can tolerate high latency and jitter variation in latency Since IP supported the TCP transport layer which provided connection oriented and reliable transport IP took on the properties of being connectionless and a best effort delivery mechanism The TCP IP paradigm worked well in supporting data applications at that time New considerations come into play now when the same corporate network is expected to deliver voice traffic The intranet introduces impairments delay delay variation and data packet loss at levels that are higher than those delivered by voice networks Delay between talker and listener changes the dynamics and reduces the efficiency of conversations while delay variation and packet errors causes introduces glitches in conversation Connecting the ITG nodes to the corporate intranet without preliminary assessments can result in unacceptable degradation in the voice service instead correct design procedures and principles must be considered 1 For the sake of abbreviation the term voice services also includes fax services 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 75 of 378 A good design of the ITG network must begin with an understanding of traffic and the underlying network that will transmit the traffic There are three preliminary steps that you must undertake 1 Calculate ITG traffic The
189. ed to the ITG card through the backplane Only ports 1 and 3 are available for use as DCHI The ITG card uses a 10BaseT Ethernet port located on the card backplane I O connector to carry ITG system management traffic and connects to the Embedded LAN E LAN These engineering guidelines address the design of the ITG network which consists of e ITG nodes e Telephony LANs T LANSs to which the ITG nodes are connected e A corporate intranet which connects the different T LANs together These guidelines require that the Enterprise customer has a corporate intranet in place that spans the sites where the ITG nodes are to be installed ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 74 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Network engineering guidelines overview Traditionally Meridian 1 networks depended on voice services such as LEC and IXC private lines With ITG technology the Meridian 1 can select a new delivery mechanism one that uses packet switching over a data network or corporate intranet The role of the ITG node is to convert steady stream digital voice into fixed length IP packets provide ISDN signalling and translate PSTN numbers into IP addresses The IP packets are transported across the IP data network with a low latency that varies with strict limits In the data world in the late 1960s IP evolved from a protocol that allowed multi vendor hosts to communicate The protocol adopt
190. ee Tables 45 and 46 Table 45 Supported Overlay 32 commands Part 1 of 2 mmm mmm 00 DISC Isc Disable the indicated card where loop s shelf and c card DISI Isc Disable the indicated card when idle where loop s shelf and c card DISUIscu Disable the indicated unit where loop s shelf c card and u unit ENLC Isc Enable the indicated card where loop s shelf and c card ENLUIscu Enable the indicated unit where loop s shelf c card and u unit IDC lsc Print the Card ID information for the specific card where loop s shelf and c card ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 304 of 378 Maintenance Table 45 Supported Overlay 32 commands Part 2 of 2 mmm mmm STATIsc Print the Meridian 1 software status of the indicated card where loop s shelf and c card STATIscu Print the Meridian 1 software status of the indicated unit where loop s shelf c card and u unit Note 1 For Option 11C and Option 11C Mini the TN address lt s c gt should be replaced by lt s c gt and the lt I s c u gt address by scu gt Table 46 Supported Overlay 36 commands C mmm 0 DISC Isc Disable the indicated card where loop s shelf and c card DISUIscu Disable the indicated unit where loop s shelf c card and u unit ENLC Isc Enable the indicated card where lo
191. el maintenance 00 eee ee ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 12 of 378 Contents Add Dialing Plan entries llle esee 254 Transmit configuration data 0 0 cee eee eee 259 Add an ITG ISL Trunk node on MAT by retrieving an existing node 262 Retrieve and add an ITG ISL Trunk Node for administration purposes 0 0 eee eee eee eee 263 Retrieve and add an ITG ISL Trunk Node for maintenance and diagnostic purposes 0 0 0 c eee eee eee 265 Configuration audit 0 0 0 ee eee ee 266 Retrieve ITG configuration information from the ITG node 266 Schedule and generate and view ITG OM reports 268 Backup and restore operations 0 00 00 02s 268 Alarm Notification 0 0 0 0 cece eee eee 269 Meridian 1 system commands LD 32 04 270 Disable the indicated ITG card 0 0 000000 272 Disable the indicated ITG card when idle 273 Disable an indicated ITG port llle esee ess 273 Enable an indicated ITG card 00 0000 00005 273 Enable an indicated ITG port 00000000 273 Display ITG card ID information lesse esses 274 Display ITG card status 2 0 0 0 eee eee eee 274 Display ITG card port status 00 0 0 eee eee 274 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays 275 ITG
192. elay and route monitoring tool such as ping and traceroute on the T LAN of each ITG site Each delay monitoring tool will be running continuously injecting probe packets to each ITG site about every minute The amount of load generated by this is not considered important At the end of the month the hours with the highest one way delay are noted within those hours the packet loss and standard deviation statistics can be computed See Measure intranet QoS on page 114 for information about implementation of the ping hosts and the use of scripting See Obtain QoS measurement tools on page 118 for information about where to obtain other more specialized delay and route monitoring tools At the end of the month the technician can analyze each site s QoS information Table 23 provides a sample Table 23 QoS monitoring One way pues Packet loss Mean o ms Mean o 96 Last Current Last Current Last Current Objective period period period period period period Site pair Santa Clara 135 166 1 2 Excellent Good Excellent Richardson Santa Clara 240 155 3 1 Good Excellent Excellent Ottawa Etc Declines in QoS can be observed through the comparison of QoS between last period and current period If a route does not meet your QoS objective you must take immediate action to improve the route s performance 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 141 of 378 ITG net
193. elded 25 Pair Amphenol Connector to the I O Panel filter connector in order to tie the shield of the LAN cable to the Meridian 1 frame ground for EMC compliance 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 165 of 378 Figure 24 NTCW84KA E LAN T LAN DCH and serial cable Mounting Screw Shielded RJ 45 Cable Shielded 25 Pair Amphenol Connector Shielded RJ45 x Mating Coupler To Hub F Ferrite To Hub a 9 Pin D Sub Female 15 Pin D Sub Female ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 166 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Install the NTMF94EA cable for non DCHIP cards 1 Connect the NTMF94EA cable see Figure 25 to the I O panel connector Make sure to connect to the I O panel connector which corresponds to the left slot number of the DCHIP card 2 Secure the mounting screw provided on the top of the Shielded 25 Pair Amphenol Connector to the I O Panel filter connector in order to tie the shield of the LAN cable to the Meridian 1 frame ground for EMC compliance Figure 25 NTMF943A E LAN T LAN and serial port cable Mounting Screw Shielded RJ 45 Cable Shielded 25 Pair Amphenol Connector Shielded RJ45 Ta Mating Coupler To Hub vm Ferrite
194. elf or cabinet Place card on a static safe surface Avoid touching electronic components 3 Install the NTWE07AA DCHIP PC Card into the internal PC Card slot on the ITG 8 port Trunk card that has been selected to provide the DCHIP function see Figure 43 4 Connect the NTCW84EA pigtail cable from port 0 of the DCHIP PC Card to the J14 pin header on the motherboard of the DCHIP card see Figure 43 The cable routes the D Channel signals to the backplane and the I O panel The PC Card connector is keyed to allow insertion only in the correct direction The J14 pin header connector is not keyed Be careful to align the connector with the pin header Figure 43 DCHIP PC card and NTCW84EA pigtail cable 8 port DaughterBoard NTCW84EA Pigtail Cable DCHIP PC Card Pin header 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks Page 239 of 378 5 Pull the top and bottom locking devices away from the ITG faceplate Insert the ITG card into the card slots and carefully push it until it makes contact with the backplane connector Hook the locking devices Install the DCHIP I O Panel breakout cable from the upgrade kit The breakout cable provides one D channel connector If you are installing the DCHIP upgrade kit for the NTCW80AA 8 port ITG Trunk card use the NTCW84MA I O Panel breakout cable If you are installing the DCHIP upgrade kit for the NTCW80CA
195. ems on page 174 or LD 17 Configure the ISL D channel for the ITG DCHIP card Small Systems on page 176 as appropriate 1 Build a new route data block for the ITG ISL trunks using the same route number Set INAC YES in the route data blocks RDB for the ITG ISL routes at all Meridian 1 ESN nodes See Table 34 LD 16 Configure the ITG ISL TIE Trunk route data block on page 179 Note Any references to the ITG trunk route number in ESN route list blocks will still be valid after you are finished 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks Page 245 of 378 2 8 9 10 11 Go to LD14 and add ISL trunks to the new ISL route See Table 35 LD 14 Configure ITG ISL 8 or 24 port trunk cards and units on page 182 for complete information In LD14 at prompt REQ enter new 8 Note Do this configuration on a card by card basis At prompt XTRK specify itg2 In LD14 at prompt MAXU enter 8 Look at the MAT dialing plan Go to LD90 and determine which RLBs are used for ITG translations that are used for ITG destinations Print NPA Nxx or LOC In LD86 remove digit manipulation and print out RLBs Do not use ESN digit manipulation tables for the ITG ISL Trunks Note You need to determine which RLBs are usedfor the ITG trunks You need to know which ESN translations are using the ITG RLB Inspect entries in RLB Find the entry that refers to ITG b
196. ence resres oet reU Rene eee xe uerus ITG equipment requirements sees SCOPE seek ens ack tet ach aud Po AE MeV e Her Xn eee debut Network engineering guidelines overview sese ITG traffic engineering 00 cee es Use of Ethernet and WAN bandwidth 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 52 53 54 55 56 57 57 58 59 61 62 63 64 64 66 66 66 68 68 68 69 69 70 70 70 71 72 72 73 74 76 76 Contents Page 7 of 378 Disable silence suppression at tandem nodes 78 Simultaneous voice traffic with silence suppression 79 T LAN traffic calculations 0 0 cece ee eee 81 General LAN and WAN engineering considerations 84 Fax engineering considerations 0 0 00 00 sees 85 Configuration of Meridian routes and network translation 86 Configure the IP router on the T LAN esee 87 Leader And DCHIP Card Real Time Engineering 88 Provisioning ITG ISL TIE trunks and routes 94 WAN route engineering 0 cee eee s 97 Assess WAN link resources 0 0 0 cece eee eens 101 Link utlhzation sec Rr m ba ee ek bea EET DRE TUR 101 Estimate network loading caused by ITG traffic 102 Route Link Traffic Estimation 0 0 00 eee eee eee 104 Decision Enough capacity 2 2 0 0 2 eee eee 106 Insufficient link capacity
197. ent for a battery backup for the card The ITG card can be removed from the IPE shelf indefinitely and still retain all configuration data 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 329 of 378 ITG Trunk 2 0 faceplate maintenance display codes The ITG maintenance display provides startup codes operating mode and error information on the functional card state Table 56 lists the startup codes and operating mode codes When the ITG starts up it performs multiple self tests The faceplate display shows the test results If self tests T 00 T 09 fail the self test program stops and the faceplate displays an F xx message to indicate which test failed For example if the timer test T 05 fails F 05 is displayed If more than one test fails the message displayed indicates the first failure If self tests T 10 T 17 fail the display contains the failure message for three seconds and the card goes on to the next test If more than one test fails the message displayed indicates the last failure Table 56 Faceplate maintenance display message summary Part 1 of 4 Code Code ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 330 of 378 Maintenance Table 56 Faceplate maintenance display message summary Part 2 of 4 Normal Fault Code Code Description T 10 F 10 Testing for presence of security device The NT0961 has no security device Note For ITG Trunk 2 0 a
198. ep A Radius Accounting Server collects call records from the ITG ISL trunk cards and generates billing reports 1 Click the Accounting Server tab see Figure 34 2 Click the Enable Radius accounting records checkbox ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 206 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Figure 34 ITG Node Properties window Accounting Server tab New ITG Node x General Configuration DSP Profile SNMP Traps Routing and IPs Accounting Server Security The accounting server receives call records from the ITG cards and generates billing reports If the accounting server is to be used enter the IP address Port number and key The key is used as a signature for authentication of the radius records Changes must be transmitted to each card Accounting server IP address E a Port number 1813 Key Cancel Apply Help 3 Enter the Radius accounting server IP address Add the same Accounting Server IP address configured in the Card Routing Table entries as discussed in Configure SNMP Traps Routing and IPs tab on page 204 4 Change the default port number from the default 1813 if required 5 Enter the key The key is a signature for authentication of the Radius records It can be a maximum of 64 alohanumeric characters 6 Click Apply 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 2
199. equired for every PC running MAT 6 6 A security device is not required for the PC server as it is only used to store MAT data and does not actually run any MAT applications Each of the MAT client PCs on the customer LAN are allowed connectivity to IP addresses of the Meridian 1 s 1 MAT client PC in switchroom has access to the File Server on the customer network Block broadcast messages from the customer LAN to the Meridian 1 private LAN Block access to the Meridian 1 private LAN from non MAT client PCs for security reasons MAT PC hardware and software requirements The list below provides the recommended minimum PC hardware and software recommended to run MAT 6 6 Other applications launched while you use MAT may require increased RAM A Pentium Processor PC with 100 MHz or faster CPU One GB or larger hard disk drive with 500 MB or more free space includes Windows 95 NT 4 0 requirements Please refer to system datastore column in the hard drive requirements chart that follows 32 MB or RAM minimum SVGA color monitor and interface card 800x600 resolution for graphics 3 1 2 inch 1 44 MB floppy disk drive Windows 95 or Windows NT 4 0 with Microsoft TCP IP installed Ethernet Network Interface Card Hayes compatible modem is optional to connect to remote systems required for polling configurations 9600 bps or better is recommended PC COM port with 16550 UART ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL
200. er and DCHIP functions can reside on a single card or multiple cards If a Follower card is equipped with a DCH PC card it can function as a DCHIP ITG Trunk card As a ITG Trunk node becomes larger with more trunk traffic load balancing should be configured When load balancing is required the Leader and DCHIP functionality are placed on separate cards which are assigned the least call traffic For the largest ITG Trunk nodes and networks the Leader and DCHIP cards can be partially configured with trunk ports or have no trunk ports at all An example configuration that allows for redundancy and backup is the following e Card 1 Leader and DCHIP 1 e Card 2 Backup Leader and DCHIP 2 e Card 3 Follower 1 24 trunks connected with DCHIP 1 e Card 4 Follower 2 24 trunks connected with DCHIP 2 To support more trunks more DCHs can be added Each DCHIP card can support a maximum of 15 NT0961 AA 24 Port Follower cards This limit is due to the maximum limit of 382 trunks in an ISL route Note Each DCHIP controls a separate group of Follower cards If a DCHIP fails its associated Followers are removed from service as well For very large nodes it is recommended that Follower cards be spread across multiple DCHIPs in order to provide some resiliency by allowing the ITG node to continue handling calls if one DCHIP fails A DCHIP card and all of the ITG ISL Trunk cards connected with it belong to one Leader card This means that
201. ere loop s shelf c Card u unit IDC Isc Print the Card ID information for the described card where loop s shelf C card STATISsc Print the Meridian 1 software status of the indicated card where loop s shelf c card STATIscu Print the Meridian 1 software status of the indicated unit where loop s shelf c card u unit Disable the indicated ITG card To disable the indicated ITG card in LD 32 use the following command DISC Isc Disable the indicated ITG card where loop s shelf C card 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 273 of 378 Disable the indicated ITG card when idle To disable the indicated ITG card when idle in LD 32 use the following command DISIIsc Disable the indicated ITG card when idle where loop s shelf C card Disable an indicated ITG port To disable a indicated ITG port in LD 32 use the following command DISUIscu Disable the indicated ITG unit port where loop s shelf c card u unit Enable an indicated ITG card To enable a indicated ITG card in LD 32 use the following command ENLC Isc Enable the indicated ITG card where loop s shelf C card Enable an indicated ITG port To enable a indicated ITG port in LD 32 use the following command ENLUIscu Enable the indicated ITG unit port where loop s shelf C card ITG
202. ere they originated The TRACE File asks each module to report all events and records the errors in order in a complete event log Each event is marked with a severity indicator LOG File All hardware alarms normal log messages and severe events are logged in one single LOG file ITG shell command set ITG shell commands are designed to supplement overlay commands and to introduce new features specific to the ITG platform To access ITG shell commands connect a MAT PC or a TTY to the RS 232 Maintenance port on the ITG card faceplate Alternatively connect the MAT PC or a TTY to the Serial I O Panel port to create a more permanent connection to the ITG card maintenance port CAUTION Never connect to the front and back serial ports at the same time ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 308 of 378 Maintenance Note All ITG shell commands are case sensitive Commands are grouped into eight categories as shown in Tables 50 55 Table 50 General purpose commands Part 1 of 3 Command Description cardReset Perform a warm reboot of the ITG card The card has to be in the OOS state to be able to use this command itgCardShow Show card information IdrResTableShow Show Backup Leader and Followers for a given Leader itgChanStateShow Show state of channels for example busy or idle h323SessionShow Show H323 session information for each channel itgMemShow Show memo
203. ervention is required A number of these alarms indicate the clearance of a major alarm shown later in this table ITG0100 Successful bootup All alarms If this happens other than a known cleared power on event or a user invoked card reset the causes of recurring bootup must be investigated Contact Nortel Networks technical support ITGO101 Exit from QoS fallback Normal Indicates recovery from ITG0203 operation restored Recurrent QoS fallback and recovery can indicate network faults far end ITG Trunk node failure or network QoS configuration errors ITGO102 Ethernet voice port restored to Indicates recovery from ITG0402 normal operation ITGO103 Ethernet management port Indicates recovery from ITG0403 restored to normal operation ITGO104 DSP successfully reset Indicates recovery from ITG0204 ITG0105 Exit from card fallback Leader card restored ITG0150 D channel Link Layer restored Indicates recovery from ITG0450 Channels returned to service Minor Alarms No intervention required These alarms indicate transient events that do not require technician intervention Recurring minor alarms indicate potential ITG node engineering issues that require analysis by a technician ITG0200 Voice Ethernet buffer exceeded Indicates T LAN interface hardware Packet s discarded problems or excessive T LAN traffic ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 298 of 378 Main
204. es the accounting portion of the RADIUS protocol The ITG ISL Trunk card uses the authentication algorithm based on RFC1321 Configuration Use MAT to configure the following RADIUS parameters e Enable disable RADIUS record generation e IP address of the RADIUS listener e P port number of the RADIUS listener e Key for authenticating RADIUS records the key is maintained between the RADIUS client and the RADIUS server Data is configured at the ITG node level and is distributed to all ITG ISL Trunk cards associated with the node Messaging The RADIUS client sends two records to the network listener one when the call is answered and one at the end of the call The messages are sent by the Follower card which processes the voice call not the DCHIP or Leader if they are not handling the voice data The RADIUS protocol uses UDP for message exchange The client sends a message to the listener and waits for an acknowledgment If no acknowledgment is received the client re transmits the record using the standard exponential backoff theme The data is stored on the card until an acknowledgment is received When an acknowledgment is received the data is discarded The client stores a maximum of 100 records This allows two Start and two End records for each of the 24 ports Start record The Start record is sent when the call is answered It contains the following fields Calling party number e Originating IP address and port e Ca
205. ese cards should remain in the disabled state after the upgrade so that the technician can issue a Reset command from the Maintenance menu or the Maintenance tab in the ITG Card Properties window to each card to reboot them Or you can reset the cards by pressing the reset button on the card faceplate using a pointed object Double click each upgraded card and check the software version on the Configuration tab of the Card Properties Use the LD 32 ENLC command to re enable the ITG cards The software upgrade procedure is complete Replace an ITG card If following a reboot the ITG card displays an F xx on the LED Maintenance Display this indicates an unrecoverable hardware failure The card will not register with the Meridian 1 For a complete listing of faceplate Maintenance Display codes see ITG Trunk 2 0 faceplate maintenance display codes on page 329 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 322 of 378 Maintenance Remove the card for two to three seconds and then reinstall it If the failure continues you must replace the card Use the following procedure to replace the card 1 Locate the node of the bad card a Open the ITG ISDN IP Trunks application in MAT b Inthe upper part of the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk window click on the site name All the cards in the node are listed in the lower part of the window C Locate the card to be replaced in
206. est calls to the remote ITG nodes Make test calls to check that e the ITG system can process calls from each node to a remote node e the ITG trunk cards are enabled e the Quality of Service as defined within the Dialing Plan window is acceptable Check the ITG operational report If Fallback to PSTN occurs examine the IP data network for problems Also check the ITG cards dialing plan table and verify that the remote ITG node is powered up configured and enabled 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 235 of 378 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks ITG Trunk 1 0 customers can upgrade their systems to ITG 2 0 to include ISDN Signaling Link ISL capabilities An upgraded ITG Trunk 2 0 node can support 8 port and 24 port ITG Trunk cards in the same node You must upgrade all eight port cards in a node to ITG ISL software ITG Trunk 2 0 also supports interworking between ITG ISL Trunk nodes and ITG 1 0 Basic Trunk nodes in the same network Upgrade procedure summary 1 If required select at least one 8 port trunk card to support DCHIP functionality In some cases a new 24 port card will support DCHIP functionality Install DCHIP PC Card and pigtail cable in the selected 8 port trunk card Remove all ITG Trunk 1 0 software and configuration files from the 8 port cards Install new ITG ISL Trunk software on the 8 port cards Remove ITG 1 0 configuration data from Meridian 1 Configu
207. et the configuration files from MAT using a File Transfer Protocol FTP server on MAT Before you can transmit configuration data Perform the following procedures in any order before transmitting configuration data Install the ITG Trunk cards in the Meridian 1 IPE modules or cabinets and cable them to the T LAN and E LAN Ethernet hubs Ethernet switches and IP routers Configure the ITG Trunk data in the Meridian 1 Disable the ITG Trunk cards in LD32 Configure the ITG Trunk data on MAT Connect a local RS232 terminal to the serial maintenance port to set the Leader 0 IP address Under certain conditions the local terminal is required to configure IP routing table entries in the Leader 1 card and each of the Follower cards Connect the MAT PC to the local E LAN subnet or to a remote subnet across the LAN WAN from a remote subnet ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 216 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Setting the Leader 0 IP address Configure the IP address of the Leader 0 ITG card using the ITG shell command line interface 1 To access the ITG shell connect a MAT PC to the RS232 serial maintenance port on the faceplate of the ITG Leader 0 card through an NTAG81CA PC Maintenance cable If required use an NTAG81BA Maintenance Extender cable to provide an extension between the NTAG81CA PC Maintenance cable and the MAT PC Alternatively connect t
208. expected to be offered to the IP network Calculate fax on IP Traffic CCS user sending fax of pages sent fax Average Time to send a page default 48 seconds 100 CCS user receiving fax of pages received fax Average Time to receive a page default 48 seconds 100 Total fax CCS Tx CCS fax sent No of users sending fax CCS fax received No of users receiving fax The user to send or receive a fax can be the same person or different persons It is the number of faxed documents and the average number of pages per faxed document that are important The time unit for fax traffic is also the busy hour The busy hour selected must be the hour that gives the highest combined voice and fax traffic Total the ITG CCS Total ITG traffic T Tv Tx ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 82 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines 4 Refer to Poisson P 01 Table to find ITG ports required to provide a blocking Grade of Service of 1 assuming Poisson random distribution of call origination and zero correlation among calls Note A lower Grade of Service such as P 10 may be preferred if overflow routing is available through the PSTN circuit switched VPN or ITG ISL TIE trunks For P 01 blocking Grade of Service the number of trunks ITG ports in Table 12 on page 94 which provides a CCS higher than T is the solution For P 10 blocking Grade of Service refer to Table 18 on page 9
209. f the output is shown below Richardson3 traceroute santa clara itg4 traceroute to santa clara itg4 10 3 2 7 30 hops max 32 byte packets r6 10 8 0 1 1ms 1ms 1 ms rb 10 18 0 2 42 ms 44 ms 38 ms r4 10 28 0 3 78 ms 70 ms 81 ms rl 10 3 0 1 92 ms 90 ms 101 ms santa clara itg4 10 3 2 7 94 ms 297 ms 95 ms Ow WN H The traceroute program can be used to check if routing in the intranet is symmetric or not for each of the source destination pairs Use the g loose source routing option as shown in the following command syntax Richardson3 traceroute g santa_clara_itg4 richardson3 The traceroute program identifies the intranet links that transmit ITG traffic For example if traceroute of four site pairs yield the results shown in Table 17 then the load of ITG traffic per link can be computed as shown in Table 18 Table 17 Traceroute identification of intranet links Site pair Intranet route Santa Clara Richardson R1 R4 R5 R6 Santa Clara Ottawa R1 R2 Santa Clara Tokyo R1 R4 R5 R7 Richardson Ottawa R2 R3 R5 R6 1 The option letter can be different depending on vendor implementation 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Table 18 Route Link Traffic Estimation Page 105 of 378 Traffic from Santa Clara Richardson Santa Clara Tokyo Ottawa Tokyo Santa Clara Richardson Santa Clara Tokyo Ottawa Tokyo Santa Clara Richardson Richardson Ottawa Santa Cl
210. file on the MAT PC If you know the path to the ITG28xx mms software file software type the path information in the Software field Or click the Browse button to find and select the file and click the open button in the Browser so that the software path and filename appear in the Software field in the ITG Transmit options window ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 242 of 378 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks 5 Click the Start Transmit button Monitor progress in the Transmit control window Confirm that the card software is transmitted successfully to all the 8 port ITG Trunk cards The window identifies the cards by their TNs If the message in the control window indicates the software transmit is unsuccessful do not press Cancel Leave the Transmit Control window open displaying the location of the software file on MAT If you can Telnet to the card from MAT but MAT shows the card status as Not Responding MAT ITG SNMP MIB is incompatible with the ITG 8 port software version In this case the software upgrade must be executed from the ITG shell CLI of each 8 port card in the node see step a and Figure 44 a ITG swDownload IP address of MAT PC itguser itguser ITG28xx mms where xx indicates the latest version of the ITG Trunk 2 0 software for the 8 port card Note Be sure to hit the space bar after you type in swDownload and enter the q
211. folder and click Open The Devices txt file opens Bl Devices tc Notepad joy x File Edit Search Help This file contains a list of specific devices to be monitored by Alarm Notification As this file may be replaced during a software upgrade it is suggested that any changes be made in a copy and the copy used The following are example definitions Meridiant 192 9 208 1 my m1 Wheridiani 192 9 266 2 HhMeridiani sample m1 HITG 47 82 45 161 ITG_ISDN_TRK 47 82 46 64 HITG IP LINE 47 114 40 31 HISS7 h7 59 5 78 HBRAVO 57 59 5 88 CALL PILOT 47 235 12 85 HBS456 47 32 164 86 Li User provided devices should be added below this line 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 233 of 378 Figure 42 Devices txt file Devices Notepad Elle Edit Search Help ft This file contains a list of specific devices to be monitored by Alarm Notification fs this file may be replaced during a software uj it is suggested that any changes be made in a copy and the copy used The following are example definitions Meridiant 192 9 288 1 my m1 Meridiant 192 9 208 2 itHeridiani sample m1 HMHCS 57 32 165 69 MMCS RP h7 59 5 28 User provided devices should be added below this line MMCS 47 114 45 2 Meridiani 47 114 45 3 6 For each ITG Trunk card in each monitored ITG Trunk node add a line consisting of three fields separated by s
212. from IP Telephony gateways using the H 323 V2 protocol For ITG Trunk 2 0 nodes that are configured in the Node Properties to use the SLI protocol i e they do not support ESN5 to their host Meridian 1 the ESNS prefix configured on the ITG Trunk card is inserted in front of the called number on outgoing calls to ITG Trunk 2 0 nodes that are configured to use ESN5 with their host Meridian 1 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 187 of 378 Special dial 0 ESN translations Special dial 0 ESN translations are not supported on ITG ISL Trunk because they are not leftwise unique Use ITG route as first choice for Group 3 fax The ITG gateway supports Group 3 fax modems by means of T 38 protocol Use the traditional PSTN for general modem traffic General modem traffic e g V 36 V 90 cannot be supported on ITG therefore the Meridian 1 routing controls must be configured to route modem traffic over circuit switched trunks instead of over ITG Use the ESN TGAR NCOS and facility restriction levels to keep general modem traffic off of the ITG route Use caution before setting TGAR YES in the ESN block in LD86 since this will impact all trunk access for ESN calls New Flexible Code Restriction NFCR can be used to block direct access to trunk routes for stations with CLS CTD Note When adding ITG ISL Trunks to an existing Meridian 1 system changes to ESN translation should be made last afte
213. g Link 44 ISL interface 44 ITU T Recommendation G 107 56 J jitter 53 54 72 L Latency 54 latency 52 53 56 59 74 LDR 41 Leader 29 Leader 0 29 Leader 1 29 LED 40 41 LLC SNAP 77 location codes 51 low latency 59 M Management MAC address 36 MAT 6 6 21 23 modem router 21 23 monitoring 30 monitors 57 motherboard 36 40 42 N North American dialing plan 49 NT0966AA 37 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 NT8D37 IPE Modules cable connections 350 NT8D37BA IPE Modules 350 NT8D37EC IPE Modules 350 NTAKO2BB SDI DCH 46 NTCW84KB 42 NTMF94EB 42 O overlay 303 P Packet delay 54 Packet loss 54 packet loss 53 72 PC Card socket 41 Q QoS 54 Quality of Service 58 queuing 53 R RADIUS client 64 RADIUS protocol 64 redundancy 33 reset switch 41 Resource Table 35 RFC1321 64 router 55 59 routers 59 RS 422 31 48 S self test 40 serial maintenance port 41 42 Silence suppression 78 silence suppression 76 SNMP manager 35 SNMP trap 35 36 Step Back on Congestion over ISDN 57 Stepback on Congestion over ISDN 57 switch 41 T T 30 61 62 T 30 protocol 61 tandem node 30 tandem switch 50 78 thresholds 54 translation table 50 Type of Service 59 V V 17 62 V 21 62 V 27 62 V 29 62 voice coding 68 voice packets 77 VoIP 77 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Index Page 377 of 378 Description Ins
214. g example explains a possible configuration between two Meridian 1 switches to achieve both resiliency into the IP network and load balancing Meridian 1 switch A has two ITG nodes A1 and A2 for the destination NPA 613 A Route List Block RLB is created in order to have two route entries one for each ITG node If the trunks of node A1 are all in use or node A1 is down call traffic is routed to node A2 This provides resiliency by preventing failure of a single ITG node for example DCH failure or Leader subnet fails from completely eliminating VoIP service for a Meridian 1 system It is desirable to distribute calls to multiple nodes at a remote destination Meridian 1 The configuration of multiple dialing plan entries at the local ITG node allows routing based on the dialed digits ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 50 of 378 Description For example Meridian 1 switch B node B1 has two entries for NPA 408 and 4085 which point to nodes A1 and A2 of Meridian 1 switch A respectively Calls from B1 with dialed digits 408 5xx xxxx are routed to the ITG node Al while all other 408 xxx xxxx calls are routed to ITG node A2 North American dialing plan The North American dialing plan is used to make public network calls through the private IP network However calls are not directly routed to the Central Office CO through the LAN connection Instead a tandem switch with voice trunk c
215. h WAN with Frame Multi packet in Relay det ald frame bytes overhead gt 2 in bytes one way in kbit s one we one way one way y voice use on useon packet in T LAN in WAN in bytes kbit s kbit s one way two way one way Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 78 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Table 5 Silence suppression enabled T LAN Ethernet and WAN IP bandwidth usage per ITG port Part 2 of 2 Codec Multi frame Codec type duration in ms payload one way cad IP voice Ethernet Bandwidth Bandwidth fee WAN with Multi packet in Relay frame bytes overhead in bytes one way in kbit s one way one way voice use on useon packet in T LAN in WAN in bytes kbit s kbit s one way two way one way overhead in kbit s one way 30 20 60 86 27 5 9 6 10 9 17 0 G723 1 6 3 kbit s T 30 T38 G3 Fax Modem 14 4 kbit s Note 1 Based on voice multiframe encapsulation for Realtime Transport Protocol per H 323 V2 Note 2 The bolded rows contain the default payload packet size for each codec in the MAT Note 3 T LAN data rate is the effective Ethernet bandwidth consumption Note 4 40 voice traffic reduction due to silence suppression no suppression for fax Note 5 T LAN kbit s for voice traffic 1 40 2 Ethernet frame bits 8 frame duration in ms Note 6 WAN kbit s for voice traffic 1 40 IP packet bytes 8 frame duration in ms Note
216. hanisms on page 319 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 325 of 378 Transmit card properties and dialing plan It is not necessary to disable ITG cards when transmitting a dialing plan alone 1 In the IP Telephony Gateway window select the replacement ITG card Click menu Configuration Synchronize Transmit The ITG Transmit Options window appears Select the Transmit to selected cards radio button Check the Card properties and Dialing plan boxes only Click the Start Transmit button The transmission status is displayed in the Transmit control box Confirm the card properties and dialing plan are transmitted correctly When the transmission is complete click the Close button Use the LD 32 ENLC command to re enable the ITG card In the IP Telephony Gateway main window select menu View Refresh The card status displays Enabled Check the TN management interface MAC address and IP addresses for each ITG card Compare the displayed values with those on the ITG Installation Summary Sheet Update the ITG Installation Summary Sheet with the new MAC address of the replacement ITG card Backup and restore procedures ITG card Data configured on the MAT PC for example address translation tables and DSP configuration are locally saved on the MAT PC and also downloaded to the ITG cards The ITG card stores this data in its internal Flash File volume Flash EPROM w
217. hardware failure The card will not register with the Meridian 1 Remove the card for two to three seconds and then re seat it in the IPE shelf If the failure continues replace the card DCH failure This section covers the following three types of DCH failure which can affect the ITG card e DCH link failure DCH releases e PC card failure e DCH card failure When the DCH fails with no backup DCH e Established calls are maintained e Transient calls are dropped e No new incoming calls are assigned to trunks associated with that DCH Outgoing calls are blocked from occurring by the associated Follower cards forcing their trunks to a busy state e When the far end user releases an established call the system uses SSD messaging to Meridian 1 to inform the core the call is released e When the near end user releases an established call the Meridian 1 informs the Follower through SSD messages e ISDN features across the IP will not work ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 328 of 378 Maintenance DCH link failure The DCH link can change to the RLS release state due to technician action in LD 96 MSDL or SDI DCH card failure or cable failure This condition is detected on the DCHIP card by the PC Card signaling that the L2 connection has failed PC card failure The PC card failure can be detected in various ways through missing heartbeat transmission
218. he 50 Pin filter adapters mounted in the I O Panel on the back of the IPE shelf The filter adapter connects externally to the MDF cables and internally to the NT8D81AA Backplane to I O Panel ribbon cable assembly Within the adapter all Tip and Ring pairs including the T LAN pairs are filtered For 100BaseT operation the standard adapter must be replaced with the NTCWS4JA adapter which is identical to the existing adapter but has unfiltered T LAN Tip and Ring pairs For Option 11C systems the standard I O filter connector already supports 100BaseTX CAUTION For Large Systems manufactured during the period of 1998 1999 and shipped in North America the IPE modules have the NT8D81BA Backplane to I O Panel ribbon cable assembly with a non removable Filter Connector The NT8D81BA is compatible with 10BaseT T LAN but if you require a 100BaseT T LAN you need to order the NT8D81AA Backplane to I O Panel ribbon cable assembly to replace it Do not try to install the NTCW84JA Filter Connector onto the existing non removable Filter Connector ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 162 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Note The NTCW84JA filter connector is required for separate subnets using 100BaseTX for the T LAN connection Remove existing I O panel filter adapter The standard I O filter adapter is shielded metal with a black plastic insert connector The NTCW84JA adapter u
219. he NTAG81BA Maintenance Extender cable to the female DB 9 connector of the NTCW84KA Management Port DCH and Serial I O cable for DCHIP cards or the NTMF94EA E LAN T LAN RS232 Ports cable for non DCHIP cards to create a more permanent connection to the ITG Trunk card serial maintenance port Note Never connect two terminals to the faceplate and I O panel breakout cable serial maintenance port connectors at the same time 2 Use the following communication parameters for the TTY terminal emulation on the MAT ITG PC 9600 baud 8 bits no parity bit one stop bit When a new ITG Trunk card starts up and displays T 20 on the 4 character display the ITG card will begin sending bootp requests on the E LAN A series of dots appears on the TTY 3 Type to bring up the ITG shell command line prompt ec When prompted to login enter the default username and password as VxWorks login itgadmin Password itgadmin ITG gt 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 217 of 378 4 When the ITG shell prompt appears on the TTY enter the IP address for the Leader card Wait until the display shows T 21 then enter ITG gt setLeader xxx xXXx XXX XXX yyy yyy yyy yyy ZZZ 22Z 22Z2 222 Where XXX XXX XXx Xxx is the Management IP address of Leader 0 on the E LAN e where yyy yyy yyy yyy is the Management Gateway Router IP address on the E LAN If the M
220. he measurement of the round trip time to a selected host By sending repeated ICMP echo request messages the percentage of packet loss for a route can be measured Traceroute Traceroute uses the IP Time to Live TTL field to forward router hops to a specific IP address A router must not forward an IP packet with a TTL field of 0 or 1 It must instead discard the packet and return an ICMP time exceeded message to the originating IP address Traceroute uses this mechanism by sending an IP datagram with a TTL of 1 to the specified destination host The first router to handle the datagram returns a time exceeded message This identifies the first router on the route Traceroute sends out a datagram with a TTL of 2 This causes the second router on the route to return a time exceeded message and so on until all hops have been identified The traceroute IP datagram has a Port number unlikely to be in use at the destination usually gt 30 000 This causes the destination to return a ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 56 of 378 Description port unreachable ICMP packet which identifies the destination host Traceroute can be used to measure round trip times to all hops along a route identifying bottlenecks in the network E Model The ITG uses the E Model a method similar to the ITU T Recommendation G 107 to determine voice quality This model evaluates the end to end
221. he new ITG Trunk node in the upper part of the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window 2 For each card in the node right click on the card and select Telnet to ITG Card from the right click menu 3 The Telnet window appears with the VxWorks prompt 4 When prompted to login enter the default username and password as VxWorks login itgadmin Password itgadmin ITG gt 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 223 of 378 5 Use the command shellPasswordSet to change the default user name and password for Telnet to ITG shell and FTP to the ITG card file system The default user name is itgadmin and the default password is itgadmin You will be prompted for the following information Enter current username itgadmin Enter current password itgadmin Enter new username newname Enter new password newpwd Enter new password again to confirm newpwd 6 Record the new user name and password and transmit to authorized network security personnel 7 Repeat procedure for all cards in the node If the entire sequence of commands is successfully entered you get the system response with value 0 0x0 The new user name and password are now stored in the non volatile RAM on the ITG card and will be retained even if the card is reset powered off or on To reset the ITG shell password to its default setting see Reset the default ITG shell password on page 279 Change
222. hich acts as a disk drive The MAT PC can query the card and retrieve data from it If the ITG card is replaced you can use the version of data stored on the MAT PC to configure the new card with the same data as the replaced card ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 326 of 378 Maintenance Log files such as Alarm and Trace files if any are written to the Flash File volume and not lost when the card fails Operational Measurement files are recorded hourly and need to be uploaded to the MAT PC or other external device for generating weekly or monthly traffic reports MAT MAT 6 6 has backup and restore procedures for all data downloaded from or to the card When a MAT terminal is connected to the card user intervention is necessary to transmit all lost data from the MAT terminal to the ITG card Command line interface If MAT is temporarily unavailable the ITG shell command line interface can be used to retrieve configuration files from an FTP server or from a PC card Fault clearance procedures DSP failure In the case where one of the DSPs does not respond a DSP reset is automatically initiated by the host and an dspResetAttempted alarm is raised If the DSP fails to recover after the reset a dspResetFailed alarm is raised and that DSP is marked as unusable Any channels associated with that DSP will cease to respond to the Meridian 1 and are ultimately taken out of service by
223. hnician has enough information to load the ITG traffic on the intranet Figure 13 illustrates how this is done on an individual link Suppose the intranet has a topology as shown in Figure 13 and you want to predict the amount of traffic on a specific link RA R5 From the ITG traffic engineering section and traceroute measurements the RA R5 link is expected to support the Santa Clara Richardson Santa Clara Tokyo and the Ottawa Tokyo traffic flows the other ITG traffic flows do not route over R4 R5 The summation of the three flows yields 93 CCS or 24 kbit s as the incremental traffic that RA R5 will need to support 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 103 of 378 Figure 13 Calculate network load with ITG traffic Santa Clara Santa Clara Richardson traffic 60 CCS 4 Ottawa Tokyo traffic 18 CCS Santa Clara Tokyo 15 CCS O Richardson ITG Node Router 553 9178 To complete this exercise total the traffic flow from every site pair to calculate the load on each routed and loaded to the link ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 104 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Route Link Traffic Estimation Routing information for all source destination pairs needs to be recorded as part of the network assessment This is done using the traceroute tool an example o
224. hony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk n x File Edit View Maintenance Configuration Help a ale s L site Sampl S 0 47 115 33 2 New E 120 TTE Meridian 1 Sample Site Sample een 0 10 123 111 2 New 10 111 123 4 Meridian 1 Sample Site Sample System 0 10 119 124 3 New 10 117 122 1 Meridian 1 Follower Unknown Leader Unknown 0 Che 47 123 119 4 47 178 119 5 00 Leader Unknown Properties 47 123 119 6 47 178 119 25 47 178 1181 00 60 38 01 11 Reset Telnetto ITG card Synchronize hat s Thi Open the Windows telnet window and automatically CO dug ia Full access Us ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 278 of 378 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays 3 When prompted to login enter current username and password Default is VxWorks login itgadmin Password itgadmin ITG gt Only one person can use the ITG shell at a time Any session local or Telnet can be overridden by a second session The second user receives a warning before the login and must confirm to complete the login There is a 20 minute Telnet shell activity time out limit 4 You can increase the Telnet terminal buffer size to capture multiple screens of data from the ITG card From the Telnet Terminal menu select Preferences Set the Buffer Size to a larger value e g 1000 and click OK You will have to set the Telnet buffer size only on occasion because Telnet preferences
225. ickly throttled down and the whole cycle repeats When multiple TCP sessions flow over few bottleneck links in the intranet the flow control algorithm can cause TCP sessions in the network to throttle at the same time resulting in a periodic and synchronized surge and ebb in traffic flows WAN links would appear to be congested at one time and then followed by a period of under utilization There are two consequences e poor efficiency of WAN links and e ITG traffic streams are unfairly affected ITG support for TOS field and IP QoS You can configure the DiffServ TOS value for Control and Voice packets if required to obtain better QoS over the IP data network LAN WAN Do not change DiffServ TOS from default value of 0 unless instructed by the IP network administrator The Type of Service TOS byte or Differentiated Service DiffServ code point determine the priority of the control and voice packets in the network router queues The values entered in these two boxes must be coordinated across the entire IP data network Do not change them arbitrarily ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 128 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines DiffServ TOS values must first be converted to a decimal value of the DiffServ TOS byte in the IP packet header For example the 8 bit TOS field value of 0010 0100 which indicates Precedence Priority Reliability High is converted to a decimal va
226. igtail cable MSDL DCH cable included in Large System package 6 ft 18 ft 35 ft 50 ft 50 ft MSDL DCH Extender cable 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Product codes NTZC47AA A0786085 NTZC47BA A0786086 NT0961AA A0786146 NTCW84KA A0784208 NTMF94EA A0783470 NTCW84LA A0784437 NTCW84MA A0789752 NTCW84EA A0744403 NTND26AA NTND26AB NTND26AC NTND26AD NTMF04AB A0774842 Table 2 Description Page 25 of 378 Hardware components for Meridian 1 ITG ISL Trunk Part 3 of 3 Component Product codes 10 ft Inter cabinet cable NTCW84KA to SDI DCH cable 1 ft Intra cabinet cable NTCW84KA to SDI DCH cable Shielded four port SDI DCH cable for the NTAKO2BB SDI DCH card included in Small System package PC Maintenance cable for faceplate RS232 maintenance port to local terminal access Maintenance Extender cable Large Systems filter connector 50 pin I O Panel Filter Connector Block with ITG specific filtering for 100BaseTX included in Large Systems package Backplane to I O Panel ribbon cable assembly compatible with NTCW84JA I O Panel Filter Connector Block with ITG specific filtering for 1000BaseTX T LAN connection replaces NT8D81BA Backplane to I O Panel ribbon cable assembly equipped with non removable Molded Filter Connectors Documentation Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link NTP PC Cards C7LIU DCH PC Card with Layer 2 DCH Software
227. iguration 24 and 8 Port Leader 0 1 Leader 1 25 Follower 49 Follower 73 Follower 97 Follower 121 The same First CHID must be entered in MAT ITG ISDN IP Trunk Node Properties Card Configuration and First CHID field for this card The standard First CHID matches the trunk route member number for the trunk unit 0 in order to facilitate administration and maintenance Start Arrangement Incoming Wink Start is preferred for ITG Trunk Start Arrangement Outgoing Wink Start is preferred for ITG Trunk Answer supervision is required Class of Service Dial Pulse is required for ITG ISL Trunk to avoid busying multiple Digitone receivers when ITG Trunk card faults occur 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 185 of 378 Note 1 Use the NEW XX command to assign DES equal to the ITG card management interface IP address For example 10 1 1 1 For unit 0 use CHG command to assign DES equal to the ITG card management interface MAC address for example is the management interface MAC address hhhh hh hh hh hh For example 0060 38 01 06 C6 To find the management MAC address see the ITG Trunk installation summary sheet The management MAC address is labeled on the ITG Trunk card faceplate as the motherboard Ethernet address Alternatively use the ITG shell command ifShow to display the Ethernet address for InIsa unit number 0 Configure
228. ile 1 is the default setting Profile 1 G 711 G 729A Fax e Profile2 G 711 G 723 1 Fax e Profile3 G 711 G 729 Fax ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 136 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines The DSP coding algorithm parameter sets the preferred codec of each ITG card The recommendation is to use Profile 1 and to set the preferred codec to G 729A with Voice Activity Detection Silence Suppression with a payload setting of 30 ms With this codec payload combination the ITG can deliver a good QoS but loads less than 10 kbit s per port on the intranet It is recommended that all the nodes in the ITG Trunk network have a common preferred codec From a network planning perspective this provides a predictable load on the intranet since all calls will negotiated on one codec If multiple preferred codecs are configured in the network some calls will negotiate a G 723 5 3K call successfully while other calls will default to the G 711A G 711U codec when the originating and destination codecs do not match since this codec is available in all three images Consider if the ITG network results in tandem encoding for some of the users Too much consecutive coding and encoding by G 729 Annex AB G 723 6 3K G 723 5 3K or G 729A codecs can lower the end to end quality of service To maintain an acceptable QoS on speech silence suppression can be disabled under some conditions e g in t
229. in the General tab perform steps a and b a Enter the Management IP address 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 197 of 378 b Enter the Management MAC address It is the motherboard Ethernet address You can find it on the faceplate label of the card you are currently configuring It is also identified as InlsaO on the card startup messages and by the ifShow command in the ITG shell The Management LAN Node IP and Management gateway IP addresses on the General tab and the Management IP address for Leader 0 Leader 1 and all Follower cards on the Card Configuration tab must be on the same Voice Management E LAN subnet 5 Enter the Card TN For Large Systems card TNs are validated for loop shelf and card separated by dashes For Small Systems only the card number is required 6 Select the Card Density from the drop down list box 24 ports for NT0961AA 8 ports for NTCW80 7 Enter the ISL D channel logical device number Its range is 0 255 for Large Systems 0 79 for Small Systems 8 If the card will be a DCHIP card check the DCHIP is on this Card check box The DCHIP card must have an NTWEO7AA DCHIP PC Card with an NTCW84EA Pigtail cable installed and must be connected to the ISL DCH port on the MSDL or SDI DCH card Note The standard configuration is to put the first DCHIP on Leader 0 and the second DCHIP on Leader 1 Additional DCHIPs can be put on Follower cards ITG Trunk
230. inating CPE Terminating CPE MMCS MMCS IP Gateway IP network QoS falls below customer defined level IP Gateway Call is routed ITG card recognizes through the PSTN IP network QoS is below acceptable level and decides to use other facilities to route the call 553 9480 Return to the IP network Unless the DCH is down and all trunks appear busy to the Meridian 1 it always introduces outgoing calls to the ITG node Each call is tested against the outgoing address translation and Quality of Service QoS for the destination node After the QoS returns to an acceptable level all new 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 59 of 378 outgoing calls are again routed through the IP network The call connections that were established under the Fallback to alternate facilities condition are not affected Type of Service The IP packet handler has a byte of data for Type of Service ToS This byte allows the user to indicate a packet s priority so that routers can more efficiently handle data packets For example a router can decide to queue low priority data while immediately passing packets marked as high priority The MAT User Interface allows two ToS values to be configured data and control Data packets transmit the voice or fax call s data while control packets setup and maintain the call Both can be configured for any value in the range of 0 255 0 is the default
231. information about Echo Cancellation see Echo cancellation on page 52 Delay variation jitter The amount of variation in packet delay is referred to as delay variation or jitter Jitter affects the ability of the receiving ITG ISL Trunk card to assemble voice packets into a continuous stream when the packets are received at irregular intervals Latency Latency is the amount of time it takes for a discrete event to occur 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 55 of 378 Bandwidth Bandwidth is a measure of information carrying capacity available for a transmission medium The greater the bandwidth the more information that can be sent in a given amount of time Bandwidth is expressed in bits per second bps Network performance utilities Two common network performance utilities PING and Traceroute are described below Other utilities can be used to gather information about ITG network performance Note These descriptions are for reference purposes only Traceroute is not part of the ITG product Because network conditions can vary over time collect performance data over a period of at least four hours Use performance utilities to measure network performance from each ITG node to every other ITG node in your network Packet InterNet Groper PING Packet InterNet Groper PING sends an Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP echo request message to a host expecting an ICMP echo reply This allows t
232. ing samples during the intranet s peak hour For a more complete assessment of the intranet s delay characteristics obtain ping measurements over a period of at least a week Measure end to end packet loss The ping program also reports if the ICMP packet made its round trip correctly or not In fact use the same ping host setup to measure end to end error and as in making delay measurement use the same packet size parameter Sampling error rate however requires taking multiple ping samples at least 30 to be statistically significant Thus obtaining an error distribution requires running ping over a greater period of time The error rate statistic collected by multiple ping samples is called packet loss rate PLR 1 Within the 8 bit TOS field are 4 TOS bits from bits 4 to 7 which would be 0010 binary or 2 decimal ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 116 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Adjust ping measurements One way as compared to roundtrip The ping statistics are based on round trip measurements whereas the QoS metrics in the Transmission Rating model are one way In order to make the comparison compatible the delay and packet error ping statistics are to be halved Adjustment caused by ITG processing The ping measurements are taken from ping host to ping host The Transmission Rating QoS metrics are from end user to end user and would include components outside
233. ion you enter in MAT must match the ESN data entered in the Meridian 1 overlays LD15 LD16 LD86 LD87 and LD90 You must keep the dialing plan entries consistent between the Meridian 1 and the ITG Trunk node Transmit the dialing plan from MAT ITG to the ITG Trunk node during installation card replacement when ITG Trunk nodes are added to the network or whenever you change the dialing plan on MAT ITG Each ITG Trunk node shares one dialing plan for all cards in the node The ITG Trunk node dialing plan translates the dialed digits in the Meridian 1 ISDN Signaling Call Setup message according to ESN translation type into the Node IP addresses of the ITG Trunk destination nodes 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 209 of 378 Configure General tab 1 In the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window select the new ITG Trunk node for which you want to build a dialing plan Select menu Configuration Node Dialing Plan The ITG Dialing Plan window appears 2 In the ITG Dialing Plan window select menu Configuration Add remote node The ITG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties window appears and displays the General tab see Figure 36 The default Node drop down list reads Not defined on this MAT PC and the Node IP address field is blank When you click the drop down list you see a list of all the other ITG ISL Trunk nodes configured on this MAT PC You do not see the ITG ISL T
234. irewalls provide a Network Address Translation NAT function that allows the customer to map a registered globally unique public IP address to a private IP address without renumbering an existing private IP address autonomous domain NAT allows private IP addresses to be accessed selectively over the Internet Public IP addresses Public IP addresses can be used for the T LAN and E LAN but will consume limited resources This will have the same result as the private IP address solution but the E LAN will be accessible from the Internet without NAT T LAN engineering The ITG nodes must be connected to the intranet so as to minimize the number of router hops between the Meridian 1 provided there is adequate bandwidth on the WAN links for the shorter route This reduces the fixed and variable IP packet delay and improves the Voice over IP Quality of Service It is recommended that up to 4 cards 2 cards for Class B service share the same 10BaseT LAN broadcast collision domain provided that the preferred codec throughout the ITG network is set to G 729 Annex AB G 729A G 723 5 3K or G 723 6 3K with 30 ms default payload size and default fax settings In a passive Ethernet hub all ports on the hub share one 10Mbit s collision domain for all connected MAC layer Ethernet addresses In a switched Ethernet hub each port has its own collision domain Due to the much higher ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installatio
235. is default and is required for the ITG ISL Trunk DCHIP RS422 DTE The RS 422 parameters are established with switch settings on the MSDL card This prompt is used to verify those settings prior to enabling the card Remote Capabilities Network Name Display type 2 signaling All nodes must use same RCAP Meridian 1 MSDL acts as User side of ISL ITG Trunk DCHIP card acts as the Network side of ISL ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 176 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Table 31 LD 17 Configure the ISL D channel for the ITG DCHIP card Large Systems Part 3 of 3 eme To RLS 25 Release ID of PBX at the far end of the D Channel If the far end has an incompatible release it prevents sending of application messages Table 32 LD 17 Configure the ISL D channel for the ITG DCHIP card Small Systems Part 1 of 2 pem RN CHG Add new data ADAN Type of data block NEW DCH x Action Device and Number where x 0 79 Card Type SDI DCH card configure the option switches and jumper straps on the SDI DCH for RS422 DTE mode operation Card number Port Number must be 1 or 3 User Dedicated Mode ISDN Signaling Link Interface type for D channel Meridian Customer Defined Network MCDN Note The IFC entry must match the protocol entered in MAT s ITG Node Properties Card Configuration Protocol pull down menu 553 3001 202 S
236. itation by configuring a Dial up Networking DUN session under MS Windows to connect to the modem router at a particular Meridian 1 site In the MAT Navigator you must configure the Meridian 1 system communication profile as Ethernet You must establish the Dial up Networking session from MS Windows before attempting to connect to the Meridian 1 system from the MAT Navigator ITG nodes on the same E LAN will also be accessible over the same Dial up Networking connection to the modem router Configure the RM356 modem router by the manager menu Configuring the RM356 modem router by the manager menu can be completed from a terminal or PC connected to the local RS232 manager port on the rear of the modem router Alternatively the manager menu can be accessed by Telnet after the IP addressing and routing have been set up initially from the local manager port Note The arrow keys navigate in the RM356 manager menu The spacebar key toggles pre defined configuration values for a field The Enter key saves data changes to ROM and exits the current menu The Esc key exits the current menu without saving changes Enter menu selection number when prompted to display a sub menu configuration form or command prompts 1 Press the Enter key The Enter Password prompt is displayed for 10 seconds 2 Enter the default RM356 manager password 1234 The RM356 Main Menu is displayed 3 Enter menu selection number 1 to access General Setup under the
237. ith the application Software upgrades are performed from the MAT PC It is recommended that you load the application from the network rather than the faceplate PC card 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 319 of 378 Application upgrade In this instance the customer is provided with a binary file containing a new software load The binary file includes both the base code and the application code Maintenance or bug fix upgrade The user installs the new software from the network Capacity upgrades MAT manages the channel capacity of an ITG node Any restrictions on the maximum number of configurable channels are handled by MAT software When the maximum number is reached MAT prevents you from configuring more Flash storage upgrades These are provided through standard 5 Volt ATA compatible PCMCIA Flash cards When installed in an ITG card hot installation allowed the additional storage provided by the card is made available as a new DOS volume Protocol table upgrade The UIPE s protocol tables are included in the application binary a protocol table upgrade is an application upgrade If changes are made to the protocol tables the host application must be relinked to pick up the new tables and a new load created and distributed Software upgrade mechanisms Use MAT to upgrade software You must reboot the ITG card to run the new software ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description
238. itter and packet loss If an access router separates the ITG node from the WAN router there should be a high speed link e g Fast Ethernet FDDI SONET OC 3c ATM STS 3c between the access router and the WAN backbone router Setting the Quality of Service threshold for fallback routing The Quality of Service thresholds for fallback routing are configured in the MAT application A threshold is configured for the Receive fall back threshold as well as the Transmit fall back threshold The available thresholds are Excellent Good Fair and Poor Basic setup of the ITG system Figure 19 shows an example of a basic recommended ITG system setup with separate voice and management networks This is for illustrative purposes and is not necessarily the setup you must use 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 135 of 378 Figure 19 Basic setup of the ITG system Meridian 1 ITG node with one leader one backup leader and six follower cards MAT client with ITG management software Router Ethernet Router 553 9184 ITG Trunk DSP profile settings Codec types You can configure the following codecs with ITG Trunk 2 0 ITG ISDN Signaling ISL Trunk e G 711 A and Mu law e G 723 5 3 kb s and 6 4 kb s e G 729 e G 729A You can enable disable VAD for all of these codecs using the MAT ITG interface You can select from three DSP profiles on the ITG Trunk card Prof
239. kbox 7 To change the preferred order of codec selection for outgoing calls if required select the codec and click the Move Up and Move Down buttons ITG Trunk node requests the codec at the top of the list first on outgoing calls 8 To enable Voice Activity Detection for silence suppression check the appropriate box To disable Voice Activity Detection for silence suppression uncheck the box Change default DiffServ TOS value for Control and Voice 1 Enter the DiffServ TOS value for Control and Voice if required to obtain better QoS over the IP data network LAN WAN Do not change from default value of 0 unless instructed by IP network administrator The Type of Service TOS byte or Differentiated Service DiffServ code point determine the priority of the control and voice packets in the network router queues The values entered in these two boxes must be coordinated across the entire IP data network Do not change them arbitrarily DiffServ TOS values must first be converted to a decimal value of the DiffServ TOS byte in the IP packet header For example the 8 bit TOS field value of 0010 0100 which indicates Precedence Priority ReliabilityzHigh is converted to a decimal value of 36 before being entered in the Control or Voice fields 2 Click Apply ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 204 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Configure SNMP Traps Routing
240. l 2000 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays Page 283 of 378 Software upgrade Use this command in the procedure Transmit new software to ITG Trunk cards on page 227 nm mm e swDownload hostname username password directory path filename Generic file transfer Use these commands for debug purposes The first five parameters refer to the FTP host The ITGFileName parameter refers to the directory path and file name on the ITG card The listener parameter in the hostFileGet command identifies a software module to be called to parse the file after it has been correctly transferred to the ITG card To avoid damaging the configuration files and ITG card only use the hostFileGet command under the direction of Nortel Networks support personnel nn hostFileGet hostname username password directory path filename ITGFileName listener mm mm hostFilePut hostname username password directory path filename ITGFileName Configuration file transfer Use these commands to backup and restore files when the preferred means the MAT ITG PC is not available e DPAddrTGet hostname username password directory path filename e DPAddrTPut hostname username password directory path filename e configFileGet hostname username password directory path filename e configFilePut hostname username password direc
241. larities A routing implementation may overlook a substantially better route A high delay variation can be caused by routing instability misconfigured routing inappropriate load splitting or frequent changes to the intranet Severe asymmetrical routing results in one site perceiving a poorer quality of service than the other The traceroute program can be used to uncover these routing anomalies Subsequently routing implementation and policies can be audited and corrected Network modeling Network analysis can be difficult or time consuming if the intranet and the expected ITG installation is large To this end commercial network modeling tools exist to analyze what if scenarios of predicting the effect of topology routing bandwidth etc changes to the network They work with an existing network management system to load current configuration traffic and policies into tool Network modeling tools can assist the technician to analyze and try out any of the recommendations given in this document to predict how delay and error characteristics would change ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 126 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Implement QoS in IP networks Today s corporate intranets developed because of the need to support data services services which for the most part a best effort IP delivery mechanism suffices Standard intranets are designed to support a set of Quality
242. le Set Node Time 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 251 of 378 The following comments apply to the operations in the ITG Properties Maintenance window To perform Enable Disable and Perform operations use the MAT Maintenance Windows or System Terminal applications The Reset button is disabled when the ITG card is enabled Use the Set Node Time to change the time and date on the node The node time is updated every minute while the Card Properties is open Use the Open log file Open trace file and Open OM file buttons to view the related files These files are transferred from the card using FTP and displayed in Microsoft WordPad on the PC The trace file is for expert level debugging must turn trace turn on through the command line The log file contains error messages The OM file contains the current Operational Measurements Setting the node time is required during initial node installation MAT sets the Leader card s time The Leader sets the time on all other cards Set date and time for the ITG ISL Trunk node Set the date and time on the ITG ISL Trunk node in order to have correct time and date stamps in Operational Measurement OM reports RADIUS Call Accounting reports error messages and error and trace logs 1 Select the ITG ISL Trunk node for which you want to set time and date from the list in the upper part of the window Double c
243. le Options tab New ITG Node x General Configuration DSP Profile SNMP Traps Routing and IPs Accounting Server Security Select the DSP profile for all ITG cards in this node Changes to the DSP profile must be transmitted to each card Type of Service all profiles TEES DSP profile Profile 1 G 711 G 7294 F hd I ii 2 p rofile ax Control packets 0 Voice packets 0 General Profile Options Codec Options General FAX options Iv V 25 FAX Modem tone detection enabled Iv V 21 FAX tone detection enabled Echo canceller tail delay 2 z ms EOS 14 4 H Transmit gain adjustment p a dB FAX playout nominal delay 100 ms Receive gain adjustment 0 de FAX no activity timeout 20 seconds Idle noise level 65 24 dBm FAX packet size po a bytes Voice activity detection threshold 17 dB Reset Defaults 4 Change the General and FAX option parameters if required To revert to the default settings click Reset Defaults CAUTION The default DSP Profile Option settings for each codec are appropriate for most applications If you are not an expert in Voice over IP do not modify the Profile Options parameters See ITG Trunk DSP profile settings on page 135 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 202 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 5 Click the Codec Options tab see Figure 32 This tab displays the default
244. lick on Leader 0 from the list in the lower part of the window The ITG Card Properties Maintenance tab appears Click on the Set Node Time button The Set Node Time dialog box appears Set the correct date and time Click OK The clock is updated immediately on the Active Leader card Leader 0 or Leader 1 which in turn updates the other cards in the ITG ISL Trunk node ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 252 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications ITG Card Properties Configuration window The Configuration window for the ITG card contains the information shown in Figure 48 The ITG Card Properties Configuration window provides read only information Go to the Node Properties Card Configuration window to change this data The Software version is retrieved from the card through the MIB If the card is not responding the value is set to Unknown Figure 48 ITG Card Properties Configuration tab ITG Card Properties Sample Site Sample System Customer 0 Node 1 IP 192 168 10 2 TN PIES ITG 1608 Maintenance The basic configuration of the card including the IP addresses are defined in the node properties The ITG card must be disabled before changes can be made Last downloaded Card Properties synch status MAT site MAT system Customer Node Number Card role Card density SAW version Card TN System Hostname System Location System Contact
245. lines Page 115 of 378 Some implementations of ping support the v option for setting the TOS The ITG ISL Trunk allows you to set the 8 bit DiffServ TOS field to any value specified by the IP network administrator for QoS management purposes For example if you enter a decimal value of 36 in MAT this is interpreted as TOS Precedence Priority and Reliability High Note that if the craftsperson made ping measurements on an intranet that does prioritization see Queue management on page 128 based on the TOS field the rtt measured will be higher than the actual delay of voice packets when the v option is not used Notice from the ping output the variation of rtt It is from repeated sampling of rtt that a delay characteristic of the intranet can be obtained In order to obtain a delay distribution the ping tool can be embedded in a script which controls the frequency of the ping probes timestamps and stores the samples in a raw data file The file can then be to be analyzed later using spreadsheet and other statistics packages You can check if the intranet s network management software has any delay measurement modules which can obtain a delay distribution for specific site pairs Delay characteristics vary depending on the site pair and the time of day The assessment of the intranet should include taking delay measurements for each ITG site pair If there are significant fluctuations of traffic in the intranet it is best to include p
246. ll units on each card are disabled Use the overlay 32 DISI command to disable the ITG cards when idle In the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window select View Refresh and verify that the card status is showing Disabled If the card status shows unequipped configure the card in LD14 1 Select the ITG Trunk node for which you want to transmit properties from the list in the upper part of the window 2 Select Leader 0 from the list in the lower part of the window 3 In the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window select menu Configuration Synchronize Transmit 4 Leave the radio button default setting of Transmit to selected nodes Check the Card Properties and Dialing Plan check boxes 5 Click the Start Transmit button 6 Monitor progress in the Transmit Control window Confirm that the Card Properties and Dialing Plan are transmitted successfully to all ITG ISL Trunk cards which are identified by TNs 7 When the transmission is complete click the Close button 8 Use the overlay 32 ENLC command to enable the ITG cards in the node 9 In the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window select View Refresh The card status should now show Enabled 10 Verify the TN management interface MAC address IP addresses and D Channel for each ITG card Compare the configuration data with the data on the ITG Installation Summary Sheet Once the Card Properties and Dialing Plan have been successful
247. lled party number 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 65 of 378 Destination IP address and port of the actual card handling the call not the remote Leader Call start time Call duration time from call initiation to call answer Codec used Orig Term call side indication Snapshot of remote Gateway s QoS at time of call connect The calling and called numbers with their corresponding IP addresses are just that regardless of which end is doing the originating So the Follower card on the originating side generates a RADIUS record with its own IP address as the originating IP address The terminating Follower also generates a RADIUS record with that far end s IP address as the originating IP address and it s own IP address as the destination address If the call is not answered or is rejected only an End record is generated End Record The End record is sent when the call is released It contains the following fields Calling party number Originating IP address and port Called party number Destination IP address and port of the actual card handling the call not the remote Leader Call start time Call duration time from call answer to call release Codec used Orig Term call side indication Number of bytes transferred sent octets packets Number of packets transferred sent octets packets Snapshot of latency seen at the end of the call ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Des
248. loopback test on the indicated DSP Example ITG DSPRcvLpbkTestOff ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 316 of 378 Maintenance Table 54 Operational Measurement command Command Description resetOM This command returns all Operational Measurement parameters collected since last log dump including e outgoing calls tried Outgoing calls completed e incoming calls tried total voice time total fax time outgoing packets discarded incoming packets out of sequence average packet delay average packet loss number of Fallback to PSTN calls Table 55 DCHIP only commands DCHrelease Release the DCH link when it is in establish mode DCHstatus Display the DCH application state DCHmenu This command allows the user to access the UIPC Debug Menu Once in passthru mode the user has to exit the Debug Menu before issuing any other ITG Shell Commands dchipResTableShow Available from ITG shell Show the Followers associated with a DCHIP 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 317 of 378 ITG card self tests During power up the ITG card performs diagnostic tests to check correct operation You can use the faceplate RS 232 port on the ITG card to monitor these tests ITG sends messages indicating the completion of each phase of testing and any detected faults to this port Additionally the ITG card has a four character LED dot matrix display on
249. ls are maintained however no new calls can be made Calls in a transient state are dropped 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 37 of 378 ITG ISL Trunk card physical description The Meridian 24 Port ITG Trunk 2 0 card NT0961AA plugs into an Intelligent Peripheral Equipment IPE shelf Each ITG ISL Trunk card occupies two slots ITG ISL Trunk cards have a E LAN management Ethernet port 10BaseT and a T LAN VoIP Ethernet port 10 100BaseT on the I O panel The ITG ISL Trunk card has a DIN 8 serial maintenance port connection on the faceplate and an alternative connection to the same serial port on the I O backplane Do not connect two maintenance terminals to both the faceplate and I O panel serial maintenance port connections at the same time The NT0961AA ITG ISL Trunk card supports 24 ports per card The core ITG processor is an Intel Pentium II 266 Mhz The ITG ISL Trunk card is responsible for converting the 64 kbit s Pulse Code Modulation PCM speech from the DS 30X backplane interface into packetized speech for transmission over the IP network On the daughterboard the DSPs compress speech and feed the resulting packets to the IP network Figure 4 on page 38 shows ITG ISL Trunk card system connectivity ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 38 of 378 Description Figure 4 ITG system connectivity and messaging SSD Trunk Signaling Messages 10 10
250. lue of 36 before being entered in the Control or Voice fields If the intranet provides differentiated services based on the DiffServ TOS field then the ITG Trunk and other traffic marked with this DiffServ TOS value could be delivered with the goal of meeting this class of traffic s QoS objectives Note It is not a requirement to have a router which has priority IP packet routing capability The ITG can function without priority routing mechanisms if you design the intranet to minimize traffic congestion through the WAN backbone links and routers Refer to Implement QoS in IP networks on page 126 Queue management From Queuing delay on page 121 it can be seen that queueing delay is a major contributor to delay especially on highly utilized and low bandwidth WAN links Routers that are TOS aware and support class based queuing can help reduce queueing delay of voice packets when these packets are treated with preference over other packets To this end Class Based Queueing CBQ can be considered for implementation on these routers with the ITG traffic prioritized against other traffic Classed based queueing however may be CPU intensive and may not scale well when applied on high bandwidth links hence if this is to be implemented for the first time on the intranet do so selectively Usually CBQ is implemented at edge routers or entry routers into the core The global synchronization situation described in TCP traffic behavior
251. ly transmitted the new Card Properties and Dialing Plan are automatically applied to each card The ITG node is now ready to make test calls provided that the ITG ISL Trunks and the ESN data have been configured on the Meridian 1 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 222 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Set date and time for the ITG ISL Trunk node Set the date and time on the ITG ISL Trunk node in order to have correct time and date stamps in Operational Measurement OM reports RADIUS Call Accounting reports error messages and error and trace logs 1 Select the ITG ISL Trunk node for which you want to set date and time from the list in the upper part of the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window Double click on Leader 0 from the list in the lower part of the Main window The ITG Card Properties Maintenance tab appears Click on the Set Node Time button Set the correct date and time Click OK The clock is updated immediately on the Active Leader card Leader 0 or Leader 1 which in turn updates the other cards in the ITG ISL Trunk node Change the default ITG shell password to maintain access security You must change the default user name and password when installing the ITG Trunk node to maintain access security The ITG user name and password protects maintenance port access Telnet and FTP access to the ITG card over the LAN 1 Select t
252. mFilePut ngals042 anonymous guest prevDir omFile traceFilePut hostname The traceFilePut task on the ITG host starts an FTP session username password with the given parameters and downloads the ITG card s call directory path filename trace file to the indicated location on the host Example ITG gt traceFilePut ngals042 anonymous guest trcDir trcFile 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 313 of 378 Table 51 File transfer commands Part 3 of 3 Command Description currLogFilePut hostname The logFilePut task on the ITG host starts an FTP session with username password the given parameters and downloads the ITG card s current log directory path filename file to the indicated location on the host Example ITG gt currLogFilePut ngals042 anonymous guest currDir logFile prevLogFilePut hostname The logFilePut task on the ITG host starts an FTP session with username password the given parameters and downloads the ITG card s previous directory path filename log file to the indicated location on the host Example ITG gt prevLogFilePut ngals042 anonymous guest IcurrDir logFile bootPFilePut hostname The bootpFilePut task on the ITG host starts an FTP session username password with the given parameters and downloads the ITG card s bootp directory path filename file to the indicated locati
253. mand set shows how to maintain the ITG card using the ITG s card command line interface ITG card self tests describes how to perform diagnostic tests on the ITG card to check correct operation Upgrades explains the different upgrade options available for the ITG application Replace an ITG card provides step by step procedures for replacing an ITG card Backup and restore procedures shows how to backup the application data Fault clearance procedures describes potential system faults and how to correct them ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 296 of 378 Maintenance ITG Trunk 2 0 alarms This section describes the alarms messages and codes output by the ITG Trunk 2 0 card AIL ITG Trunk 2 0 alarms shown in Table 44 on page 297 can be emitted as SNMP traps SNMP is the method ITG Trunk 2 0 uses to send alarms to an alarm monitoring center ITG 2 0 displays and logs alarm information in the following ways 1 Displayed on the ITG card console through the ITG shell in a Telnet session or on a terminal connected to the local maintenance port 2 Logged in the error log files on the C drive of the ITG card 3 Events of the type ITG4xx that is major alarms immediate intervention required are displayed on the faceplate maintenance display They appear in the form I 4xx where 4xx correspond to last three digits of the alarm ITGO4xx listed
254. mer s existing local area network LAN By following these guidelines you can design the ITG network so that the cost and quality tradeoff is at best imperceptible and at worst within a calculated tolerance ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 72 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Audience This chapter is addressed to both telecom and datacom engineers who are going to design and install the ITG network It is assumed that the telecom engineer is familiar with engineering the Meridian 1 and obtaining system voice and fax traffic statistics It is assumed that the datacom engineer is familiar with the intranet architecture LAN installations tools for collecting and analyzing data network statistics and data network management systems ITG equipment requirements Figure 12 The ITG system was designed for operation on a well provisioned stable LAN Delay delay variation or jitter and packet loss must be minimized end to end across the LAN and WAN You must determine the design and configuration of the LAN and WAN that link the ITG system If the intranet becomes overloaded new calls to the ITG system fall back to normal circuit switched voice facilities so that the quality of service does not degrade for new calls The ITG product is for intranet use only ITG provides virtual analog ISL TIE trunks between two Meridian 1 systems in an ESN network as shown in Figure 12 ITG does n
255. modem router if CLID authentication is required for the user profile CLID depends on providing a C O line subscribed for CLID service for the modem router s telephone line connection Set Idle Timeout 1200 seconds to provide 20 minutes idle timeout disconnect for Nortel Networks remote support purposes Press Enter to confirm and save data to ROM then press Esc to return from the sub menu to the main menu Enter menu selection number 23 to access System Password under the Advanced Management section of the RM356 Main Menu Menu 23 System Password is displayed Type in the old password and new password then retype the new password to confirm Never leave the RM356 system manager password defaulted to 1234 after the modem router has been installed and configured on the E LAN The modem router s security features are worthless if the manager password is not changed regularly according to good network security practices ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 366 of 378 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access RM356 modem router manager menu application notes on Meridian 1 E LAN installation This section displays the various menus of the RM356 modem router RM356 Main Menu Getting Started Advanced Management 1 General Setup 21 Filter Set Configuration 2 MODEM Setup 3 Ethernet Setup 23 System Password 4 Internet Access Se
256. n alternative connection to the same serial port on the I O panel breakout cable Do not connect two maintenance terminals to both the faceplate and I O panel breakout cable serial maintenance port connections at the same time Set up a system with separate subnets for voice and management Itis highly recommended that the customer place the voice and management LANs on separate dedicated subnets separated by a router The ITG cards have two Ethernet ports per card so the ITG system can support two different networks for the voice interface Telephony LAN or T LAN and management interface Embedded LAN or E LAN connections The advantages of this setup are e to optimize Voice over IP performance on the Telephony LAN T LAN segment by segregating it from Embedded LAN E LAN traffic and connecting the T LAN as close as possible to the WAN router e to make the amount of traffic on the T LAN more predictable for QoS engineering e tooptimize E LAN performance e g for Symposium Call Center Server SCCS and Call Pilot functional signaling by segregating the E LAN from ITG T LAN VolP traffic e toenhance network access security by allowing the modem router to be placed on the E LAN which can be isolated from the customer s enterprise network C LAN or have access to from the C LAN only through a firewall router 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 131 of 378 Note When using separate subnet
257. n and Operation Page 134 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines bandwidth use of the G 711 codec series it is recommended that no more than two ITG cards share the same LAN collision domain in a G 711 only ITG network If you use a mixed codec ITG network or use a non default payload size or fax settings then you must use the LAN bandwidth consumption in Table 5 to estimate the amount of LAN bandwidth used by each card It is recommended that you do not use the 1OMbit s collision domain beyond 25 30 at the peak If the uplink from the T LAN hub either passive or switched to the router is 10Mbit s then the maximum number of ITG cards allowed per hub is equal to the limit described in the previous paragraph If the uplink is 100Mbit s then the maximum number of ITG cards allowed on the switched hub is subject to the limits described in the Leader Card Real Time Engineering section of this document You may want to consider implementing LAN resiliency This is achieved by provisioning Leader and Follower cards on separate Ethernet hubs but served by the same router In this design the ITG node can provide voice services when one of the hubs fails The ITG node and the T LAN router should be placed as close to the WAN backbone as possible again to minimize the number of router hops segregate constant bit rate Voice over IP traffic from bursty LAN traffic and simplify the end to end Quality of Service engineering for packet delay j
258. n reach throughput of 10MB second See your manufacturer s specifications for more information 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 85 of 378 Because of its high capacity 100BaseT Ethernet does not experience bottlenecks WAN links are normally based on PSTN standards such as DSO DS1 DS3 SONET STS 3c or Frame Relay These standards are full duplex communication channels With standard PCM encoding G 711 codec a two way conversation channel has a rate of 128 kbit s i e 64 kbit s in each direction The same conversation on WAN e g T1 requires a 64 kbit s channel only because a WAN channel is a full duplex channel When ITG cards share a segment of Ethernet in the simplex mode the average loading on Ethernet should not exceed 30 When simplex duplex Ethernet links terminate on the ports of an Ethernet switch e g Baystack 450 the fully duplex Ethernet up link to the router W AN can be loaded to 6096 on each direction of the link A WAN route with bandwidth of 1 536 Mbit s or more can be loaded up to 80 voice packets must have priority over data a single DSO WAN pipe 64 kbit s is recommended to a loading of 50 When the WAN route prioritizes VoIP application over data traffic the route bandwidth can be engineered to 90 loading level otherwise 80 Fax engineering considerations Fax calculation is based on 30 bytes packet size and data rate of 64 kbit s no compression
259. n to indicate a good connection ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 168 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node D channel cabling for the NT0961 AA 24 Port ITG Trunk card In this section you check and reset if necessary MSDL switch settings install a filter if required for your installation and install the cable that connects the MSDL or SDI DCH card to the ITG Trunk 2 0 card that provides the DCH interface Large systems required cables and filters the NTCW84KA E LAN T LAN RS232 and DCH Ports cable e the NTND26AA MSDL DCH cable Set NT6D80 MSDL switches 1 Set the switches in the NT6D80 MSDL card as shown See Table 28 for more information Table 28 NT6D80 MSDL settings for ITG ISL Trunk DCHIP RS 422 A DTE RS 422 A DTE RS 422 A DTE RS 422 A DTE Note The device number for the MSDL card is configured in LD17 at the prompt DNUM You must also set the device number using switches S9 and S10 on the MSDL card S9 designates ones and S10 designates tens To set the device number as 14 for example set S10 to 1 and S9 to 4 Port 0 SW4 all off Port 1 SW3 all off Port 2 SW2 all off Port 3 SW1 all off 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Port 0 SW8 all on Port 1 SW7 all on Port 2 SW6 all on Port 3 SW5 all on Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 169 of 378 Install filter and NTND26
260. nal E LAN hub or optional C LAN gateway requires either a cross over 10BaseT Ethernet cable or a special up link port on the 10BaseT hub to which the RM356 is connected When the modem router is connected to the AC power source the power LED is lit After several seconds the test LED flashes slowly four times then stays off For each of the four 10BaseT ports on the integrated hub there is a link data LED that is lit steadily to indicate a good received link if there is a cable connection to a host or hub that is powered up or flashing to indicate data received on the LAN Connect the RJ45 plug end of the local manager cable to the RS232 Manager port RJ45 jack on the rear of the modem router Connect the other end of the cable to an RS232 terminal or PC COM port configured for the following communication parameters 9600 bps 8 none and 1 The local maintenance cable connects directly to data terminal equipment DTE The analog telephone line should be a C O line or a PBX extension with a Direct Inward Dialing DID number if that is in compliance with the customer s network security policy 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access Page 361 of 378 Configure the MAT ITG PC to communicate with a remote Meridian 1 site via modem router If your version of MAT does not support the modem router communication profile for Meridian 1 system types you may work around the lim
261. nce suppression enabled to begin with Simultaneous voice traffic with silence suppression When voice services with multi channel requirements are extensively used in an ITG network such as Conference Music on hold and Message Broadcasting additional voice traffic peaks to the IP network will be generated due to the simultaneous voice traffic bursts on multiple channels on the same links In those cases even when silence suppression is enabled on the ITG card the more conservative bandwidth calculations of Table 6 with silence suppression disabled is recommended to calculate the portion of the bandwidth requirement that is caused by simultaneous voice traffic ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 80 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Table 6 Silence suppression disabled T LAN Ethernet and WAN IP bandwidth usage per ITG port Codec Multi frame Codec type duration in ms payload one way T WAN with A Ethernet Bandwidth Bandwidth Frame WAN with voice use on useon Rela ATM packet in T LAN in WAN in Giemesa overhead bytes kbit s kbit s in kbit s one way two way one way one way one way Voice fax payload IP voice Multi packet in frame bytes in bytes one way one way G 711 64 kbit s G 729AB G 729A 8kbit s T 30 T 38 G3 Fax Modem 14 4 Kbit s Note 1 Based on voice multiframe encapsulation for Realtime Transport Protocol per H 323 V2
262. nd diagnostic purposes on page 265 Retrieve ITG configuration information from the ITG node on page 266 Schedule and generate and view ITG OM reports on page 268 Backup and restore operations on page 268 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 248 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications e Alarm Notification on page 269 Delete a node To delete an ITG node perform the following steps 1 Double click the ITG ISDN IP Trunk icon from the Services folder in the MAT Navigator window 2 Right click on the node to be deleted in the upper portion of the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk window 3 Select Delete from the menu 4 The dialog box in Figure 46 appears Click Yes to confirm the deletion of the ITG node The ITG node and all related ITG cards are deleted Figure 45 Delete Node dialog box WARNING fou have chosen to delete the selected node s This operation will permanently delete the selected node s from the PC database NOTE Leaders and followers related to the selected node s will also be permanently deleted from the PC database Do you want to continue with this operation To delete a card perform the following steps 1 Select the ITG ISDN IP Trunk icon from the Services folder in the MAT Navigator window Right click on the node and select menu Node Properties The ITG Node Properties window appears Select the Card Configuration
263. nder a design obsolete or non compliant with QoS objectives The design needs to be reviewed periodically against prevailing and trended network conditions and traffic patterns at least once every two to three weeks initially then eventually on a quarterly basis It is assumed that the customer s organization already has processes to monitor analyze and re design both the Meridian 1 network and the corporate intranet so that both networks continue to conform to internal quality of service standards When operating voice over IP services the customer s organization needs to incorporate additional monitoring and planing processes They are e Collect analyze and trend ITG traffic patterns 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 139 of 378 e Monitor and trend one way delay and packet loss and e Perform changes in the ITG and intranet when planning thresholds are reached By instituting these new processes the ITG network can be managed to ensure that desired QoS objectives are always met Set ITG QoS objectives You need to state the design objective of the ITG network This sets the standard for evaluating compliance to meeting users needs When the ITG network is first installed the design objective expectations have been set based on the work done in Measure intranet QoS on page 114 Initially the QoS objective is to be set so that for each destination pair the mean o of one way delay and pa
264. ndicated ITG card on page 292 e Enable an indicated ITG port on page 292 e Display ITG card ID information on page 292 Note 1 This command displays the PEC Product Engineering Code for the card The ITG PEC is NTO961AA Note 2 The ITG card information displays the same ITG card serial number that is displayed from the ITG shell using the serialNumShow e Display ITG card status on page 292 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 290 of 378 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays e Display ITG card port status on page 293 Table 43 shows a summary of the Meridian 1 system administration commands available in overlay 32 Table 43 Overlay 32 ITG maintenance commands Command Function DISCIsc Disable the indicated card where loop s shelf c card DISI Isc Disable the indicated card when idle where loop s shelf C card Note you should use the DISI command to disable the ITG card instead of the DISC command The disablement of the ITG card is indicated by the NPR011 message DISUIscu Disable the indicated unit where loop s shelf c card u unit ENLC Isc Enable the described card where loop s shelf C card ENLUIscu Enable the described unit where loop s shelf c Card u unit IDC Isc Print the Card ID information for the described card where loop s shelf C card
265. ndwidth and is given by the following formula Serialization delay in ms 8 IP packet size in bytes link bandwidth in kbit s Table 21 shows what the serialization delay for voice packets on a 64kbit s and 128kbit s link The serialization delay on higher speed links are considered negligible Table 21 Serialization delay Frame Serialization delay Serialization delay duration over 64kbit s link over 128kbit s link ms ms G 711A G 711U G 729A G 729 Annex AB G 723 1 5 3 kbit s G 723 1 6 3 kbit s 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 121 of 378 Queuing delay Queueing delay is the time it takes for a packet to wait in transmission queue of the link before it is serialized On a link where packets are processed in first come first serve order the average queueing time in ms is estimated by the formula p p average intranet packet in bytes 1 p link speed in kbit s where p is the link utilization level The average size of intranet packets carried over WAN links generally lies between 250 and 500 bytes Figure 18 displays the average queueing delay of the network based on a 300 byte average packet size Figure 18 Queuing delay of various links Queueing delay of various links 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 o mmm 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 64kbps 128kbps Delay ms Utlization 553 9183 As
266. ne the network to improve QoS but they are not a part of the required procedure for initial ITG network engineering Further network analysis This section describes actions that could be taken to investigate the sources of delay and error in the intranet This and the next section discuss several strategies for reducing one way delay and packet loss The key strategies are e Reduce link delay e Reduce hop count e Adjust jitter buffer size e Implement IP QoS mechanisms Components of delay End to end delay is contributed by many delay components the major components of delay are described as follows Propagation delay Propagation delay is affected by the mileage and medium of links traversed Within an average size country the one way propagation delay over terrestrial lines is under 18 ms within the U S the propagation delay from coast to coast is under 40 ms To estimate the propagation delay of long haul and trans oceanic circuits use the rule of thumb of 1 ms per 100 terrestrial miles If a circuit goes through a satellite system estimate each hop between earth stations to contribute 260 ms to the propagation delay ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 120 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Serialization delay This is the time it takes to transmit the voice packet one bit at a time over a WAN link The serialization delay depends on the voice packet size and the link ba
267. nel Note Even though the ITG Trunk 2 0 card is a two slot card only the leftmost slot is counted for the card slot number Example for an ITG Trunk 2 0 card installed in slots 2 and 3 the slot number is 2 For more detailed cabling information and procedures for replacing the NT8D81BA with the NT8D81AA see Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement on page 333 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 164 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Install NTMF94EA and NTCW84KA cables The ITG Trunk 2 0 card supports a one cable solution for access to the T LAN E LAN and serial E LAN Ethernet Ports The E LAN supports 10BaseT operation and the T LAN supports 10 100BaseT operation If you use for 100BaseT operation on the T LAN interface you must install a NTCWS84JA 50 pin I O panel filter connector block to replace the standard I O connectors provided Cables that are provided for the E LAN and T LAN interface functions include e the NTMF94EA E LAN T LAN and RS232 Port cable for non DCHIP cards the NTCW84KA E LAN T LAN RS232 and DCH Ports cable for DCHIP cards Install the NTCW84KA cable for DCHIP cards 1 Connect the NTCW84KA cable see to the I O panel connector see Figure 24 Note Make sure to connect to the I O panel connector that corresponds to the left slot number of the DCHIP card 2 Secure the mounting screw provided on the top of the Shi
268. nel to manage the ITG ISL Trunk card remotely Management and support of the ITG network depend on IP networking protocols including SNMP FTP and Telnet The Nortel Networks Netgear RM356 modem router or equivalent should be installed on the Meridian 1 site management and signaling LAN called the embedded LAN or E LAN as opposed to the customer s enterprise network or C LAN in order to provide remote support access for ITG and other IP enabled Nortel Networks products The Nortel Networks Netgear RM356 modem router integrates the functions of a V 90 modem a PPP remote access server an IP router and a 4 port 10BaseT Ethernet hub and provides a range of security features that may be configured so as to comply with the customer s data network security policy 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 63 of 378 Note Do not install a modem router on the E LAN without the explicit approval of the customer s IP network manager The RM356 modem router is not secure unless it is configured correctly according to the customer s network security policy and practices Alternatively the PC application pcANYWHERE can be installed in host mode on the MAT PC to provide remote access to any PC with a modem The remote user dials the MAT PC which contains the required ITG data whether stored locally or on a MAT server Once connected the remote user can perform any operation available to that PC Per call statistics support
269. ng Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 142 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines e The jitter buffer is increased In this case the actual one way delay is greater than that estimated by the delay probe e The codec is G 711A or G 711U The voice packets formed by these codecs are larger 120 to 280 bytes than the delay probe packets 60 bytes This means there is greater delay experienced per hop If there are low bandwidth links in the path then the one way delay will be noticeably higher both in terms of average and variation 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 143 of 378 Estimate QoS level You can use Table 24 to estimate the IP telephony QoS level based on QoS measurements of the intranet To limit the size of this table the packet loss and one way delay values are tabulated in increments of 1 and 10ms respectively The techniques used to determine and apply the information in this table are Nortel Networks proprietary Table 24 ITG QoS levels Part 1 of 4 Packet One way QoS level loss 96 delay ms G 711A G 711u mme emm emm qe e om foom em em e pem e em em eem uer em em pem ue em p e pem m em D p emm qw pe p Note The QoS levels are equivalent to the following MOS values See page 56 for more details excellent 5 good fair poor ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation
270. ng plans FNP also allows users to dial numbers of varying lengths to terminate at a destination Flexibility of the number of digits which can be dialed is achieved using Special Numbers SPNs Electronic Switched Network ESN Network Signaling ITG Trunk 2 0 supports ESN5 Network Signaling protocol only in addition to standard i e non network signaling ITG 2 0 supports a mixed network consisting of ESN5 and standard network signaling nodes ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 52 of 378 Description Echo cancellation All telephony voice services now in use reflect some level of echo back to the user The term echo refers to the return of a signal s reflection to the originator Packet voice networks introduce sufficient latency to cause what a caller would consider an audible echo The echo path is round trip Any speech coding packetization and buffering delays accumulate in both directions of transmission increasing the likelihood of audibility Silence Suppression The purpose of Silence Suppression is to reduce bandwidth consumption With the H 225 protocol coders can send silence frames before the end of transmission during a period of silence Coders may omit sending audio signals during periods of silence after sending a single frame of silence or send silence background fill frames if these techniques are specified by the audio codec in use For applica
271. ng plans for all existing ITG Trunk nodes must be manually updated to include the destination node dial plan digits entries for the new ITG Trunk node There are several tabs across the top of the ITG Node Properties window The following sections describe the windows that appear when you click on each of these tabs Add a node and configure general node properties Perform the following steps to add a node 1 Launch the Meridian Administration Tools MAT application on the MAT PC 2 From the MAT Navigator window double click the Services folder and double click the ITG ISDN IP Trunks icon The IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window opens 3 Select Configuration Node Add in the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window The Add ITG Node window appears 4 In the Add ITG Node window leave the default selections Meridian 1 and Define the node configuration manually Click OK The Node Properties General window appears see Figure 28 Set node location properties 1 Set Node Location properties select the MAT site MAT system Customer and Node number from the drop down list boxes Note The Site name Meridian 1 system name and Customer must exist in the MAT Navigator before you can add a new ITG node 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 193 of 378 Figure 28 ITG Node Properties General tab New ITG Node x General Configuration DSP Profile SNM
272. nk ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 96 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Table 13 Trunk traffic Poisson 10 percent blocking Grade of Service Part 2 of 2 Note For trunk traffic greater than 4843 CCS allow 34 CCS per trunk 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 97 of 378 WAN route engineering After T LAN traffic is calculated determine the bandwidth requirement for the WAN In this environment bandwidth calculation is based on network topology and destination pair Before network engineering can begin the following network data must be collected Obtain a network topology and routing diagram List the sites where the ITG nodes are to be installed List the site pairs with ITG traffic and the codec and frame duration payload to be used Obtain the offered traffic in CCS for each site pair if available separate voice traffic from fax traffic fax traffic sent and received In a network with multiple time zones use the same real time busy hour varying clock hours at each site that yields the highest overall network traffic Traffic to a route is the sum of voice traffic plus the larger of one way fax traffic either sent or received To illustrate this process the following multi node engineering example is provided ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 98 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Table 1
273. nk ISL 147 Required MSDL 222 large systems Required QSIG Interface QSIG 263 large systems Optional QSIG GF Transport QSIG GF 305 large systems Optional Advanced ISDN Network 148 Optional Services NTWK Coordinated Dialing Plan 59 Optional CDP Flexible Numbering Plan FNP Optional 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 23 of 378 List of ITG ISDN components Table 2 lists ITG ISDN components Note 1 MAT 6 6 orlater or OTM 1 0 including the Common Services Alarm Management and ITG ISDN applications is a prerequisite and must be ordered separately Note 2 Nortel Networks Netgear RM356 Modem Router or equivalent is required for remote support and must be ordered separately from retail outlets Note 3 You must inspect the IPE module to determine if it is equipped with non removable Molded Filter Connectors on the I O Panel For Large Systems manufactured during the period of 1998 1999 and shipped in North America the IPE modules have the NT8D81BA Backplane to I O Panel ribbon cable assembly with a non removable Molded Filter Connector The NT8D81BA is compatible with 10BaseT T LAN but if you require a 100BaseT T LAN you need to replace it with the NT8D81AA Backplane to I O Panel ribbon cable assembly Table 2 Hardware components for Meridian 1 ITG ISL Trunk Part 1 of 3 Component Product codes System Packages ITG ISDN Signaling Trunk Large Systems Package NTZC44AA including
274. nk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 4 of 378 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 5 of 378 Contents About this guide Leessee 17 DESCHIDUON a s xxv xa ER adt wa aret 19 System requirements iea e i eh 21 List of ITG ISDN components 0 0 0 0 0 ee 23 Ordering rules and guidelines 0 00 00 00 esses 26 Ordering rules for ITG ISL Trunk node initial configuration 26 Ordering rules for ITG ISL Trunk node expansion 27 Sparing ratios for ITG Trunk components 28 ITG ISL Trunk card description 0 0 0 0 000000 28 Card TOLES cce Spies Be UR A ERS ES EA QUT 28 Card combinations 0 eee ee 33 Interactions among card functions 0 00008 34 ITG ISL Trunk card physical description 37 Faceplate indicators controls and interfaces 39 Backplane interfaces 0 0 nanunua urane 42 Assembly description 0 eee cece ee eee ees 42 ISDN Signaling Link leere IRI 44 Inter card signaling paths 0 0 cece eee ee eee 47 Dialing plans serie Me bern eee ee ts Pe ee 49 Multi node configuration 00 0 c eee eee eee ee 49 North American dialing plan 00 0 00008 50 Flexible Numbering Plan 0 0 0 0 cece ee eee ee 51 Electronic Switched Network ESN Network
275. nt MAT stores databases on a file server Do not use the server to access MAT as a client PC MAT 6 6 with Windows 95 or Windows NT 4 0 clients are supported running on e Novell 3 12 or later server e Windows NT server e OTM 1 0 client requires an OTM server MAT Remote Access configuration Support for remote access can be covered in two scenarios that vary according to the support organizations access to the customer s data network LAN or WAN In the first scenario the support organization has full access to the customer LAN WAN network and a single remote support and administration MAT PC can administer a local node via the ITG Management LAN or a remote node via the WAN The remote access capabilities are provided via a modem router that has access to any of the ITG Management LANs The Remote MAT PC connects to the ITG Management over a PPP link and then communicates to the ITG cards the same as does a local MAT PC on the ITG Management LAN The IP address provided by the modem router for example Nortel Networks Netgear RM356 Modem Router to the remote MAT ITG PC is configured in the modem router and in the SNMP Manager s list of the ITG cards All management communications including alarms are sent over this channel In the second scenario the support organization is denied access to the customer LAN WAN network for security reasons In this case a local MAT PConanITG Management LAN has access to only the ITG cards on the local n
276. nt LAN or E LAN is lOBaseT Ethernet Very little traffic is generated by the ITG node on this network Cards generate this traffic when the cards have been reset and are looking for the active leader and when SNMP traps are emitted due to ITG card events and errors A standard configuration is an 8 port passive hub connecting the ITG system management Ethernet to the MAT PC through the E LAN If the E LAN also carries functional signalling traffic for Symposium Call Center Server SCCS Small Symposium Call Center SSCC or Call Pilot multimedia message server then the E LAN can be configured on a switching hub to maximize data throughput Selecting public or private IP addresses The customer must consider a number of factors to determine if the T LAN and E LAN will use private internal IP addresses or public IP addresses 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 133 of 378 Private IP addresses Private IP addresses are internal IP addresses that are not routed over the Internet They can be routed directly between separate intranets provided that there are no duplicated subnets in the private IP addresses Private IP addresses can be used to set up the T LAN and E LAN so that scarce public IP addresses are used efficiently Three blocks of IP addresses have been reserved for private intranets e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 e 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 Some routers and f
277. nted Traffic mix Before implementing QoS mechanisms in the network the technician needs to assess the traffic mix of the network QoS mechanisms depend on the process and ability to distinguish traffic by class so as to provide differentiated services If an intranet is designed solely to deliver ITG traffic and all traffic flows are equal priority then there is no need to consider QoS mechanisms This network would only have one class of traffic 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 127 of 378 In most corporate environments the intranet is primarily supporting data and other services When planning to offer voice services over the intranet the technician needs to assess the following e Are there existing QoS mechanisms What kind The ITG traffic should take advantage of established mechanisms if possible e What is the traffic mix If the ITG traffic is small compared to data traffic on the intranet then IP QoS mechanisms can suffice If ITG traffic is significant data services might be impacted when those mechanisms are biased toward ITG traffic TCP traffic behavior The majority of corporate intranet traffic is TCP based Unlike UDP which has no flow control TCP uses a sliding window flow control mechanism Under this scheme TCP increases its window size increasing throughput until congestion occurs Congestion is detected by packet losses and when that happens the throughput is qu
278. nto backplane shroud 2 c Install connector 3 labeled UPS3 into backplane shroud 3 Dress ribbon cables back individually inside the rear of IPE module and restore original arrangement Start with the cables that are going to be underneath Attach NTCW84JA special IPE filter to NT8D81AA 50 pin connector using bail clips Restore power to IPE module Replace I O safety panel 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 353 of 378 Appendix B Environmental and electrical regulatory data Environmental specifications Table 65 lists measurements of performance under test conditions of temperature and shock Table 65 ITG temperature and humidity specifications Specification Minimum Maximum Normal operation Recommended 30 C Relative humidity 5596 non condensing Absolute less than 72 hours 45 C Relative humidity 95 non condensing Rate of change Less than 1 C per three minutes Temperature cycling 0 C to 65 C 1 C min three cycles ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 354 of 378 Appendix B Environmental and electrical regulatory data Table 65 ITG temperature and humidity specifications Continued Specification Minimum Maximum Recommended 470 C Relative humidity 0 95 non condensing In three minutes 50 C 25 C In three minutes 70 C 25 C Mechanical conditions Refer to Table 66 for ITG mechanical tolerance ranges
279. number 12 Static Routing Setup under the Advanced Applications section Menu 12 Static Route Setup sub menu is displayed Note 1 f firewall security is properly configured in the customer s Management GW router and if the modem router is permitted access over the C LAN to other ITG nodes on remote E LANs define a default network route pointing to the Management GW IP address on the local E LAN Alternatively define up to four different static network routes or host routes in the modem router to limit routing access from the modem router to the C LAN Note 2 To prevent access from the modem router to the C LAN via the Management GW router on the E LAN disable RIP by setting RIP Directionz None and remove all static routes or disable a particular static route by setting Active No 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access Page 363 of 378 13 Enter menu selection number 1 to edit the first static route Menu 12 1 Edit IP Static Route is displayed 14 Type in a descriptive route name e g DefaultGW no spaces Toggle Active Yes No for security purposes Destination IP address can be the default network route 0 0 0 0 or a specific network or host route for greater security The gateway IP address is the Management GW IP address on the E LAN where the modem router is connected Press Enter to confirm and save data to ROM then press Esc to return fr
280. ode In this case a private IP address can be used for the MAT PC since management and alarm traffic would never have to travel over any network other than the private ITG Management LAN A modem can be used to connect the remote MAT PC to the local MAT PC with remote access software such as PC Anywhere running in client server mode between the 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG MAT PC management configuration Page 149 of 378 Figure 20 Remote access with full access to the customer s LAN WAN Remote support PC dose not need MAT PC Anywhere remote control terminal Central ITG MAT PC PC Anywhere 32 Host mode Firewall Router ITG Voice WAN Router WAN Router ITG Voice T LAN Firewall ges L Router Enterprise LAN C LAN Enterprise LAN C LAN 553 9308 local and remote PCs The local MAT PC is communicating with the ITG cards for management and alarm information and conveying all information back to the remote MAT PC There are alternative solutions for remote alarm management available to the customer through third party products The customer is referred to product bulletins for availability MAT PC description The MAT PC can be attached to a LAN to provide multi user multi site access The MAT applications and database must reside on a LAN Server with each client accessing the files from the server
281. of Service QoS objectives dictated by these data services When an intranet takes on a real time service the users of that service will impose additional QoS objectives in the intranet some of these targets may be less stringent compared with those imposed by current services while other targets would be more stringent For intranets not exposed to real time services in the past but now need to deliver ITG traffic it is likely that the QoS objectives pertaining to delay will impose an additional design constraint on the intranet One approach is to simply subject all intranet traffic to additional QoS constraints and design the network to the strictest QoS objectives essentially a best of breed solution This for example would improve the quality of data services even though most applications may not perceive a reduction of say 50ms in delay Improving the network results in one that would be adequately engineered for voice but over engineered for data services Another approach is to consider using QoS mechanisms in the intranet the goal of which is to provide a more cost effective solution to engineering the intranet for non homogenous traffic types Unfortunately IP QoS mechanisms are still relatively recent technology hardly implemented on intranets and difficult to predict the consequences This section outlines what QoS mechanisms can work in conjunction with the ITG node and with what new intranet wide consequences if impleme
282. om the sub menu to the main menu 15 Enter menu selection number 13 Default Dial in Setup under the Advanced Applications section Menu 13 Default Dial in Setup is displayed ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 364 of 378 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access 16 17 18 Under Telco Options toggle CLIDAuthenzNone Preferred Required CLID requires a C O line subscribed for CLID service where available Preferred means some dial in user profiles may require CLID but others may not Required means no dial in call is connected unless CLID is provided and user profiles require CLID for authentication Under PPP Options toggle Recv AuthenzPAP Windows 9x Dialup Networking DUN is not compatible with CHAP PAP or CHAP on the modem router calls are disconnected after a few minutes Toggle CompressionzNo Windows 9x DUN is not compatible with software compression on the modem router calls are randomly disconnected Toggle Mutual AuthenzNo Under IP Address Supplied By Toggle Dial in User No IP Pool Yes For IP Start Addr type in the E LAN IP address that will be assigned to the Dialup Networking DUN PPP client on the remote MAT PC Note The remote MAT PC will receive this E LAN IP address whenever DUN makes a dial in PPP connection to the modem router As long as DUN remains connected to the modem router IP
283. on hops that traverse WAN links These are some of the ways to reduce hop count e Attach the T LAN directly to the WAN router e Improve meshing Add links to help improve meshing adding a link from router to router4 in the previous traceroute example might cause the routing protocol to use that new link thereby reducing the hop count by two e Node reduction You can connect colocated nodes into one larger and more powerful router These guidelines affect the whole intranet as they tamper with network architecture design and policies To proceed with this involves considering cost political and IP design issues topics which are beyond the scope of this document Adjust jitter buffer size The jitter buffer parameters directly affect the end to end delay Lowering the voice playout settings decreases one way delay but the decrease comes at the cost of giving less waiting time for voice packets that arrive late Refer to ITG Trunk DSP profile settings on page 135 for guidelines for re sizing the jitter buffer Reduce packet errors Packet errors in intranets are generally correlated with congestion somewhere in the network Bottleneck links occur where the packet errors are high because packets get dropped when they arrive faster than the link can transmit them The task of upgrading highly utilized links can remove the source of packet errors on a particular flow Also an effort to reduce hop count gives fewer opportunities f
284. on on the host Example ITG gt bootpFilePut ngals042 anonymous guest bootpDir bootpFile hostFilePut hostname Transfer any file on the ITG card from location ITGFileName username password and does a put using FTP to the host indicated by hostname directory path filename username password and directory path ITGFileName Note ITGFileName is the full path that is path filename of where the file is taken from on the ITG card Example ITG gt hostFilePut ngals042 anonymous guest hostDir hostFile C CONFIG CONFIG1 INI Table 52 NVRAM IP configuration commands Part 1 of 2 Command Description NVRIPSet IP address Set the IP address in NVRAM Example ITG gt NVRRIPSet 47 23 34 19 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 314 of 378 Maintenance Table 52 NVRAM IP configuration commands Part 2 of 2 Command Description NVRGWSet IP gateway Set the default gateway address in NVRAM Example ITG gt NVRRGWSet 47 0 0 1 NVRSMSet subnet mask Set the subnet mask in NVRAM Example ITG gt NVRRSMSet 255 255 240 0 NVRIPShow Print the values of the IP parameters that exist in NVRAM Example ITG gt NVRIPShow nvramLeaderSet Set the leader bit in NVRAM Example ITG gt nvramLeaderSet nvramLeaderClr Clear the leader bit in NVRAM but does not erase the IP parameters in NVRAM Example
285. on the faceplate of the MSDL card and to the inward side of the 15 pin filter connector installed in the I O panel of the IPE Module that contains the DCHIP card Connect the DCH P5 connector of the NTCW84KA to the outward side of the 15 pin I O panel filter connector Install filter and NTND26 cable for MSDL and DCHIP cards in different Large System equipment rows 6 10 Install the bracket for the 15 pin I O panel filter connector in the J16 J17 J37 or J38 I O panel opening of the I O panel of the Network Module or Core Net Module that contains the MSDL card Install the 15 pin I O panel filter connector on the inward side of the bracket Obtain the correct length of the NTND26 DCHI Interface Cable Assembly to reach from the D Channel port connector on the faceplate of the MSDL card to the outward side of the 15 pin filter connector installed in the I O panel of the IPE Module that contains the DCHIP card The NTND26 DCHI Interface Cable Assembly is available in the following lengths NTND26AA 6 ft NTND26AB 18 ft NTND26AC 35 ft NTND26AD 50 ft Connect the appropriate NTND26 cable assembly to the D Channel port connector on the faceplate of the MSDL card and to the outward side of the 15 pin filter connector installed in the I O panel of the IPE Module that contains the DCHIP card Use the NTMFO4BA Extension Cable to connect the DCH P5 connector of the NTCW84KA to the inward side of the 15 pin I O panel
286. onnections including T1 ISDN PRI serves as the gateway to route voice calls coming through the LAN to the voice trunk Figure 10 shows DN 7000 placing a public call through the private LAN by dialing 1 415 456 1234 or 566 1234 The ITG ISL Trunk card with IP address 47 82 32 124 searches for the Numbering Plan Area NPA or Local Exchange Code NXX tables with the matched NPA or NXX entries When an entry is found the corresponding IP address is used to send H 323 call setup messages to the gateway a Meridian 1 with an IP address of 47 82 32 123 which routes the call to the PSTN through a regular CO or DID trunk The translation table is expanded to allow extended three to six digit NPA codes For example DNs such as 1 415 456 XXXX and 1 415 940 XXXX can have different destination IP addresses 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 51 of 378 Figure 10 North American dialing plan call flow WV i OV 568 Omval E 47 82 32 124 47 82 32 123 IP Address 47 82 32 123 Outgoing call path gt 553 9474 Flexible Numbering Plan A Flexible Numbering Plan FNP allows the length of Location Codes LOCs to vary from node to node As well the total number of digits dialed to reach a station can vary from station to station It also allows flexibility for the length of the location codes from node to node An FNP can be used to support country specific diali
287. ontaining the card routing table entry IP addresses have been successfully transmitted to each card ITG gt routeAdd XXX XXX XXX XXX Vyy yyy yyy yyy where XXX XXX XXx xxx is the IP address of the remote MAT PC and yyy yyy yyy yyy is the IP address of the management gateway on the E LAN Press Enter 2 Verify that the TN management interface MAC addresses and IP addresses are configured correctly for each ITG card Select any card in the ITG node in the MAT ITG ISDN IP Trunk main window and select menu Configuration Node Properties from the drop down menus Compare the values displayed on the General tab and the Card Configuration tab with those on the ITG Trunk Installation Summary Sheet The ITG Transmit Options dialog box appears 3 Correct errors and retransmit Node Properties 4 Reboot all cards for which Node Properties have changed Transmit Card Properties and Dialing Plan to Leader 1 and Follower cards Verify that the ITG Trunk cards are disabled in the Meridian 1 before transmitting card properties 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 221 of 378 Note Disable ITG Trunk cards when transmitting card properties or new software Use the MAT Maintenance Windows the MAT System Passthru terminal or use a Meridian 1 system management terminal directly connected to a TTY port on the Meridian 1 Wait for the NPROO11 message which indicates that a
288. op s shelf and c card ENLUIscu Enable the indicated unit where loop s shelf c card and u unit LDICIscu List the number of days since the last incoming call on the indicated trunk where loop s shelf c card and u unit STATIsc Print the Meridian 1 software status of the indicated card where loop s shelf and c card RSETIscu Reset thresholds for the indicated trunk where loop S shelf c card and u unit Note 1 For Option 11C and Option 11C Mini the TN address lt s c gt should be replaced by lt s c gt and the lt I s c u gt address by scu gt Information equivalent to that provided by the STAT command can be accessed from the command line on the card 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 305 of 378 Identify ITG routes and cards in the Meridian 1 In LD 16 the Route Data Block use the DES prompt to identify the IP Telephony Gateway route ITG card management interface MAC address and IP address In LD 14 use the DES prompt to identify the management interface MAC address and IP address Print the ITG route and trunk designators in the Meridian 1 In LD 21 enter the LTM List Trunk Members in response to the REQ prompt to list the ITG route designator s and the individual ITG trunk designators MAC addresses and IP addresses When cards are added deleted or changed the trunk designators must be upd
289. or routers and links to drop packets Other causes of packet errors not related to queueing delay are as follows e Poor link quality The underlying circuit may have transmission problems high line error rates subject to frequent outages etc Note that the circuit may be provisioned on top of other services such as X 25 frame relay or ATM Check with the service provider for information 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 125 of 378 e Overloaded CPU This is another commonly monitored statistic collected by network management systems If a router is overloaded it means that the router is constantly performing processing intensive tasks which impedes the router from forwarding packets Find out what the threshold CPU utilization level is and check if any suspect router conforms to the threshold The router may have to be re configured or upgraded e Saturation Routers can be overworked when there are too many high capacity and high traffic links configured on it Ensure that routers are dimensioned according to vendor guidelines e LAN saturation Packets may also be dropped on under engineered or faulty LAN segments e Jitter buffer too small Packets that arrive at the destination ITG but too late to be placed in the jitter buffer are essentially loss packets as well Refer to Adjust jitter buffer size on page 124 Routing issues Unnecessary delay can be introduced by routing irregu
290. or the NTO961AA 24 port ITG Trunk card e 1 375 for the NTCW80 8 port ITG Trunk card The First CHID is the ISL Channel ID of Unit 0 on this ITG Trunk card as configured in LD 14 for the trunk cards and units Consecutive CHIDs are assigned to remaining units on the card when configuring trunks in LD 14 using the NEW xx command Click Add and then click Apply Note In most cases you do not click OK until you add all cards to the node and complete all configuration tasks If you click OK before you complete configuration MAT exits the node property configuration session and displays the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main Window To complete the configuration tasks double click on the new ITG Trunk node in the list in the upper part of the Main Window Repeat steps 1 10 for Leader 1 and each Follower in the ITG Trunk node 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 199 of 378 Configure DSP profiles for the ITG Trunk node In this procedure you select a DSP profile and set Profile Options and Codec Options and if required modify default DiffServ TOS values from 0 You set these profiles once for the ITG Trunk node In a later step you download the DSP profiles card properties to each card 1 Click the DSP Profile tab see Figure 30 The General tab displays a detailed description of the default DSP Profile 1 2 Change the default DSP profile from the drop down list box if required
291. order of the preferred codec selection for outgoing calls and shows advanced codec parameters for the selected codec Figure 32 ITG Node Properties DSP Profile Codec Options tab New ITG Node x General Configuration DSP Profile SNMP Traps Routing and IPs Accounting Server Security Select the DSP profile for all ITG cards in this node Changes to the DSP profile must be transmitted to each card Type of Service all profiles TEES T DSP profile Profile 1 G 711 G 728A Fax Cona packets 0 Voice packets 0 General Profile Options Codec Options Use the Move Up Down buttons and check boxes to set codec negotiation order codec on the top is used first Chage the settings for each Codec as required G 711 A law and ulaw PCM Settings Voice payload size 10 E Voice playout nominal delay 40 bd Voice playout maximum delay 100 E v Enable voice activity detection Move Up Move Down Reset Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help Perform steps 6 and 7 if required To revert to the default settings click Reset Defaults CAUTION The default Codec Options are appropriate for most applications If you are not an expert in Voice over IP do not modify the Codec Options parameters See ITG Trunk DSP profile settings on page 135 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 203 of 378 6 To turn off a codec click on the codec and uncheck the chec
292. orked using ISDN while transmitting H 323 signaling and voice over a standard IP protocol stack The ITG ISL Trunk compresses voice and demodulates Group 3 Fax ITG then routes the packetized data over a private IP network for connections between Meridian 1 nodes bypassing circuit switched trunking facilities The ITG ISL Trunk delivers an ISDN signaling interface between the Meridian 1 and the Voice and Fax over IP VoIP interface The high signaling bandwidth of this ISDN interface expands the feature functionality for VoIP trunks It provides for example Calling Line Identification CLID and Call Party Name Display CPND To install the ITG ISL Trunk the customer must have a corporate IP network with managed bandwidth capacity and routers available for WAN connectivity between networked Meridian 1 systems Best VoIP performance is obtained with a QoS managed network LAN connection of the ITG ISL Trunk requires 10BaseT or 100BaseTX Ethernet interfaces for VoIP and 10BaseT for management and D Channel signaling There is no restriction on the physical medium of the WAN ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 20 of 378 Description Non compressing G 711 codecs require 100BaseT Ethernet network connectivity A 10 100BaseT autosensing Ethernet interface routes the VoIP traffic from the ITG ISL Trunk cards Signaling between cards and communication with the Meridian Administration Tools
293. ormation about each card including the fields listed in Table 27 ITG Trunk Installation Summary Sheet on page 157 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 157 of 378 Table 27 ITG Trunk Installation Summary Sheet Site System Customer Node Number T LAN Node IP address T LAN gateway router T LAN subnet mask E LAN gateway router E LAN subnet mask Mgmt MAC Mgmt IP Voice IP Card E LAN E LAN TLAN Cad role propsniel density Leader 0 Leader 1 Follower Follower Follower Follower Follower Follower Follower Follower Follower Follower Follower Follower ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 158 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Install and cable ITG trunk cards Card installation procedure When unpacking the hardware use ESD precautions while handling the cards As each card is placed in the Meridian 1 system record the TN management MAC address and the card density on the installation summary sheet The management MAC address is labeled on the ITG Trunk card faceplate as the motherboard Ethernet address Each ITG card requires two slots in a Meridian 1 IPE shelf Only the left slot of the card requires connection to the Meridian 1 IPE backplane and I O panel At least one D
294. ost entry in the route list block An ITG route should be configured with a higher priority lower entry number than the fallback route in the LD 86 Route List Blocks RLB of the Meridian 1 ESN configuration All calls to the target destination with VoIP capability will try the IP route first before falling back to traditional circuit switched network 2 Turn off ITG route during peak traffic periods on the IP data network Based on site data if fall back routing occurs frequently and consistently for a data network during specific busy hours e g every Monday 10 11am Tuesday 2 3pm these hours should be excluded from the RLB to maintain a high QoS for voice services By not offering voice traffic to a data network during known peak traffic hours the incidence of conversation with marginal QoS can be minimized 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 87 of 378 The time schedule is a 24 hour clock which is divided up the same way for all 7 days Basic steps to program Time of Day for ITG routes are as follows a Go to LD 86 ESN data block to configure the Time of Day Schedule TODS for the required ITG control periods b Goto LD 86 RLB and apply the TODS on off toggle for that route list entry associated with an ITG trunk route 3 Use the traditional PSTN for modem traffic ITG does not support modem traffic except Group 3 fax You must configure the Meridian 1 routing controls to route modem
295. ot support modem traffic except for Group 3 fax The technician must configure the Meridian 1 routing controls to route modem traffic over circuit switched trunks instead of over ITG The Meridian Integrated IP Telephony Gateway intranet Voice fax 10 100BaseT 10 100BaseT Private IP IP IP data network Intranet s Router Router Traditional PSTN Private Voice Trunks Network traditional circuit switched 553 9146 The ITG system is available for options 11C 51C 61C 81 and 81C systems running X11 release 25 or later software It is also compatible with SL 1 systems NT RT and XT upgraded to support IPE cards 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Scope ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 73 of 378 The ITG card plugs into the Meridian 1 IPE shelf A maximum of eight cards can fit on one IPE shelf each ITG card takes up two slots on the IPE shelf Option 11C systems operating under Class B Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC standards can only hold a total of two cards divided between the main and expansion cabinets This may be extended to two cards in each main or expansion cabinet if all cabinets are separated from each other by at least ten meters distance For Option 11C systems operating under Class A EMC standards there are no restrictions For Option 11C and Option11C Mini the SDI DCH NTAKO2BB card occupies one slot on the cabinet and is connect
296. out of capacity during failures 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 107 of 378 Insufficient link capacity If there is not enough link capacity one or more of the following options can be decided e Use the G 723 codec series Compared to the default G 729 Annex AB codec with 30 ms payload the G 723 codecs use 9 to 1446 less bandwidth e Upgrade the link s bandwidth Other intranet resource considerations Bottlenecks caused by non WAN resources are less frequent For a more complete assessment you must consider the impact of incremental ITG traffic on routers and LAN resources in the intranet Perhaps the ITG traffic will traverse LAN segments that are saturated or routers whose CPU utilization is high ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 108 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines QoS Evaluation Process Overview Set QoS There are two main objectives when dealing with the QoS issue in an ITG network 1 to predict the expected QoS 2 to evaluate the QoS after integrating ITG traffic into the intranet The process for either case is similar one is without ITG traffic and one is with The fine difference between them will be discussed at an appropriate place In the process it is assumed that the Ping program is available on a Window 95 or NT PC or some network management tool which can collect delay and loss data that is accessed to the
297. out of service The term Active Leader indicates the Leader 0 or the Leader 1 card that is performing the Active Leader role Leader 0 or Leader 1 can have the Active Leader status On system power up Leader 0 normally functions as the Active Leader and Leader 1 as the Backup Leader At other times the Leader card functions reverse with Leader 1 working as the Active Leader and Leader 0 working as the Backup Leader The Leader Backup Leader Follower and DCHIP cards communicate through their E LAN connections Follower A Follower card is an ITG ISL Trunk card which converts telephone signals into data packets and data packets into telephone signals Follower cards also provide dialed number to IP address translation ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 30 of 378 Description Active Leader The Active Leader card is an ITG ISL Trunk card that acts as a point of contact for all other Meridian 1 in the network The Active Leader card is responsible for the following distribute incoming H 323 calls to each registered Follower card in its node and balance load among the registered cards for incoming IP calls e IP addresses for other cards in its node e work as a time server for all ITG ISL Trunk cards in its node e perform network monitoring for outgoing calls in its node e voice processing All calls from a remote Meridian 1 ITG node are presented to the Active Leader card
298. owed by dots To see all strings you must open the property sheet e The Quality of Service column has the following two parts 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 255 of 378 Enable Disable status QoS value Dialing Plan Entry Properties General window In the ITG Dialing Plan window select menu Configuration Add The property sheet shown in Figure 50 appears Use this property sheet to add or change an entry in the dialing plan Figure 50 ITG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties General window ITG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties x General Digits dialed r Remote ITG node configuration Node Node IP Not Defined on this OTM MAT PC Node Name Node capability Not Defined on this OTM MAT PC SL1 Quality of Service The Quality of Service J0s determines when calls to this remote fallback to the PSTN due to poor performance of the data network Select the QoS where 0 means never fallback and 5 means fallback unless the voice quality is perfect IV Enable Quality of Service QoS monitoring OO rmm n n rn ru n rn n ad ELM M 50 Bo Comments Last Modified Cancel 1 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 256 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications The following comments apply to the fields in the ITG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties Gener
299. paces Enter the first line beginning underneath the last line that begins with a Lines beginning with are comments and not processed Do not begin any of the lines defining ITG devices with Table 40 Format of Devices txt file Device Type IP Address Device Name XXX XXX XXX XXX Site Leader 0 XXX XXX XXX XXX Site Leader 1 XXX XXX XXX XXX Site Follower 2 Note The Device Name cannot contain any spaces Use a descriptive name for the Meridian 1 site where the ITG Trunk node is located 7 Click File Save 8 In the Alarm Notification Run Options window click OK MAT Alarm Notification must be restarted whenever Control Files are changed ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 234 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 9 If MAT Alarm Notification is running i e the red traffic light is showing on the tool bar first stop it by clicking on the red traffic light on the tool bar Restart it by clicking on the green traffic light 10 If MAT Alarm Notification is not running i e green traffic light is showing on the tool bar start it by clicking on the green traffic light to change it to red 11 Enter the trap gen command from the ITG shell A series of SNMP traps is emitted by the ITG card and appears in the MAT Alarm Notification browser window Verify the device name identifies the correct ITG card The procedure is complete Make t
300. peaking in busy hour ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 100 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines This assumes no correlation and no synchronization of voice bursts in different simultaneous calls This assumes some statistical model of granularity and distribution of voice message bursts due to silence suppression Table 16 Example Incremental WAN bandwidth requirement WAN Peaked WAN Destination Pair traffic in traffic x1 3 in kbit s kbit s Santa Clara Richardson Santa Clara Ottawa Santa Clara Tokyo Richardson Ottawa Richardson Tokyo Ottawa Tokyo The following example illustrates the calculation procedure for Santa Clara and Richardson The total traffic on this route is 60 CCS To use the preferred codec of G 729 Annex AB with 30 ms payload the bandwidth use on the WAN is 11 2 kbit s WAN traffic is calculated using the following formula 60 36 11 2 18 7 kbit s Augmenting this number by 30 would give us the peak traffic rate of 24 3 kbit s This is the incremental bandwidth required between Santa Clara and Richardson to carry the 60 CCS voice traffic during the busy hour Assume that 20 CCS of the 60 CCS between Santa Clara and Richardson is fax traffic Of the 20 CCS 14 CCS is from Santa Clara to Richardson and 6 CCS is from Richardson to Santa Clara What is the WAN data rate required between those two locations Traffic between the two sites can be broken
301. ppression parameters Voice activity detection Silence suppression also known as Voice Activity Detection VAD is enabled by default on a new ITG node You can enable disable V AD using the Enable voice activity detection checkbox on the MAT ITG Node Properties DSP Profile Codec Options tab See Figure 32 on page 202 To change the current DSP VAD state to match the current VAD configuration retransmit card properties from MAT When silence is detected the ITG node sends a flag to the destination ITG node that denotes start of silence No voice packets are sent until the silence period is broken There are two parameters that control silence suppression e Idle noise level This is set at a default level of 65 dBm0 Voice activity detection threshold This is set at a default of OdB Voice packets are formed when the audio level exceeds the idle noise level by this threshold value These default parameters are suited in most office environments Increasing either of these two parameters lowers the amount of IP traffic generated at the expense of clipping and dropouts Jitter buffer parameters Voice playout delay There are three parameters that control the size of the jitter buffer in the destination ITG node e Voice playout nominal delay This can range from twice the payload size to 10 times subject to a maximum of 320 ms ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 138 of 37
302. r and Follower card interaction The Active Leader card controls the assignment of IP addresses for all new ITG ISL Trunk cards in its node If a new ITG ISL Trunk card is added as a Follower the new Card Configuration data as programmed in MAT is downloaded only to the Active Leader card When it boots up the new Follower card requests its IP address from the Active Leader card through the bootp protocol When the Follower cards boot up they receive their IP address and Active Leader card IP address from the Active Leader card Follower cards continuously send Update messages to the Active Leader card These messages inform the Active Leader card of the Followers most recent status and resources The Active Leader sends Update messages to the Follower cards informing them of the updated dialing number to IP address translation information Also the Active Leader card continuously sends messages about changes in the network performance of each destination node in the dialing plan If a Follower card fails for example DSP failure it reports to the Active Leader that its failed resources are not available The trunk ports involved are considered faulty and appear busy to the Meridian 1 Call processing is maintained on the remaining ITG trunks 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 35 of 378 If a Follower card loses communication with the Active Leader all its ports appear busy to the Meridian 1 Alarms are raised by
303. r prompts you select Download Record the file name and location of downloaded software on your MAT PC Now you are ready to transmit the new card software from MAT to the ITG ISL Trunk cards 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 227 of 378 Transmit new software to ITG Trunk cards Verify that the ITG Trunk cards are disabled in the Meridian 1 before transmitting new card software Note Disable ITG Trunk cards when transmitting card properties or new software Use the MAT Maintenance Windows the MAT System Passthru terminal or use a Meridian 1 system management terminal directly connected to a TT Y port on the Meridian 1 Use the overlay 32 DISI command to disable the ITG cards when idle NPROG indicates that all units on the card have been disabled In the MAT IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk main window select View Refresh and verify that the card status is showing Disabled If the card status shows unequipped configure the card in LD14 1 Open MAT Click on Services and launch the ITG ISDN IP Trunks application 2 Select the node to upgrade from the list in the upper half of the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window 3 Select node or cards for software transmission according to card density a fallcardsinthe node have same card density 24 port or 8 port you upgrade all the cards together by transmitting to the selected node Click new node in upper
304. r the ITG dialing plan and the entire ITG network is tested with calls dialed using the Route Access Code In LD16 for prompt CTYP set to appropriate call type for ITG Trunk node numbering plan in order to make test calls using ACOD After the correct operation of the entire ITG network has been verified ESN translations that are intended to be routed via ITG tie trunks will then be changed so as to use the new RLI Table 36 LD 86 Configure Electronic Switched Network ESN Part 1 of 2 pm NN Add new data Customer number associated with this function as defined in LD 15 Electronic Switched Network data block Coordinary Dialing Plan ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 188 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Table 36 LD 86 Configure Electronic Switched Network ESN Part 2 of 2 LNNNMILCCRNNL NN Table 37 One or two digit NARS BARS Access Code 1 One or two digit NARS Access Code 2 Check for Trunk Group Access Restrictions on ESN calls Set TGAR YES if required to block non fax modem traffic from ITG Trunk route Caution This will impact all trunk access for ESN calls TGAR and TARG values must be carefully coordinated for all stations trunks and routes when setting TGAR YES in the ESN block LD 86 Configure route list block with Step Back on Congestion on ISDN Part 1 of 2 pm NN 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000
305. r to the maintenance port on the faceplate of the ITG Trunk card b Connect the DB9 connector to the COM port of a local PC running TTY terminal emulation If required use an NTAG81BA Maintenance Extender cable to provide an extension between the NTAG81CA PC Maintenance cable and the PC COM port For remote dialup access from a remote PC use a null modem adaptor between the NTAG81CA or NTAG81BA maintenance cable and the modem To make a more permanent connection to the maintenance port a Connect the NTAG81BA Maintenance Extender cable to the female DB9 connector of the NTCW84KA I O cable for DCHIP cards or the NTMF94EA I O cable for non DCHIP cards b Connect the other end of the NTAG81BA Maintenance Extender cable to the PC COM port or via null modem cable to a modem Note Only a single maintenance port connection can be made at a time Do not connect a terminal or modem to the faceplate maintenance port and the NTCW84KA or the NTMF94EA ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 174 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Configure ITG Trunk data on the Meridian 1 You must first configure D channels route data blocks and trunks through the Meridian 1 system TTY Then you configure the ESN data blocks to implement the network dialing plan and translations Record the D Channel CHIDs and TNs for the ITG ISL Trunks on the installation summary sheet Configure the IS
306. ration files You can later restore the files using the Get commands However you can use the DPAddrTGet file to restore the Dialing Plan file from another ITG card in the same node Backup from the ITG command line interface 1 Identify an appropriate FTP host and get the IP address the user name the password and a directory path on the host 2 Log in to the ITG shell of the Leader 0 ITG card of the ITG node 3 Use the BootPFilePut command with the appropriate parameters to backup the Node Properties file to the FTP host 4 Use the DPAddrPut command with the appropriate parameters to backup the Dialing Plan file to the FTP host 5 For each ITG card log in to the ITG shell and use the configFilePut command to backup the card properties files Each file must be named to identify the card it goes with Restore from the ITG command line interface To restore configuration when the MAT ITG PC is not available to retransmit the ITG configuration data use the appropriate Put commands 1 Use the BootPFileGet command with the appropriate parameters to restore the Node Properties file from the FTP host to the ITG card 2 Login to the ITG shell for each card that requires a Dialing Plan restore Use the DPAddrPut command with the appropriate parameters to backup the Dialing Plan file from the FTP host or from another ITG card in the node that has a valid copy of the Dialing Plan to each card Each card requires a valid copy of
307. ravel over the E LAN a 10BaseT LAN connected to each ITG ISL Trunk card and the MAT PC A separate 10 100BaseT LAN transmits the voice fax data to the remote VoIP systems 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 49 of 378 Dialing plans Dialing plan configuration allows customers to set up routing tables to route calls to the appropriate destination based on dialed digits The dialing plan is configured through the Electronic Switched Network ESN feature using overlays in the Meridian 1 or MAT With ESN configuration the Meridian 1 can route outgoing calls to the ITG ISL Trunk card Address translation allows the ITG ISL Trunk card call processing to translate the called party number to the IP address of the terminating ITG node and to deliver calls to the destination through the IP network The Meridian 1 ITG ISL Trunk card supports the following dialing plans e North American dialing plan e Flexible Numbering Plan Customer defined Basic Automatic Route Selection BARS and Network Alternate Route Selection NARS Access Codes are used to access the dialing plans The ITG Trunk dialing plan supports a single Meridian 1 customer per ITG node and multiple ITG nodes per Meridian 1 A customer may have multiple nodes in a Meridian 1 but each node can only support the dialing plan of a single customer Multiple Meridian 1 customers will require multiple nodes per Meridian 1 Multi node configuration The followin
308. rd configuration data from MAT to the ITG trunk cards Setting the Leader 0 IP address Transmit the node properties card properties and dialing plan to Leader 0 Verify installation and configuration Transmit Card Properties and Dialing Plan to Leader 1 and Follower cards Set date and time for the ITG ISL Trunk node Change the default ITG shell password to maintain access security Check card software Transmit new software to ITG Trunk cards Upgrade the DCHIP PC Card Configure MAT Alarm Management to receive SNMP traps from ITG ISL Trunk cards Make test calls to the remote ITG nodes page 215 page 216 page 218 page 219 page 220 page 222 page 222 page 225 page 227 page 229 page 231 page 234 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 156 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Create the ITG Trunk Installation Summary Sheet Compile all necessary data before beginning the configuration process For example prepare the following information ahead of time e The TN Management MAC address and Card Density should be recorded during the ITG Trunk 2 0 hardware installation e D Channel number and CHID should be recorded during the Meridian 1 configuration e All E LAN and T LAN IP addresses must be obtained from the System Administrator before beginning MAT configuration Create an ITG Installation Summary Sheet This form contains important inf
309. re the upgraded cards as if you were performing a new ITG 2 0 24 port installation Note Whena node includes 8 port and 24 port cards you must upgrade all 8 port cards to the 2 0 software the standard configuration is to have the 24 port card support the DCHIP functionality ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 236 of 378 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks Before you begin The list below is numbered for convenience The steps can be accomplished in any order 1 Upgrade to MAT 6 6 or later Make sure you install all the ITG and Alarm Management applications 2 Upgrade Meridian 1 X11 software to Release 25 or later ITG ISL Trunks require packages 145 ISDN and 147 ISL Install additional software packages such as Package 148 NTWK as required for advanced ISDN features Table 1 Software packages for Meridian 1 ITG ISL Trunk on page 22 lists required software packages 3 Download the ITG 8 port upgrade software from the website The website URL to check the latest recommended ITG software release is http Awww nortelnetworks com itg The browser prompts you to enter a user name and password The default user name is usa The default password is usa The filename that you want to download is called ITG28xx mms where ITG2 indicates the ISL trunk software 8 indicates it is the upgrade software for an 8 port card and xx is the
310. ridian 1 provides alternate routing based on BARS or NARS BARS NARS translates the dialed location LOC NPA NXX or Special Number SPN into an entry on the Route List Block RLB and searches the trunks in the associated Route Data Block RDB The trigger for Fallback to alternate trunk facilities is defined per call per customer The local Active Leader makes the decision to use the Fallback feature The selection of routes is based on the customer configured database The customer must configure the alternate routing to the PSTN in the Meridian 1 s database The Fallback to alternate facilities uses an ISDN DCH mechanism The Step Back on Congestion over ISDN feature provides Fallback to alternate trunk facilities functionality When the Meridian 1 presents an outgoing call and receives a release message back that indicates network problems Stepback on Congestion allows a new route to be found for the call for instance the PSTN The route selected depends on the customer s database If an alternate ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 58 of 378 Description route is not configured in the route list the calls rejected by the IP trunk will be routed to some other treatment Fallback is optional based on the configuration of the route list Figure 11 shows the Fallback to alternate facilities functionality Figure 11 Example of a Fallback to alternate facilities situation Orig
311. ringent than for voice Fax protocols such as T 30 are more sensitive to transmission errors than the human ear Quality of Service parameters Quality of Service for both voice and fax depends on end to end network performance and available bandwidth A number of parameters determine the ITG voice QoS over the data network Packet loss Packet loss is the percentage of packets sent that do not arrive at their destination Packet loss is caused by transmission equipment problems and congestion Packet loss can also occur when packet delays exceed configured limits and the packets are discarded In a voice conversation packet loss is heard as gaps in the conversation Some packet loss less than five percent can be acceptable without too much degradation in voice quality Sporadic loss of small packets can be more acceptable than infrequent loss of large packets Packet delay Packet delay is the time between when a packet is sent and when it is received The total packet delay time consists of fixed and variable delay Variable delay is more manageable than fixed delay as fixed delay is dependent on network technology Variable delay is caused by the network routing of packets The ITG node must be as close as possible to the network backbone WAN with a minimum number of hops in order to minimize packet delay and increase voice quality ITG provides echo cancellation so that a one way delay up to 200 milliseconds is acceptable For more
312. rocedure is for T LAN the modification required for WAN engineering is included in these procedures 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Table 5 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 77 of 378 A WAN route with bandwidth of 1 536 Mbit s or more can be loaded up to 8096 voice packets must have priority over data a smaller WAN pipe 64 kbit s is recommended to a loading of 50 When the WAN route prioritizes VoIP application over data traffic the route bandwidth can be engineered to 9046 loading level Otherwise only 8096 In Tables 5 and 6 the first WAN bandwidth is without Frame Relay or ATM overhead The Frame Relay overhead is eight bytes over IP packet The LLC SNAP Link Layer Control SubNetwork Attachment Point and AALS overhead for ATM is 16 bytes over IP packet IP packet size over 53 bytes requires two ATM cells over 106 bytes requires three ATM cells etc Within the same number of cells the bandwidth requirements are the same for packets with different sizes MAT input for FAX is in bytes ranged from 20 to 48 30 byte is the default It is different from voice applications where payload size is the input Silence suppression enabled T LAN Ethernet and WAN IP bandwidth usage per ITG port Part 1 of 2 Codec Multi frame Codec type duration in ms payload one way G 711 64 kbit s G 729AB G 729A 8 kbit s ITG Voice fax r i WAN with payload IP voice Ethernet Bandwidth Bandwidt
313. runk node for which you are creating the dialing plan Figure 36 ITG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties window General tab ITG Dialing Plan Remote Node Properties x General Digits dialed Remote ITG node configuration Node Node IP ict Defined on this OTM MAT PL El Node Name Node capability Not Defined on this OTM MAT PC SL1 Quality of Service The Quality of Service Qos determines when calls to this remote fallback to the PSTN due to poor performance of the data network Select the QoS where 0 means never fallback and 5 means fallback unless the voice quality is perfect I Enable Quality of Service QoS monitoring Comments Last Modified 3 Select the destination Node to be added from the list MAT provides the ITG Trunk Node IP address in a greyed out box and fills in the node name in the Node Name field ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 210 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node 4 Define Node capability for the destination node The default setting is SL1 which supports MCDN features The Node capability field defines the D channel protocol used by the destination ITG ISL Trunk node The protocol must match the protocol configured in LD16 in the route data block at the IFC prompt with respect to SL1 vs ESGF or ISGF QSIG interface IFC and in LD17 at the IFC prompt under ADAN DCH In LD 16 if SIGO
314. ry minor e Router processing delay The time it takes to forward a packet from one link to another on the router is the transit or router processing delay In a healthy network router processing delay is on the order of a few milliseconds e LAN segment delay The transmission and processing delay of packets through a healthy LAN subnet is on the order of just one or two milliseconds Reduce link delay 553 3001 202 In this and the next few sections the guidelines examine different ways of cutting down one way delay and packet loss in the ITG network The time it takes for a voice packet to be queued on the transmission buffer of a link until it is received at the next hop router is the link delay Link delay can be reduced by Standard 1 00 April 2000 ITG Engineering Guidelines Page 123 of 378 e Upgrading link capacity This reduces the serialization delay of the packet but also more significantly it reduces the utilization of the link and the queueing delay To estimate how much delay can be reduced refer to the tables and formulas given in Serialization delay on page 120 and Queuing delay on page 121 Before upgrading a link you must check both routers connected to the link intended for the upgrade and ensure that router configuration guidelines are complied to e Changing the link from satellite to terrestrial This should reduce the link delay by on the order of 100 to 300 ms e Implementing a priority queueing
315. ry path path The SNMPConfFileGet task on the ITG host starts an filename FTP session with the given parameters and downloads the file to flash file system Example ITG gt SNMPConfFileGet ngals042 anonymous guest snmpDir agent cnf hostFileGet hostname Get any file from the host and does a get via FTP to the ITG username password card directory path filename Note ITGFileName is the full path and filename of where the file is to ITGFileName listener be placed The listener parameter indicates which module to inform of the successful file transfer It can be set to 1 to be disabled amp Example ITG gt hostFileGet ngals042 anonymous guest hostfileDir hostFile txt C ITGFILEDIR ITGFILE TXT 1 currOmFilePut hostname The omFilePut task on the ITG host starts an FTP session with username password the given parameters and downloads the ITG card s current directory path filename Operational Measurements file to the indicated location on the host amp Example ITG gt currOmFilePut ngals042 anonymous guest IcurrDir omFile prevOmFilePut hostname The omFilePut task on the ITG host starts an FTP session with username password the given parameters and downloads the ITG card s previous directory path filename Operational Measurements file to the indicated location on the host amp Example ITG gt prevO
316. ry usage ifShow Show detailed network interface information including MAC and IP addresses IPInfoShow This command will return the following IP information P addresses for both management and voice networks default router for both management and voice networks subnet masks for both management and voice networks SNMP manager cardStateShow card state that is Unequipped Disabled Enabled serialNumShow Print out card serial number and PEC This command displays the same ITG card serial number that is displayed from the Meridian 1 IDC command and the Product Engineering Code PEC firmwareVersionShow Print out firmware version number numChannelsShow Print out number of available channels numNodesiInFallbackShow List the IP addresses of the nodes that are in fallback to the conventional voice circuit switched network 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenance Page 309 of 378 Table 50 General purpose commands Part 2 of 3 tLANDuplexSet Set the duplex mode of the LAN logout Exit the shell Test remote host is reachable ping lt host gt lt numPackets gt lt option gt This command sends an ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets to a network hosts The host matching the destination address in the packets will respond to the request If a response is not returned the sender will time out This command is useful to determine if other hosts or ITG cards are properly communicating with the sender card The lt num
317. s Echo Cancel Tail 32 ms Echo Cancel Tail 32 ms Echo Cancel Tail 24 ports card 24 ports card 16 ports card PCM A law G 711 PCM A law G 711 PCM A law G 711 PCM L law G 711 PCM L law G 711 PCM law G 711 G 729AB G 723 1 5 3 kbit s G 729B Clear Channel G 723 1 6 3 kbit s Clear Channel Fax Clear Channel Fax Fax Each codec supports one of three sets of parameters one for DSP one for fax and one for codec ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 70 of 378 Description Security passwords If you Telnet into the E LAN port or use the debug port you are prompted for a password Two levels of passwords are used to prevent unauthorized data access Unauthorized data access occurs when an unauthorized individual is able to view or modify confidential data such as employee lists password lists and electronic mail This information can be used to bypass Direct Inward System Access DISA restrictions and avoid charges The following are the two levels of passwords for the ITG e Administrator level e Technical support level Administrator level The Administrator level is the most basic level of password It provides unrestricted access to all IP Trunk administration options and to most of the ITG ISL Trunk card level administration options It does not however allow any type of low level diagnostics to be performed Technical support level The Technical suppor
318. s For example you can create a copy of an ITG ISL Trunk node database on a MAT PC located at a remote technical support center The site name Meridian 1 system name and Meridian 1 customer number must exist in the MAT Navigator before you can add a new ITG node Multiple ITG ISL trunk nodes can be added in the MAT ITG ISDN IP Trunks application per Meridian 1 customer Note If you use multiple MAT PCs to manage the same ITG network and the PCs are not using file sharing caution must be taken to synchronize the different copies of the ITG database You can use the MAT ITG menu Configuration Synchronize Retrieve function to synchronize the MAT ITG database with the ITG node s database 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 263 of 378 Retrieve and add an ITG ISL Trunk Node for administration purposes 1 Double click the ITG ISDN IP Trunks icon from the Services folder The IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk window opens 2 In the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk window select the drop down menu Configuration Node Add The ADD ITG Node dialog box appears 3 Click the second option Retrieve the active configuration from an existing node Leave Meridian 1 as the default System type Click OK The Retrieve ITG Node window appears ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 264 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications Figure 54
319. s box and then click Start Transmit This will update the node properties of the Active Leader card with the MAC address of the replacement ITG card 12 Install the replacement ITG card into the Meridian 1 a Pullthe top and bottom locking devices away from the ITG faceplate b Insert the ITG card into the card guides and carefully push it until it makes contact with the backplane connector Hook the locking devices Note 1 When you install ITG cards the red LED on the faceplate is lit if the card has rebooted the card is active but there are no trunks configured on it or the card is active and has trunks but the trunks are disabled If the LED does not follow the pattern described for example remaining continuously flashing or weakly lit replace the card Note 2 Observe the ITG Faceplate Maintenance display to see start up self test results and status messages A display of the type F xx indicates a failure Some failures indicate that the card must be replaced Refer to ITG Trunk 2 0 faceplate maintenance display codes on page 329 for a complete listing of the codes 13 Attach the T LAN Ethernet cable to the faceplate of the replacement ITG card Note When connecting the ITG card to the T LAN the link status LED on the ITG faceplate associated with the voice interface lights when the connection is made The 100 Mbit s link status LED on the Ethernet Switch port also turns on when correctly connected to the
320. s as recommended the Network Activity LEDs provide valuable maintenance information for the Ethernet voice interface The single subnet configuration eliminates the use of the Ethernet voice interface with its associated Network Activity LEDs Subnet configurations ITG 2 0 systems with only 8 port cards can configure both single and dual subnets ITG 2 0 systems with both 8 and 24 port cards can have both single and dual subnets The dual subnet option is recommended Single subnets are only allowed if the E LAN T LAN connection is on a 10BaseT hub or switch ITG 2 0 systems with only 24 port cards must configure a dual subnet The following restrictions apply e The Leader 0 and Leader 1 cards must co reside on a single T LAN with the Node IP Address e Follower cards can reside on separate T LANSs e AIL ITG cards belonging to the same node must co reside on the same E LAN Single subnet option for voice and management Although not recommended the single subnet option for voice and management can be used where the combined voice and management traffic on the E LAN is so low that there is no impact on packetized voice QoS performance or the customer is willing to tolerate occasional voice quality impairments caused by excessive management traffic and there is no modem router on the ITG E LAN because remote support access is provided by Remote Access Server RAS on the C LAN or remote support access is not required and there
321. s prompted for the login password fields If correct the upgrade of the DCHIP PC Card begins Once the upgrade is complete the DCHIP card will reboot automatically 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 231 of 378 Configure MAT Alarm Management to receive SNMP traps from ITG ISL Trunk cards You must have the MAT Alarm Management option enabled to perform these procedures For the procedure to activate SNMP trap generation on the ITG Trunk node see Configure SNMP Traps Routing and IPs tab on page 204 Enter the IP address of the MAT PC as described in the procedure referenced above 1 In the MAT Navigator window select Utilities Alarm Notification The MAT Alarm Notification dialog box appears 2 Select Configuration Run Options The Alarm Notification Run Options dialog box appears 3 Click the Control Files tab 4 Click Devices Browse The Open dialog box appears Open Look in E Control Fies ts al e Config File name devices tx Files oftype Device Files x cu ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 232 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Figure 41 Open Devices txt window Open Lookin E Conois amp alk Contig Devices Scripts Files of type Device Files 1 hel Cancel 5 Select the Devices txt file from the Control Files
322. s provided with the option to override the lock see Figure 53 The lock is only checked during the Transmit operation If multiple cards are involved in the operation the second user is only provided with the Locked ITG dialog box once When the OM reports have been scheduled the locked card is bypassed and the event is noted in the OM error log and in the PC event log Figure 53 Locked ITG card message IP Telephony Gateway x 9 One or more cards are locked by another user Click OK to override the lock click Cancel to skip all locked cards E Cancel ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 262 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications Add an ITG ISL Trunk node on MAT by retrieving an existing node After you have manually configured and installed an ITG node you can add that node to another MAT PC by retrieving the configuration data from the existing ITG node You can use this optional procedure e to combine existing ITG ISL Trunk nodes on the network that were originally configured from different MAT PCs onto one MAT PC to manage the ITG ISL Trunk network from a single point of view e torestore the ITG ISL Trunk configuration database to a MAT PC whose hard drive had failed You can also restore the MAT ITG nodes from the MAT Disaster Recovery Backup e totemporarily create a copy of the ITG ISL Trunk node configuration on for maintenance and diagnostic purpose
323. s received The faxes sent averaged 3 pages while the faxes received averaged 5 pages The average time to set up and complete a fax page delivery is 48 seconds The codec of choice is G 729 Annex AB voice packet payload is 30 ms The fax modem speed is 14 4 kbit s and payload is 16 6 ms How many ITG ports are needed to meet P 01 blocking Grade of Service What is the traffic in kbit s generated by this node to T LAN 1 Calculate Voice on IP Traffic during busy hour CCS user 4 150 100 6 CCS Tv 120 6 720 CCS 2 Calculate fax on IP Traffic during busy hour CCS fax sent 3 48 100 1 44 CCS CCS fax received 5 48 100 2 4 CCS Total fax CCS Tx Rx 1 44 25 2 4 20 36 48 84 CCS 3 ITG Traffic during busy hour Total traffic T Tv Tx 720 84 804 CCS 4 Refer to the Poisson P 01 table Table 12 to find the number of ITG ports required for 1 blocking Grade of Service For P 10 blocking Grade of Service refer to Table 13 804 CCS can be served by 35 ITG ports with P 01 blocking Grade of Service Two 24 port ITG cards are needed to serve this customer ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 84 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines 5 Calculate average bandwidth use on T LAN For voice 720 36 30 7 2614 kbit s Refer to Table 5 silence suppression enabled data output for G 729 Annex AB and 30 ms payload is 30 7 kbit s For fax 84 36 46 1 108 kbit s Total b
324. ses yellow warning labels to indicate EMC filtering modifications and which MDF connection points can support 100BaseT connection 1 Before any of the following installation steps remove the ITG pack or any other IPE pack from the IPE shelf card slot corresponding to the I O Panel connector to be removed Note Make sure to use the I O panel connector which corresponds to the left slot number of the DCHIP card First remove the NT8D81AA Backplane to I O Panel ribbon cable assembly which will be connected to the backplane side of the existing block by releasing the latching pins on the filter block and pulling the NT8D81AA cable away Next unscrew the existing filter adapter from the I O panel There is one screw on the lower front of the adapter and one screw on the upper back of the adapter Remove the adapter Re position the new NTCW84JA filter adapter in the now vacant I O panel opening See Figure 22 on page 160 Attach the new NTCW84JA to the I O panel by securely fastening the top back screw and the bottom front screw Reconnect the NT8D81AA cable and secure it in place by snapping shut the locking latches provided on the NTCW84JA connector 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 163 of 378 Figure 23 NTCW84JA 50 pin I O Panel Filter Connector Block System Backplane Side Inside I O Panel NT8D81AA Cable Exterior side of System to MDF etc System I O Pa
325. slates into 695 ports which is approximately 87 Follower Cards If however the calls are 10096 incoming calls see Case II below then the call processing assistance real time is approximately 400 ms per call and the Leader Card can support 43 Follower Cards Note that the Leader Card capacity that is expressed in terms of the number of calls per hour is derived from the real time measurements and is independent of customer traffic assumptions The Leader Card capacity expressed in terms of the number of CCS and the number of ports and the number of Follower Cards is derived from the calls per hour value based on the traffic assumptions of 180 second average holding time AHT and 15 3 calls per hour per port respectively If these parameters do not reflect a specific customer s traffic requirements the capacities in terms of CCS the number of ports and the number of Follower Cards can be re computed using the following procedures Number of Ports Calls per hour Customer calls per hour per port Number of Follower Cards Number of Ports 8 Table 8 shows the forecast of the Leader Card real time capacity for the case that four or eight ports are configured to carry voice traffic with G 711 codec and 10 ms voice sample size and Table 9 shows the forecast for the case with the G 729A codec with Voice Activity Detection V AD and Silence Suppression and 30 ms voice sample size For both tables 4096 voice activity is assumed ITG
326. smit to selected nodes Iv Card properties a ah as Transmit to selected Software download cards options M Sol n C Normat Common Data MIX config ini Browse Transmit to selected cards 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 261 of 378 The following comments apply to the ITG Transmit Options window e To transmit Node properties select any card in the node e You must disable ITG cards before transmitting Card Properties e You can enable while transmitting all other data However you must reset the card before the new card software begins working e To transmit to selected nodes you must select one card in each node e Transmit control shows the status of the operation and any errors which occur for example if a card is not responding e The Cancel transmit button is disabled until you begin a transmission When a transmission begins the Close button is disabled You must cancel the active transmission before the window can close e The View last transmit button displays the results of the last transmission in the list box When a transmission is started the list clears and the View last transmit button is disabled e fthere are no cards selected the Synchronization menus are disabled e Transmission of card properties fails if the card is not disabled When transmitting to an ITG card which is locked by another user the second user i
327. software revision level WARNING It is critical that you install only the 8 port software on the 8 port cards If you install the 24 port software the 8 port card will become unusable and must be returned to Nortel Networks for repair 4 If you are adding 24 port cards to the 8 port node as part of the upgrade check that the required LAN networking equipment and cables are installed For networking equipment requirements turn to ITG Engineering Guidelines on page 71 Leader 0 and Leader 1 must be on the same subnet T LAN 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks Page 237 of 378 5 If you are upgrading an 8 port ITG Trunk Card to support DCHIP functionality you need one hardware upgrade kit NTZC47AA for large systems and NTZC47BA for small systems Both kits contain a DCH PC Card NTWEO7 a pigtail cable NTCW84EA and two versions of the I O panel breakout cable The NTZC47AA contains a D Channel interface cable NTND26AA that extends from a 15 pin filter in the I O panel to the MSDL card The NTZC47BA contains an external D Channel cable NTWEO4AD to connect to the I O breakout cable on the SDI DCH card 6 Open a Telnet session to the 8 port trunk card At the ITG gt prompt enter itgCardShow Write down the IP address and other card data 7 If required for an 8 port upgrade install an MSDL card minimum vintage NT6D80 or SDI DCH card minimum vintage NT
328. stall and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Exit node property configuration session The procedure to add an ITG Trunk node on MAT manually is complete Press OK to save the node and card properties configuration and exit MAT displays the IP Telephony Gateway ISDN IP Trunk Main window If you plan to manage a network of ITG ISL Trunk nodes from this MAT PC add the remaining ITG ISL Trunk nodes before you configure the dialing plan for the new ITG Trunk nodes on MAT Create the ITG Trunk node dialing plan using MAT In this procedure you configure the ITG Trunk node dialing plan in MAT Use this procedure to create the dialing plan for the first node in the network This procedure will also work to create a dialing plan for a new node in a very small network If you are adding a new node to a large existing network it is more efficient to retrieve the ITG Trunk node dialing plan from an existing node See Retrieve the ITG Trunk node dialing plan using MAT on page 213 A dialing plan consists of a number of ITG Trunk destination nodes and one or more dialing plan entries for each destination node You select a destination node define the destination node protocol capability decide if you want to enable Quality of Service QoS monitoring for this destination node and enter one or more ESN dialing plan entries for each destination node You repeat this procedure for all destination nodes in the ITG Trunk network The dialing plan informat
329. stently for a data network during specific busy hours e g every Monday 10 11am Tuesday 2 3pm these hours should be excluded from the RLB to maintain a high QoS for voice services By not offering voice traffic to a data network during known peak traffic hours the incidence of conversation with marginal QoS can be minimized The time schedule is a 24 hour clock which is divided up the same way for all 7 days Basic steps to program Time of Day for ITG routes are as follows a Goto LD 86 ESN data block to configure the Time of Day Schedule TODS for the required ITG control periods b Goto LD 86 RLB and apply the TODS on off toggle for that route list entry associated with an ITG trunk route ESN5 network signaling ITG Trunk 2 0 supports ESN5 Network Signaling protocol only in addition to standard 1 e non network signaling ITG 2 0 supports a mixed network consisting of ESN5 and standard network signaling nodes For example the network may contain some ITG Trunk 1 0 basic trunk signaling nodes or other IP telephony gateways that use H 323 V2 instead of SL1 MCDN signaling and do not support ESN5 You must configure an ESNS prefix for the non ESN5 IP telephony gateways by using the esn5PrefixSet command from the ITG shell CLI For ITG Trunk 2 0 nodes that are configured in the Node Properties to use SLIESNS Protocol the ESN5 prefix configured on the ITG Trunk card is inserted in front of the called number on incoming calls
330. t level is for use by Nortel Networks personnel only It allows low level message monitoring and factory testing 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 71 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Introduction The Meridian Integrated IP Telephony Gateway ITG system compresses PCM voice e demodulates Group 3 fax e routes the packetized data over a private internet or intranet e provides virtual analog ISDN signalling link ISL TIE trunks between Meridian 1 ESN nodes ITG routes voice traffic over existing private IP network facilities with available under used bandwidth on the private Wide Area network WAN backbone The ITG is targeted at the Enterprise customer who has both a Meridian 1 system installed for providing corporate voice services and an intranet for corporate data services A customer is expected to use the ITG system to move traffic from a PSTN based network to the intranet Voice and fax services which depended on circuit switched and Time Division Multiplexing technology will be transported using packet switched and statistical multiplexing technology This chapter provides guidelines for designing a network of ITG nodes over the corporate intranet It describes how to qualify the corporate intranet to support an ITG network and determine changes required to maintain the quality of voice services when moving those services from the PSTN It addresses requirements for the successful integration with the custo
331. t to the customers E LAN equipment Shielded Cat 5 cable must be used for connection from this point to the customers Hub or Router See Figure 64 and Table 63 Note For all LAN cables originating from the ITG card standard cable ties should be adopted to bundle these cables together as they route out of the system ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 346 of 378 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Figure 64 NTMF94LA upgrade cable Mounting Screw Shielded RJ 45 Cable Shielded 25 Pair Amphenol Connector Shielded RJ45 K Mating Coupler To Hub ut Ferrite To Hub a 9 Pin D Sub Female 15 Pin D Sub Female 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Page 347 of 378 Table 63 NTMF94LA cable connections Part 1 of 2 I O Panel P1 Signal Name P2 P3 P4 BSOUTB BDTRB SGRND BSINB BDCDB BDSRB SHLD GRND SHLD GRND ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL GREEN BROWN BLUE ORANGE YELLOW GRN WHT ORG WHT WHT GRN WHT ORG GRN WHT ORG WHT WHT GRN WHT ORG Description Installation and Operation Page 348 of 378 Appendix A Cable description and NT8D81BA cable replacement Table 63 NTMF94LA cable connections Part 2 of 2 I O Panel P1 Signal Name P
332. tab a Ff o N Select the ITG card to delete from the list 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 249 of 378 6 Click the Delete button 7 Click OK Database locking All node and card properties are stored in a single MAT database When you open Node or Card Properties the data for a given node including card properties is then locked If a second user tries to access a property sheet in the same node at the same time as you the second user is given the option of overriding the lock If the second user decides to override the lock and you have made changes and then clicked OK or Apply you are provided with a message that says that their changes have been lost see the second dialog box in Figure 46 on page 249 This message only appears if changes have been made If you try to open a property sheet in the node after rebooting the PC the first dialog box in Figure 46 appears In this example a property sheet was open when the MAT PC crashed Figure 46 Database lock message IP Telephony Gateway Eg The data for this node is locked by another user Node MPK 81C Customer 0 User Snmpki 0 Admin Select one of the following options or click cancel and try again later Open in the property sheet in read only mode C Overwrite the lock the other user may lose changes OK IP Telephony Gateway A The database lock for this node have been taken by user
333. tabase synchronization transmit MAT ITG to ITG node or retrieve ITG node to MAT ITG node You can add the dummy node manually or by retrieving the ITG node configuration data from an existing node The site name Meridian 1 system name and Meridian 1 customer number must exist in the MAT Navigator before you can add a new ITG node ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 266 of 378 OA amp M using MAT applications The following is the recommended method to create the dummy ITG node 1 In MAT Navigator add a site named Retrieve ITG data 2 Add system named Dummy of type Meridian 1 under the site named Retrieve ITG data 3 Add Customer Number 99 on the dummy Meridian 1 system When you need to view the data of a real ITG node select the dummy node and change the management IP address in the node properties to access the needed node Use the menu Configuration Synchronize Retrieve function to retrieve data from that node and overwrite the dummy node s data Configuration audit In this procedure you retrieve the card properties and dialing plan from each card in the selected nodes MAT compares the retrieved data with the card properties and dialing plan currently stored in the MAT database MAT provides a report that shows cards where the data matches and cards where the data is different To view the differences use the menu Configure Node
334. tallation and Operation Page 378 of 378 Index 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Meridian 1 Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Copyright 2000 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Information is subject to change without notice Nortel Networks reserves the right to make changes in design or components as progress in engineering and manufacturing may warrant This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules and the radio interference regulations of Industry Canada These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at their own expense SL 1 and Meridian 1 are trademarks of Nortel Networks Publication number 553 3001 202 Document release Standard 1 00 Date April 2000 Printed in Canada NORTEL NETWORKS How the world shares ideas
335. tandard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 177 of 378 Table 32 LD 17 Configure the ISL D channel for the ITG DCHIP card Small Systems Part 2 of 2 mem qum Integrated Service Signaling Link Maximum CHIDs where x 1 382 ISLM is the maximum number of ISL trunks controlled by the D channel There is no default value Meridian 1 Option 11C SDI DCH card acts as User side of ISL ITG Trunk DCHIP card acts as the Network side of ISL Release ID of PBX at the far end of the D Channel If the far end has an incompatible release it prevents sending of application messages Network Name Display type signalling All nodes must use same RCAP ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 178 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Configure ISDN feature in customer data block Table 33 LD 15 Configure ISDN feature in customer data block em NN CHG Change customer data block NET DATA Gate opener for networking features XX Customer number associated with this customer data block a a Options aaa bbb ccc ESN call types under AC2 for the INAC feature For example NPA NXX INTL SPN LOC INAC stands for automatic insertion of the ESN access code on incoming calls Note By default the INAC feature puts all ESN call types except for CDP under AC1 You enable or disable INAC per trunk route in LD16 in the IDSN section of
336. technician must estimate the amount of traffic that the Meridian 1 system will route through the ITG network This in turn will place a traffic load on the corporate intranet This is described in ITG traffic engineering on page 76 2 Assess WAN link resources If resources in the corporate intranet are not enough to adequately support voice services it is normally caused by not enough WAN resources Assess WAN link resources on page 101 outlines how this check can be made 3 Measure existing intranet s Quality of Service QoS The technician must estimate the quality of voice service the corporate intranet can deliver Measure intranet QoS on page 114 describes how to measure prevailing delay and error characteristics of an intranet After the assessment phase you can design and implement the ITG network This design not only involves the ITG elements but can also require making design changes to the existing customer intranet Fine tune Network QoS on page 119 and Implement QoS in IP networks on page 126 provides guidelines for making modifications to the intranet ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 76 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines ITG traffic engineering To design a network is to size the network so that it can accept some calculated amount of traffic The purpose of the ITG network is to deliver voice traffic meeting the QoS objectives Since traffi
337. tenance Table 44 ITG Trunk 2 0 alarms Part 2 of 6 ITGO201 Management Ethernet buffer Indicates E LAN interface exceeded Packet s discarded hardware problems or excessive E LAN traffic ITG0202 Card recovered from software reboot ITG0203 Fallback to PSTN activated Bad Recurrent QoS fallback and network condition This alarm recovery can indicate network indicates a QoS fallback faults far end ITG Trunk node failure or network QoS configuration errors ITG0204 DSP device reset A DSP failed to If this alarm occurs repeatedly on respond and was reset the same DSP replace the card see Replace an ITG card on page 321 ITG0206 Invalid A07 message received Verify that the card type is correctly Message discarded A07 is a configured in Meridian 1 Print TNB message signaling interface in LD20 Ensure that the card is between Meridian 1 and the ITG configured as a TIE Trunk with Trunk 2 0 card XTRK ITG2 ITG0207 Unknown H 323 message Indicates unsupported H 323 received Message discarded gateway is misconfigured to send messages to ITG Trunk 2 0 Locate address that is sending unsupported messages ITG0208 Backup Leader has been Investigate why Active Leader activated Leader card not failed Either Leader 0 or Leader 1 responding can perform the Active Leader or Backup Leader role ITG220 Upgrading with old software version unknown processor type 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Maintenan
338. the call to the correct address translation table Table 41 shows the mapping between the NPI TON fields and the resulting ITG dialing plan tables which are searched Table 41 Mapping of dialing plan with TON and NPI Dialing Plan E 164 National NPA E 164 Subscriber NXX E 164 International SPN E 164 Unknown SPN DSC TSC LOC Private UDP LOC Private SPN SPN 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using MAT applications Page 259 of 378 Table 41 Mapping of dialing plan with TON and NPI Dialing Plan Private CDP Private Unknown Unknown Unknown Transmit configuration data MAT converts the ITG node and card configuration data to text files and transmits the files to the ITG cards using FTP The text files are the following Node properties bootptab txt only transmitted to the Active Leader e Dialing plan dialplan transmitted to every card e Card properties CONFIG INI transmitted to every card The bootp table is downloaded to the Leader card and copied to the Backup Leader All other ITG cards in the node use bootp to retrieve their bootup data from this table MAT downloads the config ini file to each card It also downloads the dialplan file to each card The ITG Main window displays the synchronization status of each of these fields Changes to the first two tabs General and Card Configuration in the Node Properties sheet affect the Node Synchronization Status Changes to the other tabs D
339. the faceplate for the purpose of providing status information during maintenance operations At power up and during diagnostic tests this display provides a visual indication of the status of the self test and an indication of the first failure detected For more information about the available Maintenance codes see ITG Trunk 2 0 faceplate maintenance display codes on page 329 The 8051XA controller takes control of one of the RS 232 ports and uses it to display the results of the power up self test and diagnostics on a maintenance terminal The initial tests performed include e 8051XA controller self test including ROM checksum onboard RAM and timer tests e external data program RAM and dual port memory tests Following the successful completion of these tests the 8051XA controller tries to bring up the processor by clearing the reset state and entering a timing loop in the anticipation of receiving a message from the processor If this loop times out it will output an error to the RS 232 port It will attempt to bring up the processor two more times before indicating an unrecoverable card failure Similarly if a message is received from the processor indicating a failure of one or more of the circuit elements up to two more resets are attempted The ITG card then enters the unrecoverable failure state This makes sure that failures due to erratic power up or reset conditions do not cause an unnecessary failure of
340. the Intelligent Peripheral Equipment Controller XPEC RS 232 serial maintenance port An alternative connection to the serial maintenance port exists on the I O backplane Use the NTCW84K A or NTMF94EA I O panel breakout cable to access the port A DIN 8 serial maintenance port connection exists on the faceplate Do not connect two maintenance terminals to both the faceplate and I O panel serial maintenance port connections at the same time Assembly description The ITG ISL Trunk card assembly consists of a two slot motherboard daughterboard combination as shown in Figure 6 on page 43 A PCI interconnect board connects the ITG motherboard and the DSP daughterboard CAUTION The ITG ISL Trunk card is not user serviceable Figure 6 on page 43 is for information purposes only Do not remove the daughterboard from the motherboard 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 43 of 378 Figure 6 Mechanical assembly PCI Connectors Two Slot Faceplate PCI Motherboard Daughterboard G200402 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 44 of 378 Description ISDN Signaling Link ISDN Signaling Link ISL provides the capability of replacing conventional analog trunk signaling with out of band ISDN D channel signaling The ISL interface makes available the flexibility of using ISDN signaling to analog facilities When no PRI exists between two Meridian 1 systems I
341. the cards also belong to a single customer The group of ITG ISL Trunk cards connected with one Leader is referred to as an ITG Node If a single Meridian 1 system has multiple customers requiring IP trunk connectivity a separate ITG node is required for each customer Multiple DCHIPs can be configured for each node Note All DCHIPs in an ITG node must be configured with the same DCH protocol If the user wants to use multiple DCH protocols the user must configure multiple ITG nodes ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 34 of 378 Description Each customer requires one or more dedicated ITG nodes ITG trunks on the same ITG node share the same dialing plan and IP network connectivity ITG trunks cannot be shared between customers that have independent numbering plans and IP networks Itis possible to configure multiple ITG nodes for one customer This configuration allows load balancing among multiple Leaders for systems with more traffic than a single Leader card can support The configuration of multiple ITG nodes on one customer requires splitting the dialing plan among the Leaders Each Leader must have a distinct range of the dialing plan This restriction exists so that a remote gateway can relate a DN with a single IP address Note For information about engineering an ITG node please refer to the Engineering Guidelines section Interactions among card functions Active Leade
342. the intranet The ping statistic for delay needs to be further modified by adding 93 ms to account for the processing and jitter buffer delay of the ITG nodes No adjustment needs to be made for error rates If the intranet measurement barely meets the round trip QoS objectives the craftsperson needs to be aware that there is a possibility that the one way QoS is not met in one of the direction of flow This can be true even if the flow is on a symmetric route due to the asymmetric behavior of data processing services Late packets Packets that arrived outside of the window allowed by the jitter buffer are discarded by the ITG To determine which ping samples to ignore first calculate the average one way delay based on all the samples Then add 500 ms to that This is the maximum delay All samples whose one way delay exceed this maximum are considered as late packets and are removed from the sample Calculate the percentage of late packets and add that to the packet loss statistic Network delay and packet loss evaluation example From ping data calculate the average one way delay halved from ping output and adding 93 ms ITG processing delay and standard deviation for latency Do a similar calculation for packet loss without adjustment Adding a standard deviation to the mean of both delay and loss is for planning purposes A customer may want to know whether traffic fluctuation in their Intranet will reduce the user s QoS 553 3
343. tination node uncheck the Enable Quality of Service QoS monitoring checkbox Slide the Quality of Service control bar to set the QoS level The default setting is 3 Good See E Model on page 56 and Table 24 ITG QoS levels on page 143 for more details on Quality of Service levels and MOS values 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 211 of 378 Configure Digits dialed tab In this tab you configure one or more ESN translations for the current destination node Figure 37 describes the Dialed Digits tab fields 1 Click on the Digits dialed tab MAT displays the Digits dialed tab Select the ESN translation type from the Dial Plan drop down list You must add every ESN translation configured for this destination node in the Meridian 1 ESN LD86 LD87 and LD96 one at a time Enter the Called Number digits for the ESN translation type in the Dial Plan Digits field see Figure 34 number 2 Note The digits must be leftwise unique within the ESN translation types that correspond to given pair of NPI and TON values Every Meridian 1 ESN translation type generates a unique pair of NPI and TON values by default The default values can be manipulated in the ESN digit manipulation tables The CTYP in the route data block defaults to unknown UKWN Note Two sets of digits are leftwise unique if one set of digits is not identical to the leading digits of the second set of
344. tions that send no packets during silence the first packet after a silence period is distinguished by setting a marker bit in the Real Time Protocol RTP data header Applications without Silence Suppression set the bit to zero DTMF Through Dial Preservation and transport of tones through the IP network is critical for Interactive Voice Response IVR services The ITG makes sure that DTMF tone information is included in the packets that are sent through the IP network and that the tones are retransmitted by the far end gateway The duration information for DTMF signals is not transmitted i e long DTMF bursts are reduced to a short standard duration Callers can access traditional Voice Mail or IVR services including Press 1 for more information or Press 2 to be connected to our customer service department Services that depend on long DTMF bursts cannot be accessed 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Description Page 53 of 378 Quality of Service Quality of Service QoS is the gauge of quality of the IP network between two nodes As QoS degrades existing calls suffer poor voice and fax quality New calls will not be initiated if transmissions degrade below an acceptable level Behavioral characteristics of the IP network depend on e Round Trip Time RTT e latency e queuing delay in the intermediate nodes e packet loss e available bandwidth The Type of Service TOS bits in the IP packet header can affect ho
345. tive to verify that the hardware and software described is supported in your area This guide describes and explains how to engineer install configure administer and maintain a Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway ITG Trunk 2 0 system The ITG Trunk 2 0 compresses PCM voice demodulates Group 3 fax routes the packetized data over a private internet or intranet and provides virtual analog ISDN signalling link ISL TIE trunks between Meridian 1 ESN nodes ITG Trunk 2 0 routes voice traffic over existing private IP network facilities with available under used bandwidth on the private Wide Area network WAN backbone ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 18 of 378 About this guide 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 19 of 378 Description The Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway ITG Trunk 2 0 supports ISDN Signaling Link ISL IP trunks on the NT0961 24 port Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway ITG trunk card It also supports ISL IP Trunks on the NTCWS0 8 port ITG 1 0 trunk card that have been upgraded with ITG Trunk 2 0 software and hardware An ISDN Signaling Link D channel ISL DCH provides DCH connectivity to the Meridian 1 and signaling control for the 24 ports on the card and any additional ports on other ITG Trunk cards in the same node The DCH connection expands the signaling path between the Meridian 1 and the gateway ITG allows Meridian 1 systems to be netw
346. tory path filename bootPFileGet hostname username password directory path filename ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 284 of 378 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays bootPFilePut hostname username password directory path filename OM trace and log files commands Use these commands to put files on a host for additional analysis when MAT cannot mm mm currOmFilePut hostname username password directory path filename nm mm e prevOmFilePut hostname username password directory path filename non mm e traceFilePut hostname username password directory path filename nm mm currLogFilePut hostname username password directory path filename nm nm e prevLogFilePut hostname username password directory path filename Upgrade ITG card software from the command line interface Use this procedure when the preferred method described in Transmit new software to ITG Trunk cards on page 227 is not available Note If the MAT PC is remotely connected to the ITG node through PPP link through the dialup modem router then use this procedure to upgrade the ITG card from an FTP host This makes sure that the software file is transmitted intact before it is copied to the flash ROM device This procedure updates the ITG card software with the
347. traffic over circuit switched trunks instead of over ITG Use the ESN TGAR NCOS and facility restriction levels to keep general modem traffic off the ITG route Configure the IP router on the T LAN The ITG node telephony network or T LAN must be placed on its own subnet The router should have a separate 10 100BaseT interface subnetted for the T LAN and should not contain any other traffic Other IP devices should not be placed on the T LAN Priority routing for Voice over IP packets Routers having the capability to turn on priority for voice packets should have this feature enabled to improve Quality of Service performance If the Type of Service TOS field or Differentiated Services DiffServ is supported on the IP network you can configure the decimal value of the DiffServ TOS byte For example a decimal value of 36 is interpreted in TOS as Precedence Priority and Reliability High CAUTION Do not change the DiffServe TOS byte from the default value of 0 unless directed by the network administrator to do so ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 88 of 378 ITG Engineering Guidelines Leader And DCHIP Card Real Time Engineering If you will be configuring an ITG Trunk node with five cards or less then you can safely skip this section Real time engineering becomes important in the case of nodes with more than five cards and very large networks i e one hundred or
348. tted decimal format value of the next and last field is 240 The first 3 fields of the subnet mask are 255 255 240 ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 358 of 378 Appendix C Subnet mask conversion from CIDR to dotted decimal format 3 If there are any remaining fields in the dotted decimal format they have a value of 0 The complete subnet mask in dotted decimal format is 255 255 240 0 Table 70 CIDR format remainders Remainder of CIDR format value divided Binary value Dotted decimal value by eight 1000 0000 1100 0000 1110 0000 1111 0000 1111 1000 1111 1100 1111 1110 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Page 359 of 378 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access Management and support of the ITG network depend on IP networking protocols including SNMP FTP and Telnet A modem router should be installed on the Meridian 1 site management and signalling LAN called the embedded LAN or E LAN as opposed to the customer s enterprise network or C LAN in order to provide remote support access for ITG and other IP enabled Nortel Networks products The Nortel Networks Netgear RM356 modem router integrates the functions of a V 90 modem a PPP remote access server an IP router and a 4 port 10BaseT Ethernet hub and provides a range of security features that may be configured so as to comply with the customer s data network security policy Note
349. tup 24 System Maintenance Advanced Applications 11 Remote Node Setup 12 Static Routing Setup 13 Default Dial in Setup 14 Dial in User Setup 99 Exit Enter Menu Selection Number Menu 1 General Setup System Name Room 304 RCH Training Center Location Sherman Ave Richardson TX Contact Person s Name John Smith 972 555 1212 Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel Menu 2 MODEM Setup Modem Name MODEM Active Yes Direction Incoming Phone Number Advanced Setup No 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Appendix D Configure a Netgear RM356 modem router for remote access Page 367 of 378 Press Space Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel Menu 3 Ethernet Setup 1 General Setup 2 TCP IP and DHCP Setup Enter Menu Selection Menu 3 1 General Eth Number ernet Setup Input Filter Sets 2 Output Filter Sets Press ENTER to Confirm or Menu 3 2 TCP IP and DHCP ESC to Cancel Ethernet Setup DHCP Setup DHCP None Client IP Pool Starting Address N A Size of Client IP Pool N A Primary DNS Server N A Secondary DNS Server N A TCP IP Setup IP Address 47 177 16 25 4 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 RIP Direction None Version RIP 2B Press ENTER to Confirm or Bar to Toggle ESC to Cancel ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description
350. uccessful insertion of the PC card There will be a message that indicates that the card has been successful recognized and installed 3 Use the swDownload command to copy the software from the PC card to the ITG card flash ROM device using the FTP client and the FTP host on the card The host name parameter in this command is the management interface IP address of the ITG card The user name and password are the same as configured for the ITG shell The directory path which is A and file name indicate the software file on the PC card in the A drive 4 Press Enter Monitor the status of the software upgrade and check that the upgrade correctly finishes Observe any error messages that indicate problems with parameters or syntax ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 286 of 378 OA amp M using the ITG shell CLI and overlays 5 When the new software has downloaded into the flash ROM device you must reboot the ITG card to use it Use the cardReset command or press the reset button on the card faceplate Upgrade ITG card software via an FTP host 1 The latest ITG card software which was obtained from the Nortel Networks web page must be made available to an FTP host This can be an FTP host on the PC As a special case the FTP host can be the ITG card Alternatively you can use an FTP client running on the PC to put the ITG card software file on an ITG host available by the ITG car
351. umber of ITG nodes in fallback that is PSTN operation e Control of D channel state such as enable disable release establish e Retrieval of DSP information such as DSP firmware DSP self test status card reset e SNMP configuration that is community names and trap subscription alarm generation through SNMP traps e File transfer including configuration files software upgrade dialing plan files bootp files activity log and call trace files ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 68 of 378 Description Codec profiles Codec refers to the voice coding and compression algorithm used by the DSPs on the ITG ISL Trunk card The G XXX series of codecs are standards defined by the International Telecommunications Union ITU Different codecs have different Quality of Service and compression properties The specific codecs and the order in which they are to be used for codec negotiation is configured in MAT When configuring the ITG Node in MAT select the image containing the needed codecs and the preferred codec negotiation order The final codec used is determined by the codec negotiation process with the far end during call setup Parameters can be configured for each codec in an image The ITG supports the following codecs e Gl e G729A e G 729 e G 723 1 G 711 The G 711 codec delivers toll quality audio at 64 kbit s This code
352. uotation marks commas exactly as described in the step above and shown in Figure 44 Figure 44 Software download example fi Telnet Connect Edit Terminal Help UxWorks login itgadmin Password Welcome to the ITG command line Use logout to logout Idle session timeout 20 minutes MAT FTP MAT FTP MAT PC IP addre Server User ID Setyer password ITG gt suDounload 47 82 39 34 itguser itguser 7 ITG28xx nns l value 0 0x0 Null source path gt Starting swDownload Connecting to 47 82 39 34 connected to 47 82 39 34 OK File Length 0x00161160 Bank Size 0x00200000 Updating sector 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 file read comp ete Software file name Program Address Oxf9a00000 Checksum Ox33e47d91 length 0x161160 Upgrade completed OK Reboot the pack to run new loadware Finished swDownload with status off 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Upgrade an ITG Trunk 1 0 node to support ISDN signaling trunks Page 243 of 378 6 Reset the card There are three ways to do this a Fromthe IP Telephony Gateway Main window double click each card to open the Card Properties Click reset button if card is showing responding Close the Card Properties and go on to the next card in the list b If the card is showing Not responding Telnet to the card and enter the following command ITG cardReset C Press the reset button on the card faceplate The card faceplate shows T
353. upport ISDN signaling trunks b Load LD14 and out the cards one at a time The way to do this is to say OUT x where x the number of units on each card and TN 2y where y is the lowest unit on the card Give the starting unit on the card c When you have outed all the trunks on the LTN of your basic ITG trunk TIE route then you can out the route data block 2 Out route data block for ITG basic trunks Load LD16 REQ OUT It prompts you for the customer number and route number and hit enter The route data block is then deleted Configure the Meridian 1 ITG ISL Trunk data upgrade considerations If you are going to leave the 8 port cards in the same cardslots use the same card TNs and route number when you build your new ITG ISL Trunk Route If you want to re use the same ESN route list blocks and the ESN translation tables then you will use the same route number when you build the new ITG ISL TIE route and the RLB entries will still be correct You must remember to make certain changes to the RLB entry in LD86 For the ITG ISL TIE Trunk Route configure SBOC RRA to enable fallback routing to circuit switched trunks In ITG 2 0 the digit manipulation tables are not required to reinsert ACI or AC2 Therefore change the DMIs accordingly Verify customer data block see Table 33 LD 15 Configure ISDN feature in customer data block on page 178 See LD 17 Configure the ISL D channel for the ITG DCHIP card Large Syst
354. using RADIUS Client The ITG architecture isolates the IP voice interface from the Meridian 1 However the Meridian does not have direct access to per call statistics on the voice quality of the call These statistics are important for the purpose of the following e make sure the network is providing the contractual service level solve help desk inquiries or refund bad call charges e identify network problems and track network performance ITG uses a Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS client to transmit these statistics from the ITG ISL Trunk card to a network device e ITG ISL Trunk card sends a Start record when a call begins e ITG ISL Trunk card sends an End record when the call is released e The End record contains QoS information and the amount of data sent e Both records contain the Called and Calling Party numbers for call identification e The MAT Call Accounting application does not correlate RADIUS per call statistics with the Meridian 1 CDR A network listener receives Start and End messages and stores the data Applications can retrieve the stored data for processing and presentation to the user ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 64 of 378 Description A RADIUS client on the ITG ISL Trunk card allows per call statistics of the IP network call to be sent from the cards to a network listener The client is based on RFC2139 which defin
355. w efficiently data is routed through the network For further information on ToS see Type of Service on page 59 Packet jitter related to latency affects the quality of real time IP transmissions For good voice quality the ITG ISL Trunk card reassembles the voice packets in an ordered continuous speech stream and plays them out at regular intervals despite varying packet arrival times The user configures a required QoS for the ITG node in MAT The QoS value determines when calls Fallback to alternate facilities due to poor performance of the data network The QoS value is between 0 0 and 5 0 where 0 0 means never Fallback to alternate facilities and 5 means Fallback to alternate facilities unless the voice quality is perfect When the QoS for outgoing calls as measured by the Leader card falls below the configured value calls Fallback to alternate facilities Once the QoS rises above the configured value all new outgoing calls are routed through the IP network Note QoS is measured per remote gateway For example if a given Leader has three remote leaders in its dialing plan table it will perform three QoS measurements and calculations one per remote gateway ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 54 of 378 Description Since IP trunks use the same port for both voice and fax the same QoS thresholds apply for both voice and fax calls Network requirements for fax are more st
356. wing enabled or disabled depending on the card status in the Meridian 1 If any cards show not responding verify a the management interface cable connection to the E LAN b the voice interface cable connection to the T LAN c the management MAC addresses that were entered previously on the Configuration tab of the Node Properties while adding the ITG node on MAT ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signaling Link ISL Description Installation and Operation Page 220 of 378 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node d IP addresses Note f you are installing ITG ISL Trunk Node from a MAT PC ona remote subnet and you cannot communicate with the Leader 1 and the follower cards after transmitting the node properties card properties and dialing plan to Leader 0 and rebooting the Leader 0 card this means that the Leader 1 and the follower cards are unable to communicate back to the remote MAT PC through the default IP route that points to the voice gateway router on the T LAN To establish communication with Leader 1 and the Follower cards from a MAT PC on a remote subnet you must connect a local terminal to the maintenance port on the faceplate of the Leader 1 and Follower cards and use the ITG shell command routeAdd on Leader 1 and each Follower card to add a new IP route for the remote MAT PC subnet that points to the Management Gateway router IP address Repeat this step every time a card is reset until the card properties c
357. with the pin header Figure 22 DCHIP PC card and NTCW84EA pigtail cable 24 port DaughterBoard NTCW84EA Pigtail Cable DCHIP PC Card Pin header 5 Pull the top and bottom locking devices away from the ITG faceplate Insert the ITG card into the card slots and carefully push it until it makes contact with the backplane connector Hook the locking devices 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 Install and configure ITG ISL Trunk node Page 161 of 378 Note 1 When ITG cards are installed the red LED on the faceplate is lit if the card has rebooted the card is active but there are no trunks configured on it or the card is active and has trunks but the trunks are disabled If the LED does not follow the pattern described such as remaining continuously flashing or weakly lit replace the card Note 2 Observe the ITG Faceplate Maintenance display to see start up self test results and status messages A display of the type F xx indicates a failure Some failures indicate that you must replace the card F 10 temporarily appears on the display which indicates a Security Device test failure Since ITG 2 0 does not use Security Devices you can ignore this error Refer to ITG Trunk 2 0 faceplate maintenance display codes on page 329 for a complete listing of the codes Install NTCW84JA Large System I O Panel 50 Pin filter adapter For Large Systems the standard filtering is provided by t
358. word as VxWorks login itgadmin Password itgadmin ITG gt If this card is Leader 0 use the setLeader command ITG gt setLeader xxx xxx xxx xxx yyy yyy yyy yyy ZZZ 22Z 222 2ZZ and press Enter Where e XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the management interface on Leader 0 where yyy yyy yyy yyy is the Gateway IP address for the management interface on Leader 0 If the MAT ITG PC will be connected directly to the LAN and there is no management LAN gateway then the Gateway IP address is 0 0 0 0 and where Zzz Zzz Zzz ZzZ is the subnet mask for the management interface on Leader 0 Do not leave the card with the default user name and password See Change the default ITG shell password to maintain access security on page 278 Configure all the ITG cards in the same node with the same password Repeat this procedure for other cards in the node Download the ITG operational measurements through the ITG shell The ITG operational measurements file contains counts of incoming and outgoing calls call attempts calls completed and total holding time for voice and fax calls To download this file from the MAT PC to the ITG card ITG currOMFilePut hostname username password directory path filename for the current file or prevOMFilePut hostname username password directory path filename for the previous file 553 3001 202 Standard 1 00 April 2000 OA amp M using the ITG shell
359. work inventory and configuration You must record the current ITG design and log all adds moves and changes to the ITG network that occur The following data must be kept e ITG site information location dialing plan IP addressing e Provisioning of ITG nodes number of cards and ports e ITG node and card parameters fall back threshold level codec image voice and fax payload voice and fax playout delay audio gain echo cancellor tail delay size silence suppression threshold software version User feedback Qualitative feedback from users helps confirm if the theoretical QoS settings match what end users perceive The feedback can come from a Helpdesk facility and must include information such as time of day origination and destination points and a description of service degradation The fall back threshold algorithm requires a fixed ITG system delay of 93 ms which is based on default ITG settings and its delay monitoring probe packets The fall back mechanism does not adjust when ITG parameters are modified from their default values Users can perceive a lower quality of service than the QoS levels at the fall back thresholds when e Delay variation in the intranet is significant If the standard deviation of one way delay is comparable with the voice playout maximum delay it means that there is a population of packets that arrive too late to be used by the ITG node in the playout process ITG Trunk 2 0 ISDN Signali

321 Studios Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Trunk 2.0 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents